Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Millicom International Cellular

Millicom International Cellular

tigo · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker tigo
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Millicom International Cellular
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
GROWING OUR 
Connections  
and Impact

2019 Millicom Annual Report

Our Purpose: To build the digital highways that connect 
people, improve lives and develop our communities.

Growing Our Connections and Impact

Millicom drives its business success through connections that matter. Connections that open doors to knowledge, 
enable people to thrive in the digital economy and help businesses realize financial opportunities that would 
otherwise go untapped. We continually pursue new ways to extend the reach and impact of our digital highways 
through innovations that fuel productive, sustainable growth in the markets where we operate.

As we create vital connectivity through our fixed and mobile networks, we also lead responsibly to foster an 
environment where our employees, customers and communities can prosper and reach their full potential. 
We strive to lead by example, particularly in ethical business practices and responsiveness to the needs of all 
people in our communities.

We are headquartered in Luxembourg, with a U.S. corporate office in Miami. Through our Tigo and Tigo 
BusinessTM brands, we provide a wide range of digital services, including high-speed data, cable TV, voice and 
SMS, Mobile Financial Services, and business solutions. We serve customers in nine Latin American markets—
Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama and Paraguay—as well 
as in Tanzania.

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

SPOTLIGHTS IN 
THIS REPORT 

We seek to make a 

positive difference in the 

lives of individuals, the 

success of businesses, 

and the progress of 

communities through our 

actions as a company. 

The impact of our work 

throughout 2019 can be 

seen in various feature 

stories bearing a 

Spotlight icon that 

appears throughout the 

pages that follow. They 

demonstrate how our 

22,000-plus employees 

help put Millicom’s 

strategy, purpose and 

responsible leadership 

into action.

About This Report

Our fourth integrated annual report combines our corporate responsibility (CR) and finan-
cial reports to provide all our stakeholders with a clear and comprehensive overview of 
our business and activities in 2019. The report conveys our progress against our business 
strategy and identifies and quantifies the ways in which our practices and programs 
under our CR Framework deliver business value, transform communities, and protect our 
environment as contemplated under the UN Sustainable Development Goals. 

Our CR Framework and Five-Year CR plan, against which we are reporting this year, 
were built on our 2018 Materiality Assessment and ongoing dialogue with internal and 
external stakeholders. We will continue to seek feedback from investors, customers, 
employees and community leaders to inform about our corporate responsibility efforts. 
[Click here] to find out more about our CR reporting approach.

Note: Our Latin America (Latam) segment includes our Honduras and Guatemala joint 
ventures as if they were fully consolidated, as this reflects the way our management 
reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions about operating 
matters. We also report in this way to provide increased transparency to investors on 
those operations. Unless otherwise noted, the data in this report includes the opera-
tions of Cable Onda and Telefónica Central America assets in Panama and Nicaragua 
that Millicom acquired in 2018 and 2019, respectively.

What’s Inside This Report

Overview
02  Chairman’s Message
03  Chief Executive Officer’s message
05  Our Year in Numbers
06  Our Market Leadership

Managing Our Business
09  Our Market Outlook
10  Our Financial Performance
15  Supporting Our People
22 

 Our Business Strategy and 
Performance

28  Enterprise Risk Management
33  Compliance and Business Ethics

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
36  Our CR Framework
38  CR Fundamentals
39  Environment
41  Human Rights
42  Ethics
43 
Inclusion
43  Supply Chain

44  Our Responsible Leadership in Action

45  Protecting Children
47  Empowering Women
49  Connecting Communities

50  CR Performance Tables
64  Assurance Letter 

Governance
67  Chairman’s report
68  Corporate governance framework
69 

 Shareholders and shareholders’ 
meeting
 Board of Directors and  
Board committees

71 

74  Board profile–skills and experience
77  Board program
80  Board committees

80 
83 

85 

I. Audit Committee
 II. Compliance and Business  
Conduct Committee
 III. Compensation Committee:  
Remuneration Report

92  Millicom CEO and Executive Team
99 

 Directors’ Financial and  
Operating Report

100   Management responsibility  

statement

Disclaimers
102   Forward looking statements 
103  Non IFRS definitions
104  Non IFRS reconciliations

Auditors’ Reports and Financial Statement 
116  Independent Auditor’s Report
120  Consolidated Financial Statements
127   Notes to the Consolidated Financial 

Statements

1 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Chairman’s Message
At the end of 2019, I completed my first year as Chair of Millicom’s Board. I am more 
impressed than ever with how our digital highways help communities overcome obstacles to 
access the digital world and enable technological breakthroughs. We are making connections 
that matter and doing it in the right way. 

In 2019, Millicom continued straight and true on a path of delivering on our value 
proposition and business strategy. Steadfast execution against our strategic pil-
lars resulted in the company delivering key operational targets and achieving a 
solid financial performance, despite periods of weaker economic activity and 
political uncertainty in parts of Latin America.

Our unprecedented investments to extend the reach of Millicom’s cable and 
4G network across nine countries further strengthened our position as the 
leading telecommunications provider in these markets. Along with integrat-
ing the businesses in Central America from acquired operations from 
Telefonica and Cable Onda in Panama, we also finalized the sale of Tigo 
operations in Chad as part of our strategic focus on Latam.

As always, our Governance structure and Business Ethics and Compliance programs were key to navigating some 
of the risks inherent to operating in emerging markets. Doing business in the right way is a fundamental driver 
embodied in our new “Sangre Tigo” framework that sets the tone from the top and cascading down through the 
whole organization. We believe our commitment to ethics and compliance builds strength and success for our com-
pany, and positions Tigo as a force for positive change in the countries and communities we serve.

The listing of Millicom’s common shares in the U.S. in NASDAQ Stock Market in January 2019 has opened greater 
opportunities to reach potential investors and provided additional support for our growth strategy. We paid special 
attention this year to enhancing controls and policies in our first year of compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

This was also a transformational year of progress in our efforts to bring lasting social, environmental and eco-
nomic value to the people and communities we serve. I am proud of how we are building our market leadership on 
a sound strategy that intertwines Millicom’s Corporate Responsibility framework with our business objectives. For 
us, doing good business and doing what’s right are two sides of the same coin.

Ultimately, it’s our people who bring our ambitious vision to life. We recognize the importance of ensuring that 
Millicom is a place where employees feel safe, protected and supported in ways that enable them to do well, and 
enhance their lives and the lives of those around them. I am pleased that we took steps in 2019 to create a more 
robust Diversity and Inclusion strategy. 

2019 ended with another important milestone in our history as the company’s largest long term shareholder, 
Kinnevik AB, exited as a shareholder through a distribution of its entire 37% stake in Millicom. On behalf of the 
Board, I want to extend our gratitude for the valuable role Kinnevik has played in our company’s story. Now begins 
an exciting new chapter for Millicom as a business 100% owned by public shareholders who can trade TIGO on 
both the U.S. and Stockholm NASDAQ exchanges.

In my first year as Chairman, I deeply appreciated the ways that our newest Board members—Pernille Erenbjerg, 
Mercedes Johnson and Jim Thompson—stepped into their responsibilities with poise and enthusiasm. We are for-
tunate to gain their deep business experience and regional knowledge. I also want to recognize the contributions 
made by Tom Boardman, Anders Jensen and Roger Sole Rafols, who ended their Board service in 2019.

Lastly, I thank the Executive Team for executing our business strategy so capably. Their commitment made a tre-
mendous impact on our performance in 2019 and positioned us for even greater success in 2020 and beyond.

It is my pleasure to share our Annual Report with you. I hope you find this summary of our business and Corporate 
Responsibility achievements to be as exciting and inspiring as I have.

José Antonio Ríos García
Chairman of the Board of Directors

2 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

“We have an obligation to 
ensure the technology we 
provide is being used 
responsibly and has the best 
possible outcome for the 
communities we serve.”

“

Chief Executive  
Officer’s Message
2019 was a pivotal year for our company, with several 
game-changing milestones. Our collaborative approach 
to executing our business and corporate responsibility 
strategies provided results that truly benefited our share-
holders, our customers, our employees and the communities 
of the countries we serve.

We reinforced our commitment to Central America with an unparal-
leled inorganic investment of more than $3 billion over the last 18 
months, adding Cable Onda in Panama and Telefónica’s operations in 
Nicaragua, Panama and Costa Rica1 to our existing operations. These 
transactions enhanced our footprint and advanced our goal to rede-
ploy capital from under-performing to higher-performing regions. 

As a result, we significantly enhanced Tigo’s mobile and fixed conver-
gence capabilities in 2019. Tigo is now the No. 1 or No. 2 provider of 
mobile, broadband internet and pay TV services in eight out of our 
nine Latam markets. 

Our business strategy—in place since 2016—is working, and the 
results can be seen in our revenue growth over the past year.  Revenue 
for 2019 increased 9.9% to $4,336 million, and net profit for the year 
attributable to shareholders  improved to $149 million, or $1.48 per 
share. We are confident that by executing our strategy, we will con-
tinue to create long-term value for shareholders.

Our customers benefited from our investments last year as well. We 
added a record number of customers to our 4G network, giving them 
faster, more reliable mobile internet access. We capitalized on our 
enhanced infrastructure capabilities to expand our business-to-busi-
ness services, gaining 4,000 new customers in the past year. In 2019, 
we also advanced our goal to become a “content supermarket” for our 
Latam customers, creating strategic partnerships with Google, 
Amazon and others to deliver the richest selection of consumer expe-
riences and business solutions. These enhanced offerings and our 
commitment to “give 1,000% to our customers” resulted in a tangible 
uptick in the Net Promoter Score metrics we use to measure customer 
satisfaction. 

Ultimately, our success as a company ties back to our purpose and the 
transformational benefits that individuals and communities gain from 
being connected and participating in the digital lifestyle. Last year, we 
catapulted our long-standing corporate responsibility efforts to a new 
level as we put into action our updated and more cohesive Corporate 
Responsibility Framework, including measurable targets. The refined 
framework includes five Corporate Responsibility Fundamentals that 
guide us in how we manage our business, as well as our Responsible 
Leadership in Action initiatives to empower women, protect children, 
and connect communities. (More details can be found on pages 
34-63 of this year’s report.) This also highlights our ongoing commit-
ment to the United Nations Global Compact.

1  Reflects our pending acquisition of Telefonica Costa Rica.

3 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Highlights of our CR progress in 2019 clearly demonstrate how we cre-
ate shared value for our multiple stakeholders:
»    Promoting safe and productive Internet use among youth. 

Through our Conectate Segur@ program, we provided thousands of 
children, parents, teachers and caregivers with practical lessons on 
how to avoid potential dangers online so they can more fully enjoy 
the benefits of technology.

»    Narrowing the digital gender divide. Through our Conectadas 
program, we moved closer to our goal of training 400,000 women 
on digital tools and entrepreneurial skills by 2023, empowering 
them to support their families and contribute to their communities’ 
economic vitality.

»    Issuing our first Sustainability Bond. Valued at approximately 

$211 million, our inaugural Sustainability Bond is helping us reduce 
our climate footprint and promote greater digital and financial 
inclusion in emerging markets. The enthusiastic response from 
investors for this bond underscores how our company can be a pow-
erful vehicle for channeling funds from capital markets in Sweden, 
the United States, and elsewhere to developing countries in Latin 
America. 

»    Sharing the talent of our people. We created opportunities for 

hundreds of Tigo employees to volunteer in our Conectate Segur@ 
and Conectadas digital inclusion programs, allowing our employees 
to engage directly with communities to create positive changes in 
their lives through technology, which in turn, create positive rewards 
for our employees.

In our business operations and CR programs alike, our talented and 
committed employees are the lifeblood that propels us forward with 
great momentum. We call this powerful force our “Sangre Tigo.” In 
2019, we dedicated ourselves to defining the essence of Sangre 
Tigo—those attitudes, behaviors and beliefs that our people bring to 
work—to ensure our company remains a great place to work as we 
grow. Our more than 22,000 employees now have a clearer sense of 
our purpose and are channeling their energy to have a positive impact 
for all our stakeholders. 

I want to thank our Board, our community partners and our employ-
ees for their invaluable role in fulfilling our purpose in 2019. As you’ll 
see on the pages that follow, our attention to growing our connec-
tions and impact, and the results that accrued to all our strategic 
stakeholders last year give us many reasons to feel optimistic about 
2020. We know there are challenges ahead, and we look forward to 
tackling them with enthusiasm, with Sangre Tigo. 

Mauricio Ramos
Chief Executive Officer

CEO Mauricio Ramos during the 
public announcement of 
Millicom’s acquisition of 
Telefonica in Panama

4 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Financial and Operational Highlights

FINANCIAL RESULTS

Revenue
($m)

2017

2018

2019

Gross Profit  
($m)

2017

2018

2019

HOME

HFC Homes Passed
(m)

$3,936

$3,946

$4,336

+9.9%
Year-on-year  
growth

2017

2018

2019

8.4

+8.5%
Year-on-year  
growth

10.6

11.5

HFC Customer Relationships
(m) 

$2,767

$2,829

$3,135

+10.8%
Year-on-year  
growth

2017

2018

2019

2.3

+11.3%
Year-on-year  
growth

3.1

3.5

MOBILE

4G customers 
(m)

7.2

10.5

2017

2018

2019

+47%
Year-on-year  
growth

15.4

Indicator reflects Latam segment.
• Points of presence
• 4G Customers
• HFC Homes Passed
• HFC Customer Relationships

22K+

Full-time employees and 
approximately 30,000 
contractors

11.6K

Points of presence 

Corporate Responsibility Highlights

200

89%

1,400+

207K

Key Staff trained on 
Human Rights

Strategic suppliers who 
signed the Supplier  
Code of Conduct

Connected  
schools

Women who 
participated in our 
digital inclusion and 
training programs

5 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

  Honduras 
Mobile #1
BBI #1
Pay TV #2

Guatemala 
Mobile #1
BBI #2
Pay TV #1

El Salvador1
Mobile #2
BBI #2
Pay TV #2

Nicaragua 
Mobile #1 
BBI #2
Pay TV #2

Panama
Mobile #1
BBI #1
Pay TV #1

Costa Rica1 
Mobile #2
BBI #3
Pay TV #1

Colombia 
Mobile #3
BBI #2
Pay TV #2

Consolidating our 
leadership position in 
Latam through diligent 
execution of our 
business strategy.

Strengthening our leadership position in Latam through diligent 
execution of our business strategy

Our long-term focus on converging Tigo’s fixed and mobile services throughout 
Latin America continues to drive solid business result. Millicom’s gains in recent 
years from both organically increasing our market share and investing in key  
acquisitions to further consolidate our regional footprint.

As a result of our acquisitions of Cable Onda, the leading cable operator in Panama, 
and of Telefonica’s telecom operations in Panama, Costa Rica and Nicaragua, Tigo is 
reshaping the industry landscape in Central America. These new assets allowed us to 
add Panama to our portfolio of countries served and accelerated our fixed-mobile 
convergence strategy in the region.  Most importantly, we can provide customers in 
these markets with the high quality fixed and mobile services they expect. 

Our significant investments demonstrate Tigo’s commitment to expanding digital 
highways and advancing economic prosperity in Latam for years to come.

Bolivia 
Mobile #2
BBI #1
Pay TV #1

Paraguay
Mobile #1
BBI #1
Pay TV #1

1  Reflects our pending acquisition of Telefonica Costa Rica, and America Movil’s pending 

acquisition in El Salvador.

6 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

A Single Integrated Company                                                                                                                                  
By executing on our business strategy, Tigo  
is now the only convergent operator in each of  
its 9 Latin American markets.1

O U R   B U S I N E S S   S T R AT E G Y

Monetizing Mobile Data
A sound mobile data monetization strategy will continue to translate incremental 
growth into additional revenue through: 
»    Expansion of our 4G/LTE network
»   Transition to a postpaid subscription revenue model
»   Products and services that stimulate data usage
Building Cable
Demand for high-speed data from both the business sector and individual customers 
drives revenue growth. To meet this demand, we are:  
»    Accelerating the expansion of our hybrid fiber-coaxial (HFC) network 
»    Targeting acquisitions that complement our organic buildout
»    Adding content and services to drive further growth in Average Revenue Per User (ARPU).
Accelerating Convergence
The deployment of IT solutions to efficiently market and support convergent solu-
tions will help us: 
»   Differentiate ourselves in the marketplace 
»   Generate new revenue streams
»   Increase customer satisfaction and loyalty
»   Reduce customer churn and costs
»   Prepare for future network deployments such as 5G.
Driving B2B Growth
To accelerate growth among multinational corporations, large local companies and 
small and medium size businesses (SMBs), we have made B2B fundamental to our 
strategy by:
»   Differentiating the Tigo Business brand through excellent service and frontline execution
»   Selectively evolving our portfolio into Information and Communications 

Technology (ICT)-managed services. 

»   Investing in state-of-the-art infrastructure, including tier 3 datacenters
»   Developing and supporting sales and marketing capabilities to penetrate and serve new 

customers.

Promoting a Digital Experience
Increased digitization of our processes and operations continue to benefit our com-
pany and customers as we: 
»   Provide superior digital journeys for our customers that will ensure we become or 

Tigo Sports

Tigo Music

remain the operator of choice; 

Tigo Money

»   Create new tools and an enhanced operational model so our teams can do their 

work more efficiently; and 

»   Offer next generation user-experience platforms that seamlessly integrate content 

across linear and on-demand channels. 

Tigo ONE tv

Mi Tigo

Tigo Shop

Tigo Sports

Tigo Music

Tigo Money

Tigo Business

Tigo Sports

Tigo Music

Tigo Money

Tigo ONE tv

Mi Tigo

Tigo Shop

1  Reflects our pending acquisition of Telefonica Costa Rica.

Tigo ONE tv

Mi Tigo

Tigo Shop

Tigo Business

7 

Tigo Business

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Managing 
Our Business

Millicom’s performance reflects the interconnected work of teams across 
many disciplines. We stay on track to excel by diligently studying and 
monitoring our markets, continually supporting and developing our human 
capital and honing and measuring our progress against our business 
strategy. Our continued success also hinges on how we mitigate risks and 
optimize opportunities in our organization, meet our rigorous ethical and 
compliance standards, and govern our company. This section of our Annual 
Report lays out how all those components contribute to our success.

8 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our Market Outlook

We take a long-term view and follow a rigorous and disciplined 
approach to capital allocation as we expand the company’s digital 
infrastructure throughout Latin America. The assets that we have built 
over the past several years, together with our recent cable and mobile 
acquisitions in Central America, have enabled us to provide new 
services and to add customers and increase usage of our network in 
markets where a growing middle class is devoting a larger share of its 
disposal income to communication and information services.  

Our strategy to further consolidate Tigo operations in Latam holds 
some degree of planned risk, but we see significant potential growth 
ahead for this region. In its Latin America Economic Outlook forecast 
from October 2019, Oxford Economics predicted several encouraging 
trends in many of the countries we serve. Among them:
»  Steady GDP growth for much of the region
»  Reduced volatility in exchange rates for Latam as a whole, with a 

few exceptions

»  6.6% annual growth in the number of households with an average 
income of more than $20,000 over the next decade—from about 
8 million in 2018 to roughly 15 million by 2028

We are positioning Tigo to both profit from and contribute to the 
region’s upward momentum. As our customer base and portfolio 
offerings grow, we bring more capital and a deeper well of expertise to 
emerging markets. In turn, the people and businesses that use our 
digital highways to improve their economic stature bring follow-on 
benefits—such as added disposable income, new jobs and greater 
civic involvement—to their communities.

In these and many other respects, our strong competitive position in 
Latam not only benefits Millicom shareholders but also our customers, 
employees and communities. Managing our business is truly 
inseparable from advancing economic development and social 
progress in the countries where we operate.

“

9 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Chief Financial Officer’s Message
We continued to focus on capturing the broadband opportunity in our Latin America 
markets during 2019, as we saw positive results in both mobile and cable during the 
year. Additionally, we completed our footprint in Central America, acquiring and 
integrating mobile operations in Nicaragua and Panama. We continued to execute on 
our capital allocation strategy, selling Chad and supporting Jumia and Helios Towers 
with their successful stock exchange listings.

Group highlights1 

Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased 9.9% to 
$4,336  million, as revenue from acquisitions more than offset the 
impact of weaker foreign currencies.

Operating income for the year declined 10.1% to $575 million, as we 
recognized other operating losses primarily due to a non-cash loss on 
disposal of equity investments and fair value adjustments. Operating 
expenses decreased 0.8%, while depreciation and amortization 
increased 37.2% resulting from newly acquired operations, and the 
impact of IFRS 16 adoption.  The share of net profit in our joint 
ventures in Guatemala and Honduras increased 16.0%, due to positive  
results in these operations during 2019.

Net interest expense increased 57.1% to $544 million, mainly due to an increase in our gross debt 
during the year resulting from acquisitions, and the impact of IFRS 16.

In order to finance our acquisitions in Central America, we were active in the debt capital markets in 
2019, issuing our first bond in Panama and our first Sustainability Bond in Stockholm.

Following the acquisitions of mobile assets in Central America, our leverage ended 2019 at 3.19x on a 
proforma proportionate net debt-to-EBITDA basis. Our leverage ratio is currently above our long-term 
target of 2.0x, primarily due to the acquisitions, but we expect that future EBITDA growth and cash 
generation will allow us to return to our target leverage ratio in the medium term.2

Income from other non-operating items increased by $266 million to $227 million during the year, due 
to an increase in value in our equity investment in Helios Towers, offset by a decrease in value in our 
equity investment in Jumia as well as foreign exchange losses during the year.

Tax expense increased 7.2% to $120 million, due to the net movement between lower profitability in 
Latin America resulting in a lower income tax charge, offset by the inclusion of acquisitions and a 
higher net deferred tax expense during the year.

As a result of the above factors, net profit for the year atributable to shareholders was $149 million, or 
$1.48 per share. 

For more extensive details on Millicom’s financial performance, please refer to pages 120-213.

Tim Pennington
Chief Financial Officer

1  Group highlights are presented on an IFRS basis and therefore do not consolidate the results from our Guatemala and Honduras 

joint ventures.

2  This paragraph includes Non-IFRS measures. Please refer to the non-IFRS disclosures in this annual report for a description and 

for a reconciliation of non-IFRS measures.

10 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

This section provides a summary of the financial and operating performance of our Latin America and Africa 
segments through selected performance indicators1 that are based on our management reporting, presenting 
Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures as if fully consolidated in the Latin America segment.

Our 2019 Financial Performance in Latin America2
2019 was a challenging macroeconomic year for some of our markets. Paraguay, for example, experienced 
negative GDP growth during the first half of the year due to volatility in neighboring economies and to fluctuations 
in commodity prices which impacted the agricultural sector. Meanwhile, Bolivia and Nicaragua were impacted by 
periods of widespread political protests and social unrest, which dampened economic activity. In Panama, 
economic growth slowed during the first half of the year.  

The slower macroeconomic growth environment, combined with increased competition in some markets, meant 
that our Latin American organic service revenue growth was 2.2% in 2019 representing a slowdown compared to 
4.3% growth in 2018. EBITDA growth was 2.1% (2018: 3.5%) on an organic basis during the year. However, OCF 
(this is EBITDA minus Capex) growth was robust and rose 8.3% (2018: 3.2%), demonstrating our capability to 
deliver strong cash flow growth even under challenging market conditions.

In our Mobile business, which accounts for 59% of Latam service revenue (2018: 63%), we increased our footprint 
by adding operations in Nicaragua and Panama, which added 5.2 million mobile users to our network.  Aided by 
these acquisitions, our customer base increased to 39.8 million customers and our 4G customers increased to  
15.4 million, and we continued to improve our penetration rates, with 4G reaching 39% of our mobile customers at 
the end of 2019, an improvement from the 31% penetration rate at the end of 2018. Mobile service revenue 
increased 1.4% year-over-year from 2019 (2018: -2.1%) as revenue from acquisitions more than offset the impact 
of weaker currencies and a slight decline in our organic growth during the period.

In our Cable and other fixed business, which generates about 40% of our Latin American service revenue  
(2018: 36%), we expanded our HFC network during 2019 to cover an additional 901,000 homes, bringing the total 
to 11.5 million at year-end 2019 (2018: 10.6 million). We added 351,000 net HFC customer relationships, ending 
the year with 3.5 million, a penetration rate of 30% (2018: 29%). Revenue in our Cable business increased 21.5% 
year-on-year (2018: 3.1%) fueled by the acquisition of Cable Onda, as well as robust organic growth in most 
markets, which more than offset the drag from weaker currencies. 

By country, organic service revenue growth was positive in seven of our nine markets, while EBITDA grew in Bolivia, 
Colombia, Panama, Guatemala and Honduras. Our Colombia business showed improvement in both the mobile 
and home businesses; Guatemala and Honduras performed strongly, as our market-leading mobile businesses 
continued to drive success in these countries. Results in Bolivia and Paraguay were afected by competition as well 
as by the macroeconomic and political situations, respectively. Despite social unrest, our Bolivia home business was 
one of our strongest performers during the year. A slowing economy also afected our Panama operations, but our 
focus on synergies during the integration resulted in strong EBITDA, and cash flow growth during the year.

Capex in Latin America was $1 billion in 2019, as we continued to invest to support the ongoing expansion of both 
our mobile and fixed networks in the region. By year-end, our 4G networks covered approximately 69% of the 
population of our markets, which now include Nicaragua and Panama. Strong 4G mobile network coverage and 
performance allowed us to allocate a majority of our capex toward our cable network expansion in 2019, 
consistent with recent years. Customer premise equipment deployed to support the growth of our Cable customer 
base accounted for more than 30% of our total capex in the region, indicating that a significant portion of our 
capex is success-driven and variable in nature, which helps to reduce volatility in cash flow generation.

Latam 
($m)

10%
Paraguay

13%
Other

26%
Colombia

Revenue by
country 

10%
Honduras

11%
Bolivia

6%
El Salvador

24%
Guatemala

1%
Other
$60m

37%
Cable and 
other fixed
$2,197m

Revenue by
business 

55%
Mobile 
$3,258m

7%
Equipment 
Sales Revenue
$449m 

Service revenue
Organic growth +2.2%
$5,514

EBITDA
Organic growth +2.1%
$2,443

1 Non-IFRS measure. Please refer to the non-IFRS disclosures in this annual report for a description and for a reconciliation of non-IFRS measures. 

2  Our Latin America (Latam) segment includes our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures as if they were fully consolidated. Service revenue, 

EBITDA, OCF, CAPEX and organic growth are non-IFRS measures. Please refer to page 103 for description of non-IFRS measures

11 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Colombia

Others
$42m

Mobile
$577m

Service 
Revenue

Cable and 
other fixed
$813m

CABLE AND OTHER 
FIXED (’000)
Home customer 
relationships1
 1,710
As of year end 2019
36
Net additions
+2.1%
YOY Growth

MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone 
data users
 3,570
As of year end 2019
 870
Net additions
+32.2%
YOY Growth

Bolivia

Cable and 
other fixed
$205.1m

Others
$2m

Service 
Revenue

CABLE AND OTHER 
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
 511
As of year end 2019
 122
Net additions
+31.3%
YOY Growth

MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone 
data users
 2,171
As of year end 2019
 359
Net additions
+19.8%
YOY Growth

Mobile
$416.4m

Mobile
$363m

Paraguay

Others
$1.3m

Cable and 
other fixed
$210m

Service 
Revenue

Guatemala

Cable and 
other fixed
$201.4m

Others
$3m

Service 
Revenue

Mobile 
$1,029.7m

CABLE AND OTHER 
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
 437
As of year end 2019
 30
Net additions
+7.5%
YOY Growth

MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone 
data users
 1,520
As of year end 2019
 436
Net additions
+40.2%
YOY Growth

CABLE AND OTHER 
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
519
As of year end 2019
34
Net additions
+7.1%
YOY Growth

MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone 
data users
3,894
As of year end 2019
906
Net additions
+30.3%
YOY Growth

Service revenue2  $m
Organic growth +2.8%

2019

2018

EBITDA $m
Organic growth +3.0%

2019

2018

EBITDA margin3  %

2019*

2018

$1,432 

$1,553 

$510 

$494 

33.3%

29.7%

Service revenue2  $m
Organic growth +4.5%

2019

2018

EBITDA $m
Organic growth +6.3%

2019

2018

EBITDA margin4  %

2019

2018

$624 

$597 

$257 

$232 

40.2%

37.8%

Service revenue2  $m
Organic growth –1.2%

2019

2018

EBITDA $m
Organic growth –5.6%

2019

2018

EBITDA margin5  %

2019

2018

$575 

$632 

$294 

$332

48.2%

48.8%

Service revenue2  $m
Organic growth +5.3%

2019

2018

EBITDA $m
Organic growth +4.7%

2019

2018

EBITDA margin6  %

2019

2018

$1,234 

$1,200

$748 

$689 

52.2%

50.2%

1  Includes HFC, DTH,  Copper and other technologies.
2 Organic growth represents year-on year-growth excluding the impact of changes in FX rates, perimeter, and accounting.
3 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 29.8%.
4 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 38.5%.
5 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 47.2%.
6 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 49.1%.

12 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report–23,378
Net additions
–5%
YOY Growth

Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Honduras
Cable and 
other fixed
$92m

Others
$6m

Service 
Revenue

Mobile
$452.4m

Panama

Others
$5m

Mobile 
$70.4m

Service 
Revenue

Cable and 
other fixed
$392.7m

El Salvador

Others
$2m

Cable and 
other fixed
$125.2m

Service 
Revenue

Mobile
$221m

CABLE AND OTHER 
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
176
As of year end 2019
11
Net additions
+6.9%
YOY Growth

MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone 
data users
 1,747
As of year end 2019
469
Net additions
+36.7%
YOY Growth

CABLE AND OTHER 
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
437
As of year end 2019
23
Net additions
-5.1%
YOY Growth

MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone 
data users
787
As of year end 2019
68
Net additions

CABLE AND OTHER 
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
274
As of year end 2019
1
Net additions
+0.4%
YOY Growth

MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone 
data users
924
As of year end 2019
299
Net additions
+47.8%
YOY Growth

Service revenue2  $m
Organic growth +1.7%

2019

2018

EBITDA $m
Organic growth +0.5%

2019

2018

EBITDA margin3  %

2019

2018

Service revenue2  $m
Organic growth +0.4%

2019

2018

$17 

EBITDA $m
Organic growth +9.1%

2019

2018

$4 

$551 

$555 

$280 

$268

47.1%

45.8%

$468 

$223 

EBITDA margin4  %

2019

46.9%

Service revenue2  $m
Organic growth –6.2%

2019

2018

EBITDA $m
Organic growth –4.4%

2019

2018

EBITDA margin5  %

2019

2018

$349 

$371 

$140 

$133

36.2%

32.9%

Costa Rica

Cable and 
other fixed
$151m

CABLE AND OTHER 
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
relationships1
256
As of year end 2019

Service 
Revenue

1  Includes HFC, DTH,  Copper and other technologies.
2 Organic growth represents year-on year-growth excluding the impact of changes in FX rates, perimeter, and accounting.
3 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 44.4%.
4 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 44.3%.
5 Excluding the benefit of IFRS 16, 2019 EBITDA margin would have been 33.0%.

13 

N/A

YOY Growth*

*Net adds since acquisitions

2018

24%

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Nicaragua
Nicaragua

Cable and 
Cable and 
other fixed
other fixed
$20.7m
$20.7m

Others
Others
$0m
$0m

Service 
Service 
Revenue
Revenue

CABLE AND OTHER 
CABLE AND OTHER 
FIXED (’000)
FIXED (’000)
Home customer
Home customer
relationships1
relationships1
13
13
As of year end 2019
As of year end 2019

MOBILE (’000)
MOBILE (’000)
4G smartphone 
4G smartphone 
data users
data users
785
785
As of year end 2019
As of year end 2019

Mobile
Mobile
$130m
$130m

Service revenue $m
Service revenue $m
Organic growth 9%
Organic growth 9%

2019

2019

2018

2018

$14
$14

EBITDA $m
EBITDA $m
Organic growth –98%
Organic growth –98%

2019

2019

2018

2018

$4
$4

EBITDA margin %
EBITDA margin %
2019

2019

2018

2018

28%
28%

$151
$151

$68 
$68 

43%
43%

Our 2019 Financial Performance in Africa2
During 2019 we continued to execute our strategy to improve our financial performance and the 
returns we generate on the capital we have invested in the region. This includes selling  lower 
performing businesses in our Africa segment, where our return on capital has historically been less than 
in our Latin America segment. In line with this strategy, we successfully divested our operation in Chad 
in 2019. In addition, we supported Jumia and Helios Towers Africa, two companies in which Millicom 
holds minority interests, as they completed IPOs and listed their shares on the New York Stock 
Exchange and the London Stock Exchange, respectively.

Following the disposal of Chad, our Africa segment now comprises our operation in Tanzania, 
representing 6.0% of underlying revenue and 4.8% of underlying EBITDA. During 2019, we made 
significant progress toward preparing our Tanzanian business for an IPO of 25% of its shares on the 
Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange, as mandated by the Tanzanian authorities. Following receipt of the 
necessary government approvals, we successfully combined our three operating subsidiaries into a 
single operating entity, and we secured long-term debt to support future growth. Finally, we have filed a 
prospectus and await approval by the local authority to complete the IPO.

Africa organic service revenue declined 2.9% (2018: 5.8% growth) during 2019, partly attributable to 
lower interconnection rates, which resulted in a reduction in our ARPU. Our EBITDA decreased 19.9% 
(2018: growth 7.7%).mainly due to a regulatory fine.

 –1%

Zantel

Revenue by 

country

 –3%

Tanzania

Africa
($m)

98%
Mobile
$372m

Service 
Revenue

2%
B2B
$9m

Service revenue
Organic growth –2.9%
$382

EBITDA
Organic growth –19.9%
$122

The comparative 2018 financial information in this report has been adjusted for the classification of our 
operations in Chad as discontinued operations. We disposed of our operations in Chad on June 26, 2019.

1  Includes HFC, DTH,  Copper and other technologies.

2  Non-IFRS measure. Please refer to the non-IFRS disclosures in this annual report for a description and for 

a reconciliation of non-IFRS measures.

14 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Supporting Our People

Our 22,000-plus full-time employees and 30,000 contractors embody 
our “Sangre Tigo”; they are the lifeblood essential to our culture, busi-
ness and success. As one of the largest companies in Latin America, 
we embrace our role in fueling region-wide economic development 
and individual prosperity through the career opportunities we create. 
Therefore, we strive to be the employer of choice across all our mar-
kets by building a culture inside of Tigo where passionate, committed 
individuals are empowered to drive positive change and where they 
are encouraged to succeed.

This work was particularly critical over the past year. Millicom’s 2018 
acquisition of Cable Onda in Panama and 2019 acquisition of 
Telefonica’s operating subsidiaries in Panama and Nicaragua spurred 
our rapid market expansion and added almost 3,000 experienced and 
valued employees to our team.

“I can’t imagine working in any other place. 
I’ve had opportunities to work in seven 
countries with people who believed in me and 
challenge me to grow professionally.”

Carolina Bernal
Chief Financial Officer, Tigo Une Colombia 

Carolina joined our company 26 years ago, mailing invoices to customers  
in Paraguay while she was still in high school.

“

BLENDING ACQUIRED 
OPERATIONS INTO 
TIGO WITH OPENNESS 
AND RESPECT

The integration of almost 3,000 new 
employees from Cable Onda and 
Telefonica in 2019 came with both 
opportunities and inherent risks and 
challenges. To ensure the mergers 
succeeded, we formed an intentional 
strategy that included the following 
steps:
»    Launched a new Business Integration 
Office, comprising people of various 
nationalities from the new entities and 
Tigo, that worked with HR and other key 
departments to create a values-driven 
process based on transparency, balanced 
representation, equity and fluid 
communication

»    Took the time to get to know the 

countries and the new employees and to 
learn from each other through interviews 
and meetings  

»    Hired external advisors Spencer Stuart 

and Boston Consulting Group to help us 
evaluate the skills of managers and 
executives from Telefonica alongside 
those of current Tigo employees with 
potential to take on leadership roles in 
our merged operations 

»    Created a steering committee that 

reported to our CEO and was charged 
with ensuring we built leadership teams 
with the right levels of cultural diversity, 
local market knowledge and 
understanding of our core business 
objectives

Ultimately, we believe this thoughtful 
process enabled us to create teams with an 
optimal blend of strengths coming from 
both sides and to retain a high percentage 
of key executives from the former 
Telefonica operations.

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

15 

Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our HR Strategic Pillars
We are proud to have been recognized in recent years as one of the best companies to work for in Latin America. 
To strengthen the foundations of our company and continue cultivating a great place to work, our HR organization 
implemented a four-dimensional strategy in 2019:
»  Grow our talent across Millicom and cultivate a diverse pipeline of future leaders within the company 
»  Evolve our culture to be even more inclusive and strengthen our lines of engagement with all our employees
»   Optimize our organization as it grows, which includes smoothing the integration of people from acquired 

companies and aligning all our resources with Millicom’s strategic priorities

»  Build operational excellence by streamlining our HR processes and giving employees more convenient, 

digitized access to services and benefits

These four priorities guide our responsive approach to creating exceptional experiences for our invaluable people 
and advancing the company’s purpose.

Grow 
Talent

Evolve 
Culture

Optimize 
Organization

Operational 
Excellence

“We are one of the most recognized brands in Latam, and  
one of the largest taxpayers in most of the countries we serve. 
Being such an important force in these developing markets carries 
an incredible responsibility that we take seriously. Our Employee 
Value Proposition provides amazing opportunities for our people 
to transform their lives and ultimately their communities.”

Susy Bobenrieth
Chief Human Resources Officer, EVP

“

16 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Pathways to Leadership  
and Career Growth 
We recognize that inspired employees produce excellent 
results. As we build Millicom’s teams in our ever-evolving 
markets, we must create meaningful incentives that attract, 
retain and develop the best talent to maintain our competitive 
edge. This includes finding new ways to motivate employees 
and develop their talents—both personally and professionally.

Our focused approach to leadership and talent development 
centers on promoting team-oriented, committed employees—
those who consistently produce exceptional results in the face 
of “sink-or-swim” challenges. We are the first-ever employer for 
many of our people, and some of our most senior leaders 
started their careers on the front lines of Tigo operations. As 
we identify people with high leadership potential, we invest in 
creating more opportunities for them to expand their skills 
through on-the-job experiences in different areas of our 
company. (See related highlight story on this page)

Along with rewarding these employees for their commitment 
and supporting their long-term career growth, our promote-
from-within approach also helps us reduce costly and 
disruptive turnover. During 2019, we retained 88% of our 
employees compared with 84% in 2016.

“Millicom has given me the 
opportunity to live and work in 
totally different environments 
than I was used to. That allowed 
me to grow, to strengthen my 
resilience and to become a 
better person.”

Pablo Guardia
General Manager, Tigo Bolivia, 

Who started as a sales supervisor in 2002 and helped manage several of 
our African operations early in his career.

“

SHAPING 
TOMORROW’S 
LEADERS

WHERE:   All markets

WHAT:   Identifying career paths for our 
top talent to advance their careers at 
Millicom and continue to produce 
exceptional results for our company.  

HOW:  As part of our yearly Organizational 
Talent Review process in 2019, we 
launched the Plan 100 strategy to develop 
the next generation of senior executives 
and reduce organizational risk from 
turnover in top leadership positions. We 
believe many of our future C-suite leaders 
and senior managers are already here at 
Millicom and that our company is more 
successful when we have a strong bench of 
talent with the right skills to ascend our 
leadership chain.

Through Plan 100, we analyze:
»  The top-25 leadership roles, from the CEO  

down

»  The 25 people currently in those roles
»  The top 25 people with high potential to 

become future leaders

»  The 25 “springboard” jobs that place 

employees in an ideal position to develop 
skill sets that will enable them to move 
into a top-25 leadership role

We are creating new executive team 
development tracks and succession plans 
that bring timely opportunities for highly 
successful general managers and regional 
leaders to work in new environments with 
greater responsibilities. Plan 100 also 
supports our efforts to identify possible 
talent gaps across the organization and to 
develop a deeper pool of individuals within 
Millicom to fill those roles.

17 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Bringing “Sangre Tigo” to Life
At Tigo, we are proud that our work has purpose. We transform lives and communities by increasing access to 
digital highways for millions of individuals and hundreds of thousands of businesses.

Our employees are at the heart of this transformation. They are the passion and fuel that serve our purpose and 
the essence of what we call Sangre Tigo. 

Sangre Tigo is the DNA of our company culture. It is our identity today and our continued aspiration for the future.

A 2018 survey involving more than 11,000 employees within the Tigo leadership team and across all our markets 
provided the foundation of our Sangre Tigo cultural framework. In 2019, we solidified this framework by clearly 
articulating Tigo’s four pulses, which encompass the key values, practices, behaviors and beliefs that we all share. 

To bring Sangre Tigo to life, in 2019 we initiated a series of dynamic and interactive workshops designed to provide 
employees with clarity on our workplace culture and values. We expect to have rolled out these workshops to all our 
operations by the end of 2020.

Sangre Tigo Cultural Framework

P U L S E S

We are 
ONE TIGO

TIGO runs  
in our veins

We make it 
happen the  
right way

We give 1,000%  
for our  
customers 

B E H AV I O R S

We have one purpose 
and we make an impact

We are inclusive  
and united

Together we win

We value our 
differences

We manage Tigo  
assets as if they  
were our own

We are proud of  
our company and  
our history

We are innovators 

We are fast and we  
go the extra mile

We are passionate

We care for our 
communities

We lead by example 
and we do what  
we preach

Our customers are  
at the center of 
everything we do

We never compromise 
our integrity

We are direct,  
honest and open

We are transparent  
and accountable

We always do it right, 
from the first time

We find solutions  
and deliver results

We make decisions 
based on data insights

We see challenges  
as opportunities

We think, act and  
live digital

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

18 

Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

What does Sangre Tigo mean  
to our ambassadors?

“Sangre Tigo is something 
magical and incomparable, it 
represents the passion which 
we work in day-to-day and 
the satisfaction that comes 
from working with different 
people who converge on a 
single feeling. It is a 
challenge for me to have the 
responsibility to strengthen 
this passion in all Tigo 
employees, I feel very 
motivated to achieve it.”
Mayra Rodríguez
B2B Productivity Head, Honduras

“

“For me, Sangre Tigo is 
ethics; it’s passion for the 
things I do, and the joy of 
knowing that we improve 
lives on a daily basis.

To be an example and 
solution for my customers 
and colleagues, and be able 
to replicate the Sangre Tigo 
lifestyle”.

Leslie Rosales
Sales supervisor HFC, Costa Rica

“

11,000+

Employees trained in our 
Sangre Tigo cultural framework 
through December 2019

170

Sangre Tigo employee 
ambassadors

The Value of Volunteerism

Caring for the communities we serve 
is a value embedded in our Sangre 
Tigo culture and our company’s very 
purpose. We deepened our 
commitment to this value in 2019 by 
instituting a policy to provide up to 2 
days of paid time annually for all our 
full-time employees to volunteer on 
behalf of local organizations.

Many of our people choose to give 
back to communities through our 
Responsible Leadership in Action 
programs. For example, this year, 
more than 4,400 employee volunteers 
helped entrepreneurial women, 
teachers, and children of all ages to 
adopt digital technology in ways that 
transform their lives and elevate their 
communities. Working directly with 
communities not only demonstrates 
how we live our Sangre Tigo values, it 
also brings deeper meaning and 
purpose to our employees’ day to day 
work and inspires them to do their 
very best. Learn more in the Fulfilling 
Our Corporate Responsibility 
section on pages 34-49.

19 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Building a More Diverse and Inclusive Workplace
Our newly articulated Sangre Tigo culture framework 
encompasses our foundational commitment to 
respect all people at Millicom. The value of diversity 
and inclusion to our business reaches far beyond a 
simple belief in doing what’s right. We believe that an 
inclusive workplace culture attracts talented 
professionals and empowers them to innovate and 
contribute their perspectives and experiences in a 
supportive environment that values people’s 
differences. In turn, our business, products and 
services benefit from being truly reflective of diverse 
customer and community interests.

This process confirmed that our company is rich in 
ethnic diversity—with 38 nationalities represented 
among the 200+ employees in our Miami regional 
office alone. We also uncovered areas of opportunities 
to improve our work environment related to gender 
equity, sexual orientation and age. We emerged with a 
strong conviction that we must do even more to 
ensure all employees feel included and valued at 
Millicom. Our next step on this journey is to form a D&I 
Council with broad representation across our cultural 
spectrum to help Millicom’s senior leaders set the 
priorities of our new D&I strategy. We will focus on 
leadership development and opportunities for all and 
ensuring that all employees feel their voices are being 
heard. 

In 2019, we launched a two-year initiative to define 
the essential components of diversity and inclusion 
(D&I) in Sangre Tigo culture and establish a new D&I 
strategy. Our HR leads, in conjunction with the Boston 
Consulting Group (BCG), gathered insights from 
Millicom employees company-wide to understand 
their present experiences of D&I in the workplace.

We are one Tigo. We are inclusive 
and united, we value our 
differences, we have one purpose 
and we make an impact.   

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

20 

Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Transforming Our HR Processes
As we continue moving into new markets, we also need to support a larger and more 
dispersed employee base. This challenge has led us to review Millicom’s HR systems 
with the goal of enhancing our process transformation and ensuring that our practices 
comply with specific areas of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other financial accounting 
and reporting requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market in the U.S..

We engaged Deloitte Consulting in 2019 to help identify opportunities for greater 
efficiency, consistency and accuracy in our current systems and practices. When 
finalized, this assessment will guide our development of a company-wide operating 
model that can support one global HR information system. It will provide self-service 
access to employees as well as simplify, automate and standardize HR processes across 
all operations and countries. We plan to implement this new environment in 2020.

Promoting Health, Safety and Wellness
Many of our employees live and work in emerging markets where security issues—
including civil unrest, armed and organized criminal activity, and terrorism—may 
compromise personal safety. We seek to minimize such threats and maintain a safe 
workplace environment by enacting a wide range of controls and promoting actions 
that help keep our people out of harms way.

Millicom has managed the health, safety, and well-being of employees based on 
international (OHSAS) standards and industry best practices, with advice and support 
from local authorities, and is currently transitioning to ISO 45001. Our central security 
and safety team empowers and trains operational teams, and every market has a 
professionally trained and certified physical security and health and safety officer. All 
third-party vendors and partners must abide by our security and safety standards.

For the fourth straight year, we improved our supplier due-diligence and vetting 
processes and conducted comprehensive compliance audits for those suppliers 
considered to be at greatest risk of significant health, safety, and security issues.

The systems implemented also provided the operations the relevant frameworks to 
identify improvements to further reduce the risk of injury, illness and fatal incidents. 

In 2019, most operations in Latam and Africa transitioned to and received 
certification for the new ISO Health and Safety 45001 standard. We expect to have 
all operations certified by the end of Q2 2020. 

21 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our Business Strategy  
and Performance 

We continued generating robust financial returns and socioeconomic 
benefits in our markets in 2019 by staying relentlessly focused on our 
business strategy, which is designed to propel long-term, stable 
growth in six interconnected areas.

Millicom CEO Mauricio Ramos chats with Panamanian football 
star Jaime Penedo via a real-time holographic call, the first ever in 
Latin America, using 5G technology powered by Ericsson.

Monetize Mobile Data
Our 2019 Telefónica acquisitions added new mobile markets in Panama and 
Nicaragua. Through our expanded 4G/LTE network—which now covers 69% of 
people in our Latam markets—we are connecting 15 million 4G mobile customers to 
content and experiences from providers such as Amazon Prime (see highlight story 
on page 26) as well as through our own TigoONEtv and Tigo Sports content services.

Our network and datacenter investments in 2019 have also set the foundation for us 
to become the leading 5G operator in Latam as the standard evolves and market 
demand grows in the coming years. We are piloting 5G capability in Panama, 
Colombia and other countries with telecom partners such as Ericsson.

As we accelerate our transition from a prepaid to a postpaid subscription model, 
these new products and services help stimulate customers’ data usage and bring in 
additional revenue.

22 

MONETIZE DATABUILD CABLEPREPARE FOR CONVERGENCEACCELERATE B2BGO DIGITALPROVIDEBESTCUSTOMEREXPERIENCEMillicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Build Cable
Having completed the acquisition of Cable Onda at the end of 2018, 
Tigo’s fixed network now passes more than 11.8 millions of homes in 
Latam. Our expanded hybrid fiber coaxial (HFC) network meets 
growing demand for high-speed data from business and consumer 
subscribers.

With a cable footprint that now extends uninterrupted from 
Guatemala to Colombia, we can drive even greater operational and 
logistical efficiency in our network. Our larger scale and broadened 
coverage enable us to deliver improved service and more content 
options for customers while keeping our prices competitive. Our cable 
and other fixed services business generates aproximately 40% of 
Tigo’s Latam revenue.

Prepare for Convergence
With integrated fixed and mobile networks in all nine of our Latam 
markets, we have tremendous room to grow our portfolio of converged 
services that customers can seamlessly access as they move between 
work, home and leisure. In 2019 we created new agreements with 
partners such as Amazon Web Services that enable us to provide a 
hybrid public/private cloud infrastructure with enhanced content and 
data access as well as improved security for businesses and public-
sector organizations.

TRANSFORMING 
PUBLIC HEALTHCARE 
ACCESS IN PANAMA

WHERE:   Panama

WHAT:   Working with the Caja Del Seguro 
Social (Social Security) agency in Panama 
to create a fully digitized medical radiology 
platform that simplifies and speeds 
information sharing with medical 
practitioners. Cable Onda launched the 
project in 2014 and Tigo continues to 
implement it.  

HOW:  Physicians and other practitioners 
can access digitized x-rays and medical 
records on mobile devices while attending 
to patients who might otherwise have to 
travel further from their homes to be seen 
at a larger medical facility. Tigo manages 
the platform and provides maintenance 
services for all the biomedical and 
technological components of the initiative.

RESULTS:
»  5.1 million patients observed since 2014 
»  Replacement of analog equipment with 

185 digital radiology units

»  More than 90 new remote digital stations 
across the country help radiologists serve 
patients more efficiently

»  700 doctors and technicians trained on 

the new platform

»  Reduced time patients had to wait for 
laboratory results from 45-60 days to 
seven days or less

»  Images and diagnostic notes integrated 
into the patient’s digital file, reducing 
errors and costs associated with 
transferring and storing medical records 

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

23 
23 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Accelerate B2B
Our high-speed fixed and mobile networks now pass approximately seven out of ten businesses in our Latam markets. 
In 2019, we focused on growing B2B adoption of our secure and reliable network capabilities. In the process, we 
increased our Net Promoter Score (NPS) among business customers by 9.6 pts from January to December 2019.

More companies are choosing the communications, datacenter, cloud and business continuity services that Tigo 
Business provides. Our fiber ring, which connects the 13 countries from United States to Argentina and Chile, 
enables us to deliver high availability, consistent support and greater resilience for multinational companies—
leading to greater satisfaction for their customers.

Our offerings to small and midsized businesses (SMBs) also grew in 2019. Building upon the success of our first-ever 
SMB convergent offer that Tigo Business rolled out in Bolivia in 2018, we extended these capabilities to SMBs in 
Honduras in 2019. For a fixed monthly price, customers can purchase a service package with internet, HFC, mobile 
and cloud solutions tailored to their individual needs.

4G NETWORKING 
IMPROVES 
COLLABORATION AT 
BANCOLOMBIA

WHERE:   Throughout Latam

WHAT:   An entire virtualized network that 
integrates Bancolombia’s 
telecommunications, business processes, 
data and content across 10 countries.  

HOW:  Tigo has served Bancolombia, one 
of the largest financial institutions in 
Latam, since 2014 when we merged with 
broadband and telephony provider UNE. In 
2019, we implemented a set of networking 
solutions that enables Bancolombia’s 
46,500 employees from Colombia to 
Jacksonville, Florida, to communicate and 
share information more flexibly. Our 
platform applies software-defined 
wide-area-network (SD-WAN) technology 
along with 4G mobile networking 
capabilities to enhance and secure the 
bank’s telecommunications.

The results include:
»   Connectivity for 695 Bancolombia 

branches and six administrative offices

»   Integration of instant messaging, audio, 
video, and web communications among 
bank employees

»  Faster and more efficient customer 

service

»  Added voice capabilities at bank ATMs

24 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

HIGH-PERFORMANCE, 
ENERGY-EFFICIENT 
LATAM DATACENTERS

As part of our strategic plans for 
delivering faster, more reliable and more 
secure services, we have invested more 
than $68 million in improving our 
datacenter infrastructure to world-class 
standards throughout Latam. These new 
datacenters deliver improved uptime for 
the Millicom cloud environment which, in 
turn, provides  better service to our 
customers. 

2019 Highlights:
»  Completed five new datacenters as of 

December 2019

»  Closed two older facilities in Honduras 

and one in Colombia, with plans to close 
four more in Latam in 2020

»  Incorporated three Tier III-certified 

datacenters in Panama that were part of 
the Cable Onda acquisition completed in 
early 2019

»  Earned a CEEDA Level Silver Energy 

Efficiency certification from Datacenter 
Dynamics for our new Paraguay 
datacenter and began the certification 
process for four others

Along with the benefits they create for our 
business-to-business (B2B) customers, 
these new and upgraded datacenters, 
combined with the decomissioning of older 
facilities, will reduce Millicom’s energy 
consumption, GHG emissions and 
operational costs—signifying our 
commitment to adopt business practices 
that minimize our environmental impact.

The new datacenters are 40% more 
efficient than traditional sites due to the 
use of higher-efficiency equipment and the 
implementation of real-time energy 
management software, which is running at 
our datacenters in Paraguay and Bolivia, 
and will soon be rolled out in Colombia, 
Guatemala, Panama and Honduras.

20%

Additional reduction in energy 
use through replacement of 
legacy technology in our 
datacenters and network

“We are proud to be a 
leading operator investing in 
technology infrastructure in 
Latin America for the long 
term. We believe this strategy 
and investment will make us 
a premier provider of B2B 
solutions in all of the markets 
where we operate.”

Xavier Rocoplan
Chief Technology Officer

“

25 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Go Digital
We are evolving our digital tools and operational model to be more efficient for our internal teams. We’re also 
creating simpler and more satisfying digital avenues for our customers to interact with us.

Through our e-care support platform, Tigo customers can now resolve 80% of the most common service and 
account issues—including plan upgrades, username/password resets and billing questions—on their own. In 
2019, we also started to connect the Tigo ecosystem with digital platforms such as WhatsApp and Google Mobile 
Android, which allow even more users of our prepaid mobile services to check their balance and recharge their 
account without having to install the Tigo app.

In addition, subscribers in every country can now pay their bills online using Tigo Money, our mobile wallet app. 
They can also renew Tigo services from home through their set-top box and set up automatic payments using a 
variety of methods. By digitizing our activation process and requiring fewer manual steps, we can bring services 
into customers’ homes more quickly and efficiently.

AMAZON PRIME 
AND THE 
“CONTENT 
SUPERMARKET”

WHERE:   All Latam markets

WHAT:   Bring an unprecedented wealth of 
digital content to our audiences through 
partnerships with Amazon Prime and 
Google Android  

HOW:  Tigo subscribers can now stream 
videos, music and other offerings from 
Amazon Prime through their set-top boxes 
and on mobile devices. Through another 
new partnership with Google Android, we 
added Android TV to the TigoONEtv 
service. 

These groundbreaking partnerships give 
Latam residents access to globally 
sought-after content for the first time—
providing greater customer choice and 
bringing additional returns to Tigo on our 
investments in 4G and cable. 

“We are bringing customers the seamless 
and always-connected experience they 
expect, with access to premium content from 
around the world through Amazon Prime. 
Together with our fast-growing TigoONEtv 
and Tigo Sports offerings, we’re creating a 
virtual ‘content supermarket’ that provides 
more options and flexibility than ever.”

Luciano Marino
Vice President of B2C Initiatives

“

26 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Provide the Best Customer Experience
Beyond offering more digital self-service tools for customers, we are working to 
create an even more customer-centric culture throughout Millicom. Our 2019 efforts 
included gleaning more actionable details about customer satisfaction and needs 
through our various touchpoints—online, by phone and in person.

We’re using these insights to create more effective support behind our products and 
services—which contributed to a 9 points rise in Millicom’s overall NPS this year. As a 
result of better understanding our customers, and to garner even more granular 
knowledge about their needs and experiences, in 2019 we introduced nine new 
customer service interaction evaluations to our experience model and improved the 
way we interact with our customers in existing channels.

A CLEARER VIEW 
OF HOW OUR 
NETWORKS 
PERFORM

WHERE:   Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, El 
Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Paraguay 

WHAT:   Enhancing how we measure 
network performance and use that 
information to continuously improve our 
customers’ experiences.   

HOW:  We use Tutela’s crowdsourced 
mobile network quality data—collected 
from more than 10 million mobile devices 
in the region—to benchmark our signal 
strength and quality, device usage and 
download speed patterns. This helps us 
better understand how users are experiencing 
our fixed and mobile networks, troubleshoot 
network performance issues and identify 
key areas for investment to improve our 
quality of service.

27 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Risk Landscape

As an international mobile and cable services company operating in emerging markets, predominantly in Latin 
America, managing risk plays a significant role in our decision-making.  

The developing, and sometimes volatile nature of the markets and economies in which we operate, exposes us to 
an inherently higher level, and potentially different set of risks than similar companies operating in larger, more 
established and mature economies. 

In addition to risks associated with our geographical footprint, rapid change in mobile telephony and cable 
technology can have a significant impact on the demand for our services, and our ability to generate sufficient 
returns on the investments we make.

Risk Appetite 

As a consequence of these factors, we have a higher risk appetite than many of our peers in the 
telecommunications and cable industry, and a wider risk profile than many international businesses. We accept the 
risks inherent in our businesses and markets to the extent that opportunities for sufficient returns exist, and on our 
ability to adopt appropriate systems and controls to manage those risks. 

Risk Management 

Our consideration of risk plays a critical part in reducing uncertainty. This supports decision making in the allocation 
of capital and resources, which increases the likelihood of successfully formulating and executing on the right 
strategy. We carefully align our approach to balancing risk with reward to protect our stakeholders and deliver 
sustainable value. 

We approach risk management consistently across the entire business, identifying and managing risks strategically 
at the Board and Senior Management levels and through in-depth processes and at transaction level by key business 
unit leaders and staff in our operating countries. We embed risk management processes in our operations both 
geographically (by country) and functionally (by business area), developing and implementing action plans that 
seek to balance risks with returns, within pre-determined risk appetite levels. 

Key risks are determined based on likelihood or occurrence and impact to the business, based on a number of 
financial and non-financial criteria. These criteria include the potential operational, financial, reputational and 
human impact of the risk.  Each risk is owned by an individual risk owner at the relevant decision-making level. For 
example, key risks of the Group are owned by members of the executive management team, whereas key risks of 
each country are owned by the leadership team of each country. Oversight of the Group’s key risks is provided by 
the Board and its Committees, while oversight of key risks in the countries is provided by the executive 
management team and the central functions.

M I L L I C O M ’ S   R I S K S   A R E   C L A S S I F I E D   I N TO   S I X   B ROA D   C AT E G O R I E S :

Strategic 

Financial 

Operational

Political and 
Regulatory

Governance, 
Compliance and 
Reputation 
(conduct)

People and 
Culture

28 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Evolution of risk in 2019

Key events in 2019 have had a significant impact on the risk profile of the Group – in particular, 
inorganic strategy, financial structure, and growth. However, many of these changes are due to 
the successful execution of Millicom’s operational strategy and investor proposition plan.

The company started the year with the re-listing of its shares on the NASDAQ Stock Market in the U.S. Many 
activities were undertaken in 2018 to ensure that governance structures are fully compliant with the relevant rules 
and regulations. In 2019 significant focus was placed on improvements in the control environment (including 
fulfillment of requirements under the Sarbanes Oxley Act). 

In Q1 Millicom announced the agreement to acquire mobile businesses in Nicaragua, Costa Rica and Panama, and 
the sale of its business in Chad. The portfolio of businesses has therefore continued its shift toward Latin America 
and in particular increased its exposure to Central America. The ability to successfully merge and integrate the 
acquired businesses is a key opportunity and challenge, which will continue in 2020.

Political and economic stability are key determining factors in the ability of our businesses to grow and continue to 
be successful. While the underlying currencies in which we generate revenue remained relatively stable in 2019, 
political and civil unrest in some of the Central American countries continued to impact some of our businesses. In 
addition, toward the end of the year, civil unrest following elections in Bolivia caused instability in the country and 
temporary disruption to our business.

International sanctions and restrictions placed on certain suppliers of devices and equipment were a key focus of 
risk management activities during the year. A full assessment of the possible outcomes and implications for our 
business was performed, with contingency plans formulated. This risk will continue to be monitored closely in 2020 
as global discussions on national security and communications continue.

Information and network access security, including protection of customer data and cyber security in general, 
continue to increase in importance for all consumer-based businesses. We continued to invest in this area (detailed 
on pages 97 and 98 in the Governance section) in 2019. 

Our senior leadership team remained largely unchanged during 2019, a key enabler in executing on our strategy and 
driving both short-term and longer-term initiatives, including those on leadership, culture and succession planning. 

While we manage and monitor many more risks within the Millicom risk universe, we have highlighted on the 
following pages the areas of risk that were a key focus in 2019.

“

29 

“Our Governance structure and Business Ethics and Compliance programs were key to navigating some of the risks inherent to operating in emerging markets. Doing business in the right way is a fundamental driver embodied in our new “Sangre Tigo” framework and sets the tone from the top.”José Antonio Ríos GarcíaChairman of the Board of DirectorsMillicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Risk

Mitigation and actions

Evolution in 2019 
(likelihood and impact  
of the risk materializing)

Board Perspective

1.   Strategy and strategic direction:

Uncertainty in the formulation and 
governance of an appropriate and 
executable strategy and strategic 
direction that supports the vision of the 
company.  Inadequate processes for 
gathering and analyzing information in 
formulation of the strategy.

2.   Portfolio management and 

capital allocation: 

Acquisition or retention of businesses 
poorly aligned to strategy, overpriced, 
and /or generate lower than required 
return on investment. Investment and 
capital management that enable the 
company to meet its strategic 
objectives within its financial and 
operational capabilities.

3.  Macro-economic conditions: 

Volatility or uncertainty in macro-
economic conditions (e.g. but not 
limited to; currency, inflation, and 
remittances) and underlying drivers 
impacting our markets and the 
disposable income of consumers, and 
the currencies in which we generate and 
remit cash flows.

4.   Political, civil and regulatory 

environments: 

Instability, unrest, or lack of 
predictability in regulation or rule of law 
in the countries in which we conduct 
business. Uncertainty in regulatory and 
tax rulings, including indirect taxation 
and regulatory pressure through tariffs, 
taxes and service penalties.

Our strategy has been developed 
based on our vision of building digital 
highways that connect people in our 
target markets. We have a relentless 
focus on the six key pillars of our 
strategy, and monitor execution of the 
strategy with relevant financial and 
operational KPIs as well as external 
factors such as macro, political and key 
demographics in our markets. 

Our Board oversees and approves our 
strategy and any refinements that may 
be required.

Our strategy is set out on pages 22-27.

We carefully consider opportunities to 
acquire, merge, or divest businesses 
based on market dynamics, portfolio 
balance, and opportunities for long-term 
value creation. 

We are focused on LATAM where we see 
the best opportunities for future growth 
and value creation.  In 2018 and 2019 
we reallocated capital from Africa, and 
significantly increased our presence and 
position in Central America through the 
purchase of Cable Onda in Panama and 
the Telefonica mobile businesses.

We actively manage macro-economic 
risks in a number of ways. 

We commission studies on economic 
development and prospects in our 
countries, we consider currency 
volatility in our budgeting, forecasting, 
tax and treasury management 
processes, and we raise debt in local 
currency where it is available..

See page 10 for a review of the 
financial performance in 2019.

We closelty monitor politial 
developments in the countries where 
we operate and review potential 
changes in regulations on an ongoing 
basis. 

A number of countries in our footprint 
held planned government elections 
during 2019. The election result and 
ensuing civil unrest in Bolivia had a 
short-term negative impact on our 
ability to provide services to our 
customers.

We implement efficiency programs in 
all aspects of our business to offset the 
impact of newly introduced or 
expected changes in taxes and 
regulations. 

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

Impact

Impact

Impact

Impact

Millicom’s growth profile in recent years is 
a strong indicator that the strategy 
deployed since 2016 is working. In 2019 
the company continued to meet key 
operational targets, including in building 
cable, monetizing data, and positioning 
itself with fixed and mobile presence in all 
its LATAM markets. 

Relisting on NASDAQ in the U.S. has 
provided an easier path for investment in 
Millicom’s growth story. 

Building digital highways in growth 
economies in Latin America is a key 
strategic focus. 

Divestiture of the Chad business and 
acquisition of mobile businesses in Central 
America in 2019 fit perfectly with these 
longer-term goals of the Company.

While the countries in which Millicom 
operates in Latam may, from time to time, 
experience short-term macro-economic 
volatility, average GDP growth is forecast 
to be in the range of 2%-4% per annum 
through to 2028.

Currency fluctuations are a key risk 
inherent to Millicom’s business. The Board 
oversees management’s processes and 
controls governing financial and 
macro-economic risk against pre-
determined levels of risk appetite.

Political and regulatory risks for Millicom’s 
businesses remain relatively high in many 
of our countries, particular those seeking 
to increase income from the 
telecommunications industry.

In 2019, the imposition of regulatory fines 
and lack of transparency in certain 
countries signaled a continued trend of 
increasing risk in this area.

The Board oversees Millicom’s interaction 
with key governmental and regulatory 
agencies, and promotes transparency and 
predictability in regulation. The Board 
sponsors doining business in the right 
way.

30 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Risk

Mitigation and actions

Evolution in 2019 
(likelihood and impact  
of the risk materializing)

Board Perspective

5.   Competition and customer 

experience:

Market structure, market position, 
actions taken by competitors, and 
customer experience have a significant 
impact on attracting and retaining 
customers. Lack of attention to market 
and customer needs or poor customer 
experience negatively impact the 
subscriber base, and operator 
reputation. 

Competition for mobile and home 
subscribers continues to increase, while 
prepaid customers remain a large and 
important contributor to revenue.  
Quality of service, innovation and 
converged offerings as key 
differentiating factors.

6.  Licenses and spectrum: 

The availability of licenses and 
spectrum is limited, closely regulated, 
and increasingly expensive. 

Inability to obtain the required quantity 
or band of spectrum from regulators or 
third parties at a price we deem to be 
commercially acceptable, could have 
significant negative consequences for 
the operation of our businesses.

7.  Financial structure and capacity

Millicom may be at a disadvantage 
compared to competitors in access and 
cost of capital. Risk that financial 
limitations such as debt covenants, 
debt service requirements and credit 
ratings could negatively impact ability 
to execute the organic and inorganic 
growth strategy.

8.   Networks and infrastructure 

resilience: 

Disruptions to service, or compromised 
ability to restore services to customers 
in acceptable time frames, can cause 
loss of revenue, increase expenses, and 
have a negative impact on customer 
experience.

With a focus on home penetration, and 
4G subscriptions, Millicom also has 
partnerships with key content and 
service providers such as Netflix and 
Amazon, as well as broadcast rights 
including football in many of our 
markets.

In recent years we have implemented 
processes and tools to continuously 
track customer satisfaction across all 
our markets and services, and use this 
data to refine and enhance our 
customers’ experiences. 

See page 27 for information on how 
we have invested in processes to 
improve customer experience and gain 
insights.

We have a carefully formulated 
spectrum and license strategy and 
management plan for each of our 
markets.

We actively monitor and engage with 
government and regulatory bodies on 
spectrum and license related matters.

We often negotiate renewals/retention 
in the initial allocation contracts and 
we carefully consider opportunities to 
acquire new spectrum based on 
spectrum quality, fit with network 
needs, and customer demand. 

During 2019, we successfully obtained 
and renewed the spectrum we need to 
continue to operate our businesses, 
including acquiring new spectrum in 
Colombia and El Salvador.

We carefully manage our sources and 
uses of capital to enable us to meet 
our operating, investing and financing 
needs. 

We manage our debt maturity and 
monitor opportunities for lowering our 
cost of debt and increasing our debt 
efficiency on an ongoing basis. 

In 2018 and 2019 we successfully 
raised additional finance to acquire the 
businesses in Central America, while 
maintaining comfortable headroom 
against covenants and maintaining 
our credit rating.

Our network resilience controls and 
mitigating activities include ongoing 
vulnerability assessments, simulation 
exercises and business continuity 
management plans, tested on a 
regular basis.

We develop our investment programs 
with consideration of elements 
including outage risks, external 
dependences, and network 
redundancy.

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

Impact

Impact

Impact

Impact

In a world where demand for content, 
access to information and communication 
services is increasingly critical in 
enhancing and improving lives, positive 
customer experience is a vital attribute.

‘Best Customer Experience’ is one of the 
key pillars of Millicom’s strategy, and a key 
differentiator in customer choice of 
operator. 

Millicom’s comprehensive customer 
satisfaction program in place facilitates a 
continuous cycle of improvement across 
all facets of customer experience in all 
operating markets.

The landscape related to spectrum and 
licenses to operate is constantly changing, 
particularly in our markets as governments 
seek higher financial and consumer 
benefits from spectrum auctions, 
competition for lower spectrum bands, 
and industry consolidation. 

Millicom actively engages with regulators 
and governments, and promotes fair and 
transparent allocation and pricing of 
spectrum and licenses.

Millicom’s financial structure is both a key 
facilitator and inhibitor of its ability to 
grow its business and create value. 

The Board closely monitors balance sheet 
structure and the sources and uses of 
funds in the business. Operating and 
equity free cash flow, leverage, and 
shareholder remuneration are key areas of 
focus of the Board in approving annual 
budgets and monitoring results.

Millicom’s vision of building digital 
highways that connect people, improving 
lives and developing our communities, 
relies heavily on the quality and 
availability of its networks and 
infrastructure.

Capital allocation in expanding, 
modernizing, maintaining and protecting 
networks are vital in the successful 
execution of Millicom’s strategy.

31 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Risk

Mitigation and actions

Evolution in 2019 
(likelihood and impact  
of the risk materializing)

Board Perspective

9.   Technical transformation and 

convergence

Failure to identify / anticipate drivers of 
technological change together with 
adaptability and resource to implement 
change.

Threat of cross-industry convergence 
and further commoditization of 
existing products and services. Strategic 
risk of ‘betting on the wrong 
technology’ or ‘missing the technology 
of the future’.

With fixed and mobile businesses in 
each of our strategic markets, we now 
have the necessary building blocks for 
fixed / mobile convergence.

We now deploy more than $1bn each 
year in expanding, developing and 
modernizing our networks and 
infrastructure to enable customer 
growth and enhance customer 
experience.

To learn more about our business 
strategy and goals to prepare for 
convergence see pages 22-27

10.   Cyber security and data 

protection: 

Intrusion into systems or networks and 
inappropriate access to sensitive data 
could have significant operational, 
regulatory, legal  and reputational 
implications.  

Failure to implement systems and 
processes to prevent, detect and 
respond to information security threats, 
and properly manage data requests 
(e.g. from governments and regulatory 
authorities).

We have established a Global 
Information Security Office and Global 
Security Operations Center to centrally 
manage and coordinate risk mitigation 
related to cyber security and data 
protection.

We have implemented processes to 
regularly assess threats and 
vulnerabilities to security breaches, and 
training programs in place to raise 
awareness and control consciousness 
of employees.

Learn more on page 98 about the 
initiatives we implemented in 2019 to 
improve protection of critical systems, 
and ensure compliance with relevant 
data protection rules.

11.   People, workplace and 

well-being: 

Our geographical footprint sometimes 
exposes our employees and contractors 
to situations which may subject them 
to physical, psychological or emotional 
harm.

We manage the health, safety, and 
well-being of staff based on 
international standards, industry best 
practice, and advice and support from 
local authorities. 

To learn more about our approach to 
employee health, safety, and security 
see page 21.

12.  Conduct:

Actions and behaviors of our 
employees, business partners and other 
stakeholders impact the Company’s 
reputation, compliance with rules and 
regulations and may impact our ability 
to operate our businesses.

Through clear policies, training and 
monitoring activities, we ensure that all 
our staff remain aware of the risks to 
them as individuals and to the 
company and know how to act if faced 
with risk in these areas. 

See Governance Section of this report  
for more information on our 
anti-money laundering, anti-corruption 
and other business ethics action items 
in 2019.

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

d
o
o
h

i
l

e
k
i
L

Impact

Impact

Impact

Impact

Advancements in technology, and 
increasing demand for more and higher 
quality services are trends that have 
defined the telecommunications and 
media industries. These trends are 
expected to continue and accelerate.

Millicom’s strategy seeks to balance its 
short-term operating and financial goals 
with key technological and 
transformational investments that will 
ensure the business remains strong and 
prepared for the medium and long term. 

Cyber security attacks have emerged as a 
significant threat to the successful 
operation of any organization, particular 
those that rely on information systems to 
collect, process, and manage date.

Innovation, technological advancements 
and an ever increasingly regulatory 
environment heighten risks in this area. 
Millicom has responded by dedicating 
resources and allocating capital to 
strengthen its cyber control environment. 

It is our people that bring our vision to life. 
Everyday thousands of Millicom 
employees and contractors work towards 
building the digital highways and 
providing the services that benefit our 
customers and their communities. 

We recognize the importance of ensuring 
that Millicom is a place where our people 
can feel safe, protected and supported in 
ways that enable them to do well, and 
enhance their lives and the loves of those 
around them. 

Doing business in the right way is a 
fundamental driver embodied in the tone 
from the top through the organization.

The Board’s Compliance and Business 
Ethics Committee maintains oversight of 
Millicom’s Compliance program and 
initiatives that strengthen controls and 
enhance the culture of compliance in its 
business and with its business partners.

32 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Compliance and  
Business Ethics

Corruption in government and the private sector can raise potent risks 
for our business that we must counter decisively and transparently in 
order to protect our reputation, maintain stakeholders trust and 
sustain our long-term growth. Our ability to operate in the heavily 
regulated telecommunications industry and maintain a competitive 
advantage also hinges on diligently adhering to requirements that 
often vary considerably between different markets. At Millicom, we 
maintain a zero tolerance for any form of corruption. 

Our Ethics and Compliance Group meets these challenges by setting 
the highest standards of integrity, backed by clear guidance and 
support for our employees in upholding our expectations. Along with 
our Board and Executive Team, the group provides front-line 
protection against legal, financial, regulatory and reputational 
missteps that could interrupt our operations and jeopardize our 
customer relationships.

As Millicom completed the acquisitions of Cable Onda in Panama and 
Telefónica’s Central American operations in 2019, much of our 
attention went into training nearly 3,000 new employees from those 
companies on our Code of Ethics and our compliance policies. We 
presented a series of face-to-face training sessions at the former Cable 
Onda and Telefónica operations to ensure that senior leaders and 
individuals whose roles carry a higher level of compliance or ethical risk 
fully understood our ethics policies and procedures. Most other 
employees completed online training as a mandatory part of their 
overall onboarding experience.

One of our focal points for all Millicom employees who interact with 
customers, suppliers and other stakeholders is how to recognize and 
avoid potential conflicts of interest. We also want to ensure that our 
people feel empowered and safe to raise any ethical concerns. As a 
result, 97% of our employees have now been trained in our conflict of 
interest policy. 

In 2019, we rolled out country-specific extensions of our anonymous 
whistleblower hotline and EthicsPoint reporting database for the 
people in our newly acquired operations. In addition, we hired 
compliance officers in Panama and Nicaragua. We have seen a steady 
increase in the reporting of ethics cases in 2019. As we continue to 
onboard, integrate and train employees from new operations in 2020, 
we expect this trend will continue.

Our group also worked closely with Millicom HR and Corporate 
Responsibility leaders to help shape the new Sangre Tigo cultural 
framework (see related story on pages 18-19.) and to establish new 
goals for our Ethics program. We will use this expression of our 
corporate attitudes and behaviors—among them, “We make it 
happen the right way” and “Integrity starts with you”—as one of the 
touchpoints in our ethics and compliance training to help us achieve 
our goals.

328

Cases reported on 
Millicom Ethics Line  

97%

Employees trained in our 
conflict of interest policy

33 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business
Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance
Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Fulfilling Our Corporate 
Responsibility

Millicom’s purpose is at the core of our corporate responsibility (CR) actions, 
and always has been. We channel the power of technology delivered 
through our digital highways into programs that create life-changing 
opportunities for people and transformative economic, social and 
educational benefits for communities. We also work with teams across the 
company to reflect CR values such as environmental stewardship, integrity, 
inclusivity and respect for human rights in every facet of our business. 

34 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

The unrivaled power of mobile technology to connect and improve 
lives and bring businesses in emerging markets into the global 
economy cannot be understated. As our business grows through the 
adoption of digital technologies, so does our ability to fuel even 
greater opportunities and bring socio-economic progress to the 
countries where we operate.

We do not divorce technology and innovation from human rights, ethics 
or sustainable development. They reinforce each other. As our markets 
prosper, our business prospers.  

2019 was a pivotal year for our CR efforts on many levels. We put a 
highly cohesive strategy and framework into action with more specific 
goals, stronger regional impact and greater reach through 
partnerships.

Embedded Responsibility

2019 is the first year that we managed and reported against our 
refreshed CR Framework and 5-Year Plan. The framework builds on our 
longstanding commitment to corporate responsibility and the 
fulfillment of our purpose. But it is more than just a document—
everything we do as an organization related to corporate responsibility 
now flows from this comprehensive and ambitious plan. Through 
collaboration between CR, B2C, B2B, technical, procurement, facilities, 
environmental, human resources and other teams globally and at the 
country level, we brought the framework to life by co-creating specific 
goals and metrics so that responsible practices are fully integrated 
into our business and drive our community and industry leadership.

Regional Impact

As part of our integration efforts, we significantly scaled our activities 
and impact by building on the insights gained from experience and 
successful pilots to address key socio-economic challenges facing 
women, children and communities. We leveraged the lessons learned 
through a multi-year process to replicate and adapt country-level 
programs to larger regions, advancing each facet of our CR 
Framework. Our more cohesive and structured approach has already 
created a greater positive impact in communities—helping people 
move out of poverty and into the mainstream economy, enhancing 
quality of life through improved access to education, financial services, 
and employment. (See stories on pages 43 to 48). 

Powerful Partnerships

We know we can achieve greater impact and transform more lives 
when we partner with others, so in 2019 we ramped up our work with 
regional and local partners like UNICEF and the Crecer Foundation to 
channel our products, services, financial resources and employees’ 
talents where they are most effective in elevating communities. 
Whether it’s women entrepreneurs earning more income, or children 
learning how to code and responsibly use the internet, stories in 
following pages provide examples of how, working together with 
partners, we can move the needle on priority issues for the countries 
we serve and bring positive benefits to our business as well.

“Millicom is leading by 
example by integrating child 
rights in its CR framework… 
We are working together to 
make digital spaces for 
children and young people a 
safe place to learn, to play, 
and to connect with other 
children and young people.”

Charlotte Petri Gornitzka
Deputy Executive Director, United Nations Children’s Fund

“

35 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our CR Framework
Anchored by Millicom’s core purpose, our CR Framework spans five CR Fundamentals within our business 
and three Responsible Leadership in Action pillars to benefit children, women and communities. Across 
each of these areas, we have set a Five-Year Plan with specific goals for measuring our progress.

Our progress on the CR Fundamentals and Responsible Leadership in Action pillars is featured in this 
section as well as under Supporting Our People, pages 15-21; Managing Our Business, page 25; 
and Compliance and Business Ethics, page 33. We also present detailed statistics about Millicom’s 
CR performance, including how our work aligns with the United Nations Sustainable Development 
Goals (SDGs), in the tables on pages 50-56.

Responsible
Leadership in Action

CR
Fundamentals

Empowering
Women

Ethics

Environment

Purpose:
Build Digital Highways 
that connect people, 
improve lives
and develop 
communities

Inclusion

Supply
Chain

Protecting
Children

Human
Rights

Connecting
Communities

“Millicom stands out for the way the company’s purpose, 
corporate responsibility strategy and reporting are closely 
bound together and focused on the long-term.”

Dunstan Allison-Hope
Managing Director, BSR

“

36 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

SEEDING TRANSFORMATIVE CHANGE WITH OUR $211M 
SUSTAINABILITY BOND 

We believe that by investing to advance socio-economic 
progress and environmental stewardship in the 
emerging markets that we serve, our actions not only 
move communities forward but also sustain our own 
future success. With the launch of Millicom’s 
Sustainability Bond Framework and the issuance of our 
inaugural Sustainability Bond in May 2019, we stepped 
up to further align our financing strategy with CR.

Our Sustainability Bond of SEK 2 billion (or about 
$211 million) is the first Green and Social Bond issued 
from Latin America. It supports initiatives geared 
toward reducing our climate footprint and promoting 
greater digital and financial inclusion for the 
unconnected and underserved as well as the thriving 
middle class and businesses in Latin America. To be 
eligible for funding through a Sustainability Bond, all 
projects must comply with either the Social Bond 
Principles or Green Bond Principles published by the 
International Capital Markets Association.

We allocated the first year of the bond to a range of 
projects that encompass distinct social and 
environmental objectives and benefits.

Our projects under the bond include:
»  DataCenters: We developed an UPTIME Tier III 

certified facility in Bolivia, designed to operate at PUE 1.6 
and with an estimated power reduction of 40% when 
compared to our previously existing traditional 
Datacenter in Santa Cruz.  (see related story on page 25).

We’ve also earmarked proceeds from the Sustainability 
Bond for a range of projects focused on expanding 
digital and financial inclusion, such as:
»   Broadening Technology Access: Expand our fixed 
and mobile networks that will extend coverage to 
unconnected and underserved population.

»   Empowering Women: Training more than 200,000 
women in El Salvador, Paraguay and Bolivia to use 
mobile and internet technology as a pathway to 
employment, higher income and greater potential. 
»  Protecting Children: We have delivered training to 
more than 60,000 students, parents and teachers in 
El Salvador, Paraguay and Bolivia on digital literacy 
and tools, computer and programming skills, robotics 
and child online protection.

»  Improving Supplier Performance: Training more 
than 170 of our suppliers on corporate responsibility 
issues including health and safety, compliance, fair 
labor, ethics, eco-efficiency and child rights.

The Sustainability Bond Framework gives us a potent 
means of attracting capital from investors who share 
Millicom’s interest in seeding environmental and 
social progress in Latin America through our business.

“At Millicom, corporate 
responsibility lies at the heart of 
everything we do. Our updated 
Corporate Responsibility 
Framework sets the scope for our 
focus, and we are excited that we 
are now able to apply it to our 
financing strategy as well.”

Rachel Samrén
Executive VP and Chief External Affairs Officer

“

37 
37 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

CR Fundamentals
The first element of Millicom’s Corporate Responsibility 
Framework involves what we believe are the prerequisites 
for the health of Millicom’s business and the societies 
where we operate. CR Fundamentals are core to Millicom’s 
purpose, culture and relationships. They guide our 
employees on how to conduct business in the right way. 

Our CR team collaborates with business units across the 
company to help ensure Millicom is conducting business 
in ways that maximize our positive impact, manage 
risk, reduce costs and build lasting trust with key 
stakeholders. The consolidated approach we launched 
in 2019 and accelerated over the past year is generating 
strong results across all five areas of our CR 
Fundamentals.

Responsible
Leadership in Action

CR
Fundamentals

Empowering
Women

Ethics

Environment

Purpose:
Build Digital Highways 
that connect people, 
improve lives
and develop 
communities

Inclusion

Supply
Chain

Protecting
Children

Human
Rights

Connecting
Communities

Our CR framework and Sangre Tigo are mutually 
reinforced: we put our people’s talent and passion to the 
service of fulfilling our purpose and this, in turn, feeds into 
our everyday tasks and contribution to creating positive 
ripple effects in our communities.

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

38 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Environment
Reducing our environmental footprint and conserving natural 
resources isn’t just responsible business. For us, it’s a strategic 
imperative as we seek to expand our services and connect more 
customers to the digital economy while also managing the associated 
operational costs and keeping our technology affordable to 
customers. Our 2023 Environmental goals are laid out as stepping 
stones towards a comprehensive and robust environmental approach 
that we are improving and building day by day, embedding efficiency, 
resiliency and circular economy criteria in our key processes and 
infrastructure.

From our investments in energy-efficient datacenters (see related 
story on page 25) and networking equipment to our e-waste recovery 
and reverse logistics initiatives (see sidebar on the right), we are laying 
the foundation for sustainable long-term growth and competitive 
advantage in our markets. As we improve network efficiency, we’re 
also making our operations more resilient in the face of extreme 
weather events and power outages that could disrupt vital 
communications or information access.

We took big steps in 2019 to more accurately identify and measure 
the sources of our electricity and fossil fuel consumption as well as our 
carbon emissions. We’re using this knowledge to continue developing 
action plans and set reduction targets by 2021.

A worker packing 
recovered CPE, ready to 
be reinjected in our 
market, at our partner 
facilities in Bogotá, 
Colombia. 

NEW LIFE FOR OLD 
ELECTRONICS

WHERE:   All our Latam operations

WHAT:   Retrieving equipment that can be 
repaired and reused in our network or 
recycled, to reduce waste and save costs.

HOW:   Through our reverse logistics and 
E-waste recycling program, we recover 
Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) as 
customers upgrade or discontinue our 
service. Our Five-Year Plan for CR 
Fundamentals set a target of recovering at 
least 78% of CPE by 2023 through 3 “R”s:

»  Reduce the need for new pieces of CPE 
and thereby avoid the cost and energy 
consumption associated with 
manufacturing new equipment.

»  Reuse items recovered from customers 
due to service termination or upgrade.

»  Recycle as much of our CPE as possible 

at the end of the useful life.

When these approaches are not feasible 
for the whole piece due to obsolescence or 
deterioration, we work with vetted waste 
management providers to appropriately 
dispose of any remaining materials.

REVERSE LOGISTICS  
RESULTS IN 2019

69% of units retrieved  
from disconnections

1,751 tons of CO2  
emissions avoided

1,084.8 tons of plastic waste  
diverted from landfill

1.1 million cubic meters  
of water saved

$62 million capital  
expenditure savings

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

39 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

El Salvador Tigo campus seen 
from the air: the solar panels 
cover a vast area of our roof 
surfaces, one of the many 
environmentally-responsible 
features that make this facility 
eligible for one of the first  
LEED-Platinum certifications 
in the country. 

“We always strive to do better than the day before, and we 
always look to see the big picture. We cannot fulfill our 
purpose of connecting people, improving lives and 
developing communities unless we also do our part to 
protect the environment.”

Mauricio Ramos
Chief Executive Officer

“

LEED PLATINUM-CERTIFIED TIGO CAMPUS

WHERE:   El Salvador

WHAT:   One of our newest offices is also among the 
most environmentally sustainable and cost-efficient 
commercial buildings in Latin America.

HOW:   With an investment of over USD 500,000, 
Tuscania Corporate & Business Park (TCBP), the 
developer of the corporate campus where Tigo El 
Salvador operates, inaugurated the solar energy 
plant with which they expect to achieve a significant 
reduction in the campus’ carbon footprint while also 
reducing reliance on the grid and therefore making 
the campus more resilient in case of power outages.

The 1,238 solar panels installed will generate 606,000 
Kwh per year—equivalent to the energy consumption 
of 200 households—avoiding 413 tons of CO2 
emissions every year.

With the installation of the solar energy plant, the 
facility met all the requirements to obtain the LEED 
(Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) 
Platinum certification, becoming one of the first 
projects in El Salvador to achieve this recognition.

40 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Human Rights
We work to respect people’s dignity and safeguard their rights, including freedom of expression (FoE) and privacy. 
This extends from our role as a digital services and content provider that handles sensitive data for millions of 
customers, to the workplace standards we uphold with our employees and supply chain partners.

To help us follow through on these commitments and identify areas to improve, we regularly seek input from and 
share best practices with experts, investors, NGOs, other companies and the academic community.

200

Key Millicom and Tigo staff 
trained on Human Rights in 
2019

Our Privacy Policy

Our Millicom and country websites provide detailed information to 
our customers regarding our policy and practices, including how we 
use, process and protect customer data, their rights related to the 
use of their data and channels and contact points where they can 
raise concens about their privacy. 

In December 2018, we updated our Global Privacy Policy to meet 
GDPR requirements and best practices and continued its 
implementation in 2019.

Our Privacy department in our Miami regional office rolled out a “train 
the trainer” program to local privacy officers, almost 200 key staff in 
Latam on safeguards related to processing customers’ personal data.

Privacy Protection Tools

We also continued to strengthen our privacy processes by 
implementing a privacy management platform that helps our 
global and regional legal departments ensure that personal data 
processing activities comply with applicable laws and our privacy 
policies and procedures.

The platform allows Millicom to determine the types of personal data that are being processed by headquarters 
and various Tigo operations. We can perform data mapping to determine what personal data is collected, where it 
is stored, whether it is processed by third parties or transferred to other countries and how long it is retained. The 
platform creates greater visibility and transparency around how we use personal data across the organization.

Implementation of GNI Principles

As part of the Global Network Initiative (GNI), Millicom contributes to solving complex situations in which people’s 
fundamental rights to freedom of expression (FoE) and privacy come into conflict with government measures. 
Examples of this include addressing governmental demands to censor content, restrict access to communications 
services or hand over user data.

In 2019, we completed our first-ever GNI assessment, which reviewed Millicom’s efforts to implement the GNI 
Principles on FoE and Privacy. The assessment report found that Millicom is making good-faith efforts to 
implement the GNI Principles and that we are improving over time. This is the first time that telecommunications 
companies have been assessed as part of the GNI and we were among the first to complete the assessment. 

Human Rights Impact Assessments

Working with Business for Social Responsibility, a global nonprofit consultancy, we began conducting human rights 
impact assessments (HRIAs) of Millicom operations in Colombia, Bolivia and Paraguay as part of our Five-Year 
Plan benchmarks and our alignment with the UN Guiding Principles for Business and Human Rights. All our CR 
teams also received training in human rights issues and the HRIA toolkit process.

Each business unit whose activities may impact human rights also received the training. We will continue these 
HRIAs and trainings in 2020.

41 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Ethics
Millicom’s success is grounded in a culture that reinforces and rewards ethical behavior. We strive to lead our 
industry in demonstrating the values of integrity, transparency and accountability—not just with each other but 
also in our interactions with government representatives, customers, partners and community leaders.

Acting with integrity, which includes zero tolerance for any form of corruption, helps uphold our reputation and 
earn stakeholders’ trust. We also recognize that our people can work most effectively in an atmosphere that allows 
them to raise ethical concerns without fear of retaliation and feel confident that Millicom will treat those concerns 
seriously.

In 2019, members of our CR group assisted the Ethics and Compliance and HR teams with integrating employees 
from newly acquired companies into Millicom’s values, culture and compliance practices. We also helped formulate 
better ways to encourage, recognize and reward integrity among people at all levels of Millicom. For example, we 
built compliance KPIs into remuneration packages for GMs and executive team members.

In addition to our work internally, we collaborate with other companies and government leaders on ethics issues. 
Our strides in 2019 included joining the World Economic Forum’s Partnering Against Corruption Initiative, a 
cross-industry effort to address corruption, transparency and emerging market risks.

More details about Millicom’s ethics and compliance activities can be found in Our Business Strategy and 
Performance on page 33, Supply Chain on page 43, CR Performance Tables on pages 51,58 and 59 and 
Governance on pages 67-100,

“We look forward to continuing  
our leadership as ambassadors for  
anti-corruption activities while we 
champion the implementation  
of high ethical standards among  
partners and stakeholders.”

HL Rogers
EVP Chief Ethics and Compliance Officer

“

42 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business
Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Inclusion
We are One Tigo—yet also a vibrant tapestry of backgrounds, 
beliefs, experiences and orientations. People of more than 50 
nationalities work here. We value employees for who they are 
and what they bring to our company, because we recognize that 
diverse perspectives lead us toward smarter ways of working and 
inspire us to create more innovative products and services. We 
all prosper from building an inclusive work environment that not 
only reflects, but also celebrates, the broad spectrum of our 
workforce, the markets where we operate and the customers 
whom we serve.

Our CR group works closely with Millicom’s human resources 
leadership on strategies for fostering greater inclusion—from 
adapting workspaces for people with disabilities to promoting 
gender equality and leadership opportunities for women—as 
part of the values, beliefs and practices that shape our Sangre 
Tigo company culture. 

Learn more about these company-wide efforts and 
achievements in Supporting Our People on pages 15-21 and 
the CR Performance Tables on page 54 and 61.

One of the engineers in our 
technical teams Jenny Carrasco, 
Manager Fixed Rollout 
Honduras 

346

Suppliers trained in the CR 
Program since 2017

Supply Chain
How our supply chain partners conduct their business is a direct reflection on Millicom in the eyes of our customers, 
shareholders and other stakeholders. As we invest in helping suppliers improve their CR and sustainability practices, 
we also strengthen our reputation, long-term stability and overall efficiency.

Our Supplier Code of Conduct requires suppliers to conduct themselves with the highest standards of honesty, 
fairness and ethics. The Code of Conduct also sets core expectations in the areas of health & safety, environment, 
fair labor and compliance. As part of the updates to our Code, set for release in early 2020, we simplified much of 
the language to more clearly state Millicom’s expectations of suppliers and help make our standards more 
accessible to them. 

2019 was our fifth year working with the platform and methodology of EcoVadis, a third-party ratings provider. We 
evaluate suppliers in key CR areas such as environmental stewardship, labor and human rights, ethics and 
sustainable procurement. The results enable us to monitor supplier performance in these areas and evolution over 
time. They are also a key element in customizing action plans for the suppliers participating in our CR training 
program, described below. Based on the 2023 CR goals communicated at the beginning of the year for supply 
chain, we are adapting the reporting metrics accordingly.

In Q4 of 2019 we delivered the third edition of our Supplier CR Training Program to 117 key suppliers throughout 
Latam on topics such as Health & Safety, Anti-Corruption; Fair Labor Practices; Child Rights; and Eco-Efficiency. 
Suppliers each received over 16 hours of direct training aimed at identifying risks and developing action plans to 
help improve their corporate responsibility performance over time. We also use feedback from suppliers who have 
completed our training to help shape our overall supply chain program and Code. 

This year, our local CR and Procurement teams were also trained on responsible supply chain management within 
the same program but with focus on their end of the process, monitoring progress on action plans created by the 
participating suppliers.

43 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportAuditors’ ReportsFinancial StatementsGovernanceWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our Responsible Leadership in Action
There are more than four billion people unconnected in the world, roughly 60 percent of the 
global population. Over 95 percent come from emerging markets. These are the people who 
stand to benefit the most from online connectivity as a means to improve their quality of life 
and economic opportunities. 

Once connected, these individuals have the potential to become our new customers and, in many cases, new 
employees who will fuel our next waves of business innovation and growth. They join a continuous cycle of 
development, prosperity and giving back in our shared communities.

The second element of our Corporate Responsibility Framework focuses on the promotion of a safe and productive 
adoption of the digital lifestyle by the company’s customers and the communities where we work. Responsible 
Leadership in Action programs channel the power of our products and the talents and passion of our employees into 
three initiatives that empower women, protect children and connect communities. These are the areas where we 
often see the most profound opportunity gaps that prevent people from thriving in the digital realm.

They are also the areas where we and our stakeholders believe our company is best positioned to make a 
distinctive impact.

Responsible
Leadership in Action

CR
Fundamentals

Empowering
Women

Ethics

Environment

Purpose:
Build Digital Highways 
that connect people, 
improve lives
and develop 
communities

Inclusion

Supply
Chain

Protecting
Children

Human
Rights

Connecting
Communities

“To be a volunteer is to 
passionately tackle the 
work that enhances the 
responsible, healthy and 
creative use of the 
internet. We impact 
communities with our 
knowledge so that they 
can find in technology an 
ally for the development 
of their lives.”

Hannia Enith Muñoz Rodriguez
Digital Specialist, Colombia

“

In 2019, thousands of Millicom employees helped energize our Responsible Leadership in Action programs, 
volunteering over 51,000 hours on projects across the countries where we operate. Along with opening more 
avenues for our people to contribute their knowledge and skills in 2019, we also focused on expanding some of the 
most successful projects and approaches into more communities.

44 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Protecting Children
Information and communications technologies provide invaluable and nearly boundless learning and 
enjoyment opportunities for children. However, young users of technology are also especially 
vulnerable to harm from inappropriate digital content, cyberbullying, online predators and other 
threats lurking on the Internet.

Our Child Online Protection (COP) efforts help young people understand how to use technology safely 
and productively. We teach children to maximize the productive use of technology, and recognize and 
avoid potential dangers on the web so they can continue developing their skills in ways that multiply 
their lifelong opportunities for education, employment and innovation.

OVER 480,000 CHILDREN LEARN DIGITAL SKILLS, ONLINE SAFETY

Since 2016, through our child online protection 
(COP) efforts, we have trained more than 
480,000 children in the opportunities and risks 
of digital technology.

In 2019, we consolidated and enhanced our regional 
COP initiative under the name Conectate Segur@. 
Building upon the success of Tigo Colombia’s Contigo 
Conectados program, Conectate Segur@ uses 
interactive quizzes, games, stories and other 
materials—tailored for children as young as eight and 
up through high school age—to help young people 
develop safe, productive online habits. The curriculum 
includes lessons on cyberbullying, appropriate use of 
social networking, avoiding illegal and inappropriate 
content and recognizing signs of predatory behavior 
on the internet.

All our Latam markets have rolled out Conectate 
Segur@ initiatives in 2019. We aim to reach 70,000 
teachers, 200,000 parents and caregivers and 
700,000 children and adolescents by 2023.

For more details on our progress against these and 
other COP targets, please see the CR Performance 
Tables on page 55.

“ This activity (COP) is very important 
for the institution because it 
enables parents to understand their 
responsibilities regarding their 
children’s use of social media and 
the internet. For children, it’s also 
very important as it can help them 
be aware of how they can make 
better use of the internet for 
academic and learning purposes.”

     Luz Nuyereth Vazquez
     Coordinator, Antonio Derka School,  

Santo Domingo, Colombia

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

45 
45 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

UNICEF SCHOOL OF INFLUENCERS

Young people look to each other for cues on 
what to do and how to act in almost every 
aspect of life. Recognizing that the world of 
technology is no exception, we teamed up with 
UNICEF last year on a project that trains 
young people to guide their peers in staying 
safe—online and offline.

Launched in Colombia, the School of Influencers 
program is creating a nationwide network of 
adolescent leaders who are actively involved in 
promoting responsible uses of technology and 
deterring harmful behaviors. Participants use an 
online platform hosted by Tigo Colombia to build 
their knowledge and engage with peers. By the end of 
2019, 2,436 Influencers between 10 and 19 years old 
had been trained in four cities.

“ We have to be cyber-aware,” says Carolina 
Castañeda, a School of Influencers peer leader in 
Soacha. “The internet allows us to travel through 
different worlds where we can live many emotions, 
but we must be cautious and responsible.”

Beyond the School of Influencers program, Millicom 

and UNICEF have collaborated since 2012 to promote 
and respect the rights of children and adolescents in 
every Latin American market where TIGO operates. 
Our other joint projects have included:
»  The Mobile Industry Child Rights Impact Assessment 
(MOCRIA) tool, which helps ICT companies better 
understand how our business may affect children 
and develop action plans to address key issues

»  Helplines in Guatemala and El Salvador that provide 
children with professional resources to overcome 
abuse and other situations that endanger their 
physical or psychological health

Millicom’s CEO, Mauricio Ramos, spoke about the 
impact of our work with UNICEF at the organization’s 
Executive Board Meeting, which took place during the 
UN General Assembly in September 2019. Mr. Ramos 
reinforced our company’s commitment to pooling our 
resources and skills with UNICEF’s expertise on child 
rights and its network of local stakeholders to help 
improve conditions for young people.

700,000

Children and adolescents we aim to 
reach through our online safety 
programs by 2023

“The School of Influencers seeks to promote good use of the internet 
through workshops for adolescents, by adolescents. Thus, we 
strengthen our leadership abilities and generate safe digital spaces.” 

María Fernanda Narváez
National Leader, School of Influerces, Pasto

“

46 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Empowering Women
In many of the communities where Millicom operates, we see a disparity in women’s access to digital tools, content 
and technological skills. According to GSMA, in almost all low middle and low income countries, “the mobile gender 
gap extends beyond ownership and access—even when women own a mobile phone, they use a smaller range of 
mobile services.” 1 We are responding at a company-wide level with services and training specifically aimed at 
integrating more girls and women into the digital ecosystem.

Our approach to closing the gender gap includes equipping women with mobile technology tools, digital literacy 
and the entrepreneurial skills that will enable them to build lasting prosperity. We’re also broadening women’s 
access to financial knowledge and resources, such as microloans, that can serve as the springboard for starting or 
growing their own businesses. In all, we have committed to empowering 400,000 Latam women entrepreneurs 
between 2019 and 2023 with digital skills to benefit themselves and their families in all of our markets.

Our Conectadas program provides women in our markets with training on how mobile internet can connect them 
with the mainstream society and economy and improve their lives.

Initially deployed in Guatemala in partnership with the Sheva Foundation in 2017, we expanded Conectadas to 
more of our operations in 2019 with the objective of creating a regional strategy and program. 

In 2019, El Salvador, Bolivia and Paraguay rolled out the Conectadas programs under the same concept and methodology 
used in Guatemala, and adapted the program to also include women micro-entrepreneurs and Tigo Money 
agents.

Through the Conectadas digital literacy programs that we support in partnership with nonprofit organizations such 
as Fundemas, women throughout Latin America learn internet and mobile technology skills as well as how to obtain 
microfinancing for their small-business ventures. Along with contributing technology and course materials to the 
program, we helped train more than 324,000 women from 2017 to 2019.

We have also set a goal to train and empower 26 women micro-entrepreneurs per year in El Salvador to conduct 
their business transactions through Tigo Money, a mobile tool that advances the digitalization of small and midsize 
enterprises. As Tigo Money agents, these women will be able to help others complete financial transactions—
making them promoters of financial inclusion in their communities.

We see the benefits of this transformation rippling through families and entire communities. With greater digital 
inclusion comes greater opportunities for women to rise above poverty, build confidence and become self-
sufficient. The adoption of mobile technology also drives financial inclusion where the unbanked move to safer and 
more productive financial practices such as mobile money transfers, remittances and bill payments. Meanwhile, we 
also grow the demand for Tigo products and services throughout the developing countries that we serve.

“My life changed after this 
training. I learned to 
organize, to set targets and 
to use technology…so that 
my business can do better.”

Sonia Zelada de Girón
Tigo Money agent, Librería Los Héroes, El Salvador

“

1  Source: The Mobile Gender Gap Report, GSMA, 2019, page 3.  

https://www.gsma.com/mobilefordevelopment/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/GSMA-The-Mobile-Gender-Gap-Report-2019.pdf

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

47 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

COMMUNAL BANKING HELPS WOMEN ACCESS 
MICROFINANCE RESOURCES

Over 159,000 women in Bolivia are gaining 
greater financial control and stability through 
a new partnership between Tigo and the 
Crecer IFD Foundation. Tigo Bolivia’s program 
is part of our regional strategy for helping 
boost the productivity of women’s businesses 
and entrepreneurship through training on 
digital tools and technology.

Participants in Bolivia receive training in how to apply 
for microfinance opportunities and manage their 
money through mobile banking services. Through the 
microfinance program, groups of women set up 
communal banks through which they can apply for 
microloans and distribute the funds to support each 
other in launching or growing a small business. These 

communal bank members are all accountable for the 
repayment of their loans as a group, which helps 
strengthen their teamwork and sense of community. 

Conectadas and the communal banking program 
helped Alejandra Mendoza Perez, 28, gain the skills to 
create online advertisements for her small beauty 
salon. With higher income from the ads and other 
improvements to her business, she became able to pay 
her microloan off more quickly.

“I search tutorials to learn new things about products 
and on beauty salon management. This helps me a lot 
to improve,” Mendoza Perez says of the training she 
received through Conectadas. “These sessions also 
help us to manage our social media accounts safely.”

324,000+

Adolescent girls and women trained 
through our Conectadas digital 
inclusion program from 2017 to 2019.

“Women of communal banks are their families’ main productive 
engine. Their businesses need to be strengthened. In our times, this 
strengthening is more successful if it goes hand in hand with 
technology and internet use.”

Isabel Rueda
National Manager of Development Services, Crecer IFD

“

48 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Connecting Communities
We believe that connected communities are resilient communities—
which, in turn, are the best possible environment for people to reach their 
full potential. Therefore, this pillar of our strategy encompasses and 
reinforces positive results within our other two Responsible Leadership in 
Action focus areas. 

We achieve progress by providing internet connectivity to organizations 
that can be multiplying agents, such as schools, universities, public 
institutions and community centers. To step up our work in communities, 
however, we must better understand how our programs are impacting 
the individuals that are part of them. With this in mind, during 2019 we 
looked into ways of assessing the outcomes of our programs and have 
developed a pilot program in Paraguay through which we intend to 
create a methodology for measuring impact throughout all our 
operations. 

For this project we partnered with Global Infancia, and will focus on the 
impacts that our Telecentros have had on the communities they have 
been deployed in. The results, which are expected during Q1 2020, will 
give us a clearer view of how our actions can create change in the 
communities where we operate, and also provide us with a scalable 
methodology to continue to measure the impact of our programs in the 
rest of our operations.

Sharing Our Energy as Volunteers

One of the most powerful ways that we connect communities is through 
channeling the talents and passion of our employees as volunteers. We 
more than doubled our 2018 volunteering hours, with 51,425 hours this 
year. This was achieved through a more strategic and focused approach.  
For example, Tigo Paraguay organized a company-wide “Dia V” 
volunteering event with the goal of bringing together collaborators and 
beneficiaries of the country’s Telecentros, or technology access centers. 
More than 700 volunteers at 10 Telecentros locations, which are 
attended by over 4,000 children, spent the day helping with:
»  Games that teach children how to recycle
»  Fun activities designed to start meaningful conversations about risks 

and opportunities on the Internet

»  Repairs, cleaning and beautification projects to improve children’s 

everyday surroundings 

»  Friendly sports competitions to reinforce the value of teamwork and 

fair play

Also, in celebration of International Volunteering Day on December 5, 
we held simultaneous volunteering activities in all our Latam countries 
and our Miami regional office, with the participation of over 500 
volunteers and benefiting more than 1,400 people.

TECH SKILL-BUILDING 
FOR YOUNG PEOPLE

WHERE:   Bolivia

WHAT:   Tigo and our employee volunteers 
help students learn computer 
programming and create projects to 
showcase their new-found talents.

HOW:   Our Pixel a Pixel teaches 
school-age children “computational 
thinking” skills such as coding, logical 
analysis and problem solving. Since 2017, 
more than 64,000 children and hundreds 
of teachers from 135 schools have 
benefited from Pixel a Pixel. This learning 
platform is also accessible online at 
www.pixelapixel.org.bo.

In May 2019, we gave children a chance to 
test their skills and knowledge at our first 
Technological Fair of Coding Education. 
Nearly 70 children from 10 communities 
presented computer programming projects 
that addressed societal problems and needs 
in Bolivia. Featured technology creations 
included anti-bullying resources, digital 
organizational tools for students and 
accessibility aids for the visually impaired.

Over 2x

Year-on-year increase in total 
employee volunteering hours

49 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Responsibility 
Performance Tables

We report our progress against the Millicom CR Framework and Five-Year CR plan, which are 
built on our 2018 Materiality Assessment as well as our ongoing engagements with internal 
and external stakeholders.

Our Support for the UNs Sustainable Development Goals 

Millicom supports the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) as part of our commitment to a business strategy 
that is aligned with the objective of shared and sustainable growth. Our CR framework prioritizes and focuses us on the SDGs that 
intersect most directly with Millicom’s resources, expertise and ability to add the greatest value in addressing societal needs. The 
performance tables on the following pages indicate how our efforts connect with, and help advance, specific UN SDGs.

This corporate responsibility report includes the Honduras and Guatemala joint ventures as if fully consolidated in accordance 
with our management reporting. Reported indicators exclude Emtelco, Nicaragua, and our recently acquired Telefonica operation 
in Panama. Additional exclusions, where applicable, are detailed in footnotes. The majority of our performance data on pages 57 
to 63 is reported on the October 1, 2018 to September 30, 2019 basis, except where noted. 

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

50 
50 

Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

CR Fundamentals Overview

Our Goals

5-Y

What we did in 2019

Our performance 

SDG 
relevance

 100% GMs and executive 
teams with compliance KPIs 
built into remuneration 
package by 2020.

100% of the above group 
plus their direct reports with 
compliance KPIs built into 
remuneration package by 
2021.

95% Compliance & Ethics 
training for active 
employees yearly.

Respond within 3 business 
days to each Ethics Line 
allegation submitted 
through hotline.

Provide corrective action 
recommendations for each 
Ethics Line case 
substantiated through the 
investigation process.

100% operations with 
online platform deployed 
and functional for a 
high-quality program that 
integrates preventive 
measures, key controls, 
reporting mechanisms and 
due diligence processes 
capable of detecting and 
correcting misconduct and 
wrongdoing.

Train 100% of Procurement 
staff in responsible supply 
chain management issues 
related to our core risks by 
2023.

Vet all global strategic 
suppliers through our 
sustainable procurement 
platform.

100% of GMs have 
compliance KPIs built into 
remuneration package.1

Since 2018, we have tied the GM 
Compliance objectives with their 
bonuses. We want to create the 
right incentives where integrity is 
recognized, rewarded and 
encouraged. Heatmap and KPI 
scorecards have been presented 
to the Board of Directors, as a 
way to assess progress towards 
Compliance objectives. 

All operations and HQ deployed 
training on Code of Conduct and 
Anti-Corruption during 2019.

94% of active employees 
have received Compliance 
& Ethics training.2 

The current mechanism allows 
for visibility of the date an 
allegation is submitted to the 
hotline and the date on which a 
response is logged.

We are currently responding 
to each Ethics Line 
allegation within 3 business 
days of being submitted 
through the hotline. 

Where a concern or allegation is 
substantiated, investigation 
findings and recommendations 
for corrective action are provided 
to the appropriate review 
committee.

This year we completed the 
automation of the Conflict of 
Interest and Gifts and 
Hospitalities forms. 

Case-specific 
recommendations are  
provided as needed and 
closely tracked.

All of our operations have 
these forms standardized 
and accessible.3 

16

16

16

16

16

16

We expanded the Supplier 
Training Program to Procurement 
staff to standardize content 
across operations and align 
messages and practices with 
those delivered to suppliers.

88% of Procurement staff 
in Miami headquarters 
and Latam operations 
reached by the 
Responsible Supply Chain 
module.

We have assessed the baselines 
against our current global 
strategic suppliers and identified 
among this key group who is 
already vetted through the 
platform. 

Out of this group, 56% 
already has taken the 
assessment and we are in 
the process of revising the 
lists and planning for 
2020. 

Build a strong Corporate 
Culture that seeks 
Compliance Excellency; an 
ethics business culture, where 
employees at all levels are 
committed to doing what is 
right, upholding the 
Company’s values and 
standards.

s
c
i
h
t
E

Have a Compliance & Ethics 
Program that is central to 
business strategy, effectively 
embedded in the business 
processes and procedures, 
focusing on the actual impact 
the company’s Program has 
in the countries it operates in, 
on our employees, customers, 
stakeholders and 
communities.

Extend related training to 
Procurement team.

Enhance due diligence 
processes by including 
sustainable procurement 
criteria for global strategic 
suppliers.

i

n
a
h
C
y
p
p
u
S

l

Ensure that 100% Global 
strategic suppliers obtain 
sustainability assessment 
scores of 45 or greater  
by 2023.

As part of the above revision, we 
assessed how many of our global 
strategic suppliers already have a 
score of 45 or greater.

 46% of our global 
strategic suppliers already 
have scores of 45 or 
greater.

1 Excludes Guatemala JV, as well as newly-acquired operations of Telefonica and Cable Onda.
2 Excludes recently acquired Telefonica operations. 
3 Excludes Guatemala JV, as well as newly-acquired Telefonica operations. 

51 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

CR Fundamentals Overview–continued

SDG 
relevance

Our performance

117 suppliers trained 
across Latin America.   

100% of operations with 
environmental impact  
assessments conducted.

13

We are on track to meet-
ing these commitments.

13
13

i

n
a
h
C
y
p
p
u
S

l

Our Goals
Train all suppliers with Group 
spend >$1.0m by 2023, and 
measure their progress on 
corrective action plans 
through sustainable 
procurement platform and 
audits.

5-Y

 Train all suppliers with 
Group spend >$1.0m by 
2023, and measure their 
progress on corrective 
action plans through 
sustainable procurement 
platform and audits.

Environmental impact 
assessments executed, 
reviewed, revised, 
standardized and with 
action plans consolidated 
for regional execution by 
January 2021.

Environmental impact 
assessments of all operations 
executed by 2021, including 
issue prioritization and 
remediation plans.

 Design one pilot project for 
emissions reduction and one 
for offsetting / carbon 
pricing by 2020.

Develop and implement a 
comprehensive strategy for 
climate change mitigation 
and resilience for Tigo 
operations and customers.

t
n
e
m
n
o
r
i
v
n
E

Comprehensive strategy for 
climate change mitigation 
and resilience for Tigo 
operations and customers 
approved and announced 
by Q2, 2022.

What we did in 2019
In 2019 we focused our training 
on  local suppliers we consider 
critical and with greater potential 
of improvement- not necessarily 
meeting the condition of spend 
of over $1M. Further review will be 
done to determine the most 
strategic prioritization criteria for 
supplier selection.

We achieved ISO 14001 standard 
certification in all our corporate 
offices and in Colombia, Costa 
Rica, Paraguay, Guatemala, 
Honduras, Bolivia, Panamá, Tigo 
Tanzania and Zantel, with Bolivia 
and Nicaragua in advanced 
stages. Environmental impact 
assessments have been 
conducted in the framework of 
this process.

In addition to different existing 
initiatives in our operations, we 
are evaluating several 
alternatives for feasibility and are 
on track to meeting this goal as 
scheduled.

We are taking the necessary steps 
towards fulfilling this 
commitment, internally by 
broadening and accelerating 
collaboration across the business 
functions that manage related 
impacts and risks. Externally, in 
late 2019 we joined the GSMA 
taskforce #BetterFuture in order 
to align, leverage and coordinate 
target-setting efforts with our 
industry peers to maximize our 
potential for positive impact.

Baselines have been identified for 
energy consumption and scope 1 
and scope 2 emissions, against 
which we are initiating the 
target-setting process.

Enhance data quality and 
standardization of calculation 
and reporting of baselines and 
targets to reduce carbon 
footprint and achieve costs 
savings and reduce carbon 
footprint.

2018 energy consumption, 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 
baselines identified and 
published by 2019.

Our baseline year is 2018 
and levels are shared on 
page 61 of this report.

Fossil fuel consumption and 
energy consumption 
reduction targets set  
by 2021.

Baselines have been identified for 
energy consumption and scope 1 
and scope 2 emissions, against 
which we are initiating the 
target-setting process.

Our baseline year is 2018 
and levels are shared on 
page 61 of this report.

13

13

52 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

CR Fundamentals Overview–continued

SDG 
relevance

12

Our Goals

5-Y

What we did in 2019

Our performance

Reach 78% of Consumer 
Premise Equipment (CPE) 
end to end (E2E) recovery1  
by 2023.

We achieved 69% CPE 
E2E recovery across 
the region, with some 
individual countries like 
Costa Rica, Bolivia and 
Colombia already above 
the 77% recovery line. 

Ramped up our reverse logistics 
process across the Latam region 
through standardization of 
practices, improved materials 
classification and coordinated 
tracking of performance from 
the supply chain team, 
broadening the reach we 
already had through a 
specialized partner in Colombia, 
Costa Rica, El Salvador and 
Honduras, including assessment 
of in-house practices and other 
partners in operations that work 
with them.

t
n
e
m
n
o
r
i
v
n
E

Manage and measure waste 
streams, and reuse and 
recycling of consumer devices.

Conduct an inventory of all 
waste generated at 
operations and publish 
related targets by 2020.

Conducted a deep dive process 
to standardize e-waste 
management and 
measurement practices. 

12

An updated scorecard 
has been launched in 
Q4, which will be a key 
input for the 2020 
Annual Report.

Corporate and operations 
Gap Assessment conducted 
by Q3 2019.

Corporate and operations Gap 
Assessment conducted by Q3 
2019.

Conducted Gap Analysis 
of operations policies and 
processes against UNGPs. 

Develop remediation plan 
to cover gaps by Q4 2020 
for implementation under 
5-year plan.

Develop remediation plan to 
cover gaps by Q4 2020 for 
implementation under  
5-year plan.

Consolidate and enhance 
human rights policies and 
practices covering privacy, 
freedom of expression, supply 
chain and vulnerable groups 
to meet United Nations 
Guiding Principles on Business 
and Human Rights standards.

We rolled out trainings on human 
rights and  Privacy and the use of 
Millicom’s privacy management 
tool to designated Privacy 
champions in HQ and Latam 
operations.

Trained CR Managers and HQ 
Legal, Compliance, Procurement 
and Business teams in Colombia, 
Paraguay and Bolivia.

200 people trained in 
Miami HQ, Bolivia, Para-
guay, Colombia, Costa 
Rica, Panama, El Salvador 
and Honduras.

56 people trained in 
HRIA.

Conduct HRIAs in all 
operations by Q4 2020.

Conducted HRIAs in Colombia, 
Paraguay and Bolivia.

37% of our Latam 
operations with HRIA 
conducted.

Roll out training on human 
rights in all Latam markets  
by 2020.

Human rights training to CR 
Team by Q4 2019 and 
extended to designated 
business teams by Q4 2020.

i

s
t
h
g
R
n
a
m
u
H

Develop and deploy Human 
Rights Impact Assessment 
(HRIA) toolkit in all Latam 
markets.

Protect customer rights to 
privacy and freedom of 
expression in accordance with 
Global Network Initiative’s 
(GNI) Principles and obtain 
positive assessments of our 
policies and practices.

Training on HRIA toolkit 
conducted in all operations 
by Q4 2019.

Develop remediation plan  
to cover findings of HRIAs  
by Q2 2021.

Develop Grievance 
Mechanisms for customer 
privacy or freedom of 
expression issues by  
Q4 2019.

Develop web-based one 
stop Privacy Center for 
customers on company 
policies, terms and 
conditions and practices 
relative to privacy and 
freedom of expression by  
Q4 2019.

Conducted gap assessment of 
GMs at HQ and operations. 

Developed Framework for 
GMs for HQ and 
Operations levels.

Published Global Policy, User 
Terms and Conditions, Cookie 
Policy, and Privacy Notices on 
MIC and operations’ websites. 
Launched a management tool to 
assist in the administration of our 
Program. Designated Privacy 
Officers and Privacy Champions 
in HQ and operations.  

Obtained favorable 
external GNI assessment 
report on alignment of 
our policies and practices 
regarding freedom of 
expression and privacy 
against GNI principles.

1  End-to-end recovery excludes obsolete equipment that cannot be reinserted

53 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

CR Fundamentals Overview–continued

SDG 
relevance

5

Our Goals

5-Y

What we did in 2019

Our performance

Build an inclusive work 
environment that is 
representative of our 
workforce, the markets where 
we operate and the customers 
who we serve.

Promote a culture of inclusion 
through policies, procedures, 
and regular training, and 
activities that foster employee 
collaboration.

n
o
i
s
u
c
n
I

l

Enhance employee wellness 
and growth through policies, 
programs and practices 
designed to support their 
aspirations professional and 
personal development.

»  Track progress on inclusive 
work environment by our 
employee engagement 
survey and Tigo culture 
diagnostic.

»  Increase employee 

participation in positive 
work environment 
trainings and programs.

In 2019, we launched a 
multi-year initiative to define and 
execute a Diversity and Inclusion 
(D&I) global strategy and 
framework. Our strategy was 
developed pursuant to an 
internal audit of our policies and 
practices on diversity and 
inclusion and included focus 
groups of employees throughout 
our company. 

We analyzed internal data, 
considered feedback provided by 
more than 6000 employees, and 
also reviewed what companies 
that have been successful 
leading these efforts have done.  

This information provided 
us significant insights 
and gave us the base to 
define our aspirations and 
strategic priorities. Now 
we have a global D&I 
framework aligned with 
our Sangre Tigo culture.  
In the next couple of 
years our goal is to “live” 
our aspirations, imple-
menting initiatives that 
allow us to continue build-
ing an organization that 
welcomes diversity that is 
inclusive and united. 

Starting in 2020 we will 
amplify the set of D&I 
metrics we disclose based 
on the implemented 
strategy.

54 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Responsible Leadership Overview

Our Goals

Our targets

What we did in 2019

Our performance 

Continue our Child Online 
Protection education 
program to reach more 
children, adolescents, 
parents, teachers and 
caregivers.

By 2023 reach through our 
COP programs:

70,000 teachers.

We rolled out the new, regional 
program Conectate Segur@, in 
a key step towards broader 
impact and collaboration. 

n
e
r
d

l
i

h
C
g
n
i
t
c
e
t
o
r
P

200,000 parents and 
caregivers.

700,000 children and 
adolescents.

Expand Child Online 
Protection training program 
for our employee volunteer 
program by creating online 
training platform in all our 
operations.

Online training platform live 
in all our operations by 2020.

 By 2023 reach 120,000 
volunteering hours from 
COP-related programs.

 All countries complete 
research on use of 
technology by children and 
adolescents by Q4 2020.

 All countries implement 
action plans based on 
results of the research by 
2020.

 All operations implement 
CSAM blocking mechanism 
by 2020.

Conduct research programs 
in each market on the use of 
technology by children and 
adolescents to tailor content 
and adapt Child Online 
Protection training based on 
results and insights.

Continue our efforts in 
preventing access to online 
Child Sexual Abuse 
Material through our 
networks by continuous 
implementation of 
blocking mechanisms, 
region-wide, and 
advancing industry 
initiatives.

All Latam operations received 
training on Colombia’s Contigo 
Conectados program which, in 
turn, was implemented locally 
through volunteer trainers under 
the Conectate Segur@ strategy. 

This goal has been revised upon 
further analysis and has been 
refocused towards in-person 
training as it was found to be 
the most effective methodology 
both for attendees and 
volunteers. 

Based on Colombia’s 2018 
research on use of internet by 
children and adolescents, all 
operations have developed plans 
to adapt the study for local roll 
out in 2020 using the same 
methodology to have 
comparable results.

All operations have advanced 
the implementation a of new 
management system that 
includes enhanced blocking 
measures. This system will 
provide region-wide coverage 
using an international validated 
list of CSAM sites.

4,540 teachersteachers

74,959 parents and 
caregivers

120,099 children and 
adolescents reached 
through COP programs

18,542 volunteering hours 
devoted to COP-related 
programs,

All Latam countries are 
ready to implement the 
methodology 
standardized during 
2019.

The system is already in 
place in 75% of our 
Latam operations. We 
expect to have full 
coverage in the first half 
of 2020. 

SDG 
relevance

4, 16

4, 16

4, 16

4, 16

4, 16

4, 16

4, 16

4, 16

4, 16

55 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Responsible Leadership Overview–continued

Our Goals

Our targets

What we did in 2019

Our performance 

SDG 
relevance

5

5

5

9

9

9

Conduct assessments in 
Latam markets on 
socio-economic conditions 
and technological 
capabilities of women and 
girls who are the 
beneficiaries of our programs 
to measure benefits 
achieved through trainings.

Continue our programs to 
reduce the gender gap in the 
use of mobile technology.

Implement regional strategy 
to advance digital literacy 
with educational programs 
on basic and advanced 
digital knowledge and 
entrepreneurial skills.

Measure impacts of 
connectivity in 
communities targeted by 
our programs to assess 
improvements in socio-
economic conditions of 
beneficiaries, and optimize 
program content and 
resource allocation.

Continue bringing internet 
connections to schools and 
public institutions in 
vulnerable communities 
throughout Latin America 
through collaborative 
partnerships with local 
government and NGOs.

n
e
m
o
W
g
n
i
r
e
w
o
p
m
E

s
e
i
t
i
n
u
m
m
o
C
g
n
i
t
c
e
n
n
o
C

 All operations conduct 
assessments focused on 
socio-economic conditions 
and technological 
capabilities of women and 
girls by 2023.

Through the expansion of the 
Conectadas program, we are 
identifying benchmarks for the 
development of assessments in 
the coming years that will allow 
by each operation to research 
the socio-economic conditions 
and technological capabilities of 
the participants.

During 2019, we used the 
results obtained in 
Guatemala to create a 
regional framework to use 
as foundation for the 
program’s next steps.

Close the digital gap in our 
Latam operations by 2020 in 
line with the acquired 
commitments through 
GSMA’s Connected Women 
initiative.

GSMA extended the Connected 
Women initiative until 2023, 
Millicom as the only operator in 
Latam to have signed to 
commitment agreed to the 
extension in November 2019.

We maintain the same 
objectives, with each 
operation’s local goals 
depending on their 
specific baselines.

400,000 women trained 
through our digital inclusion 
program by 2023.

We rolled out the CONECTADAS 
program in all operations based 
on Guatemala´s strategy with 
the Sheva Foundation. 

Design and planning for 
regional Conectadas app 
is underway for delivery 
during 2020.

 Design and roll out to 
operations a regional 
impact measurement 
methodology by 2020.

All countries implement an 
impact measurement 
methodology related to 
connectivity and digital 
inclusion by 2022.

Provide internet to 1300 
schools and public 
institutions by 2023 
reaching our set 
commitment with the OAS 
ICT Alliance.

Provide with digital 
platforms and 
empowerment programs 
through the use of 
technology to 1,000  
public institutions and 
community development 
institutions by 2023.

We deployed a pilot program  
in Paraguay to create a standard 
impact measurement tool. The 
results from this assessment will 
serve as benchmark for 
adaptation and replication in 
other operations.

Pending results from Paraguay 
assessments, all ops will 
implement accordingly.

Operations have ongoing 
programs that include provision 
of internet access to public 
institutions and schools, keeping 
us on track with OAS 2030 goal. 

We continued the 
implementation of programs 
with focus on robotics and 
empowerment through 
technology.

Initial pilot program in 
Paraguay in final stages. 
The resulting 
methodology will be 
expanded to all other 
Latam countries in 2020.

1,416 schools and public 
institutions to date 
provided with internet 
connection. We have 
already exceeded our 
2023 goal and are well on 
track to meeting the 
2030 commitments.

Further review of target is 
needed to adjust to new 
programs and 
development of strategy. 
Further opportunities in 
combining with 
Protecting Children 
actions to increase scope 
and effectiveness.

56 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our Performance

1. Human Rights

KPI

Total number of law enforcement requests1

Number of major events

Law enforcement requests—LatAm

  Interception

  Customer metadata

  MFS

  Content Takedown

2017

41,323

14

2018

45,666

20

2019

40,1322 

10

971

2,116

32,340

33,868

181

1

523

0

2,121

37,497

514

0

1  We classify law enforcement requests into three categories: interception, customer metadata, and customer financial data (related to the mobile money services or MFS 
services we provide). These three categories encompass the vast majority of requests we receive. We report all other requests outside of the definitions as major events.

2 2019 values only for Latam; see LED report for additional details.

Overview of Major Events by Type1

KPI

2017

2018

2019

Shutdown or restriction of services

Proposals for significant changes in local laws

Proposals for significant changes in technical or operational procedures

Disproportionate interception or customer data requests

Politically motivated messages

Other

1 Data reported for calendar year

2

4

1

2

0

5

7

5

2

2

1

3

8

1

1

0

0

0

57 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our Performance–continued

2. Ethics1

% of employees who acknowledged the Code of Conduct

% of employees who have completed the Code of Conduct training

KPI

% of procurement staff trained on Anti-Corruption3

% of senior managers trained on Anti-Corruption

% of employees who filled and signed the conflict of interest declaration form

Number of cases of unethical behavior reported and investigated

Investigations resulting in written warning

Investigations resulting in termination of employee contract

% revenue from MFS represented by operations audited for AML controls

% of operations (where) we conducted a compliance risk assessment or audit 

Turnover of procurement staff (%)

2017

96

962 

96

98

90

164

6

58

27

45

17

2018

2019

91

90

97

99

92

96

94

94

93

94

336

4964 

72

31

97

30

28

6

35

95

90

13

1  Ethics metrics are reported on calendar year basis, with the exception of “Turnover of procurement staff” . 
1  The percentages of employees who acknowledged the Code of Conduct and who have completed the Code of Conduct training are the same as both were done 

simultaneously for 2017.

3  Formerly ABAC. 
4  Incidents reported through Millicom Ethics Line and Linea Etica TigoUne. Incidents reported from Guatemala were channeled through Millicom Ethics Line as 

of 2018. 

58 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our Performance–continued

2. Ethics1

KPI

2017

2018

2019

Overview of cases reported to Millicom Ethics Line5 

Bribery and corruption

  Number of cases reported and investigated

  Cases ending in written warning

  Cases resulting in termination

Discrimination and harassment

  Number of cases reported and investigated

  Cases ending in written warning

  Cases resulting in termination

Human rights and labor

  Number of cases reported and investigated

  Cases ending in written warning

  Cases resulting in termination

Conflict of interest

  Number of cases reported and investigated

  Cases ending in written warning

  Cases resulting in termination

Fraud

  Number of cases reported and investigated

  Cases ending in written warning

  Cases resulting in termination

Other

  Number of cases reported and investigated

  Cases ending in written warning

  Cases resulting in termination

7

0

0

12

0

0

22

2

0

7

0

0

10

0

3

22

4

1

10

2

3

49

16

10

0

0

0

24

4

3

16

3

2

89

21

4

12

0

1

66

3

5

93

2

9

29

0

1

37

0

8

91

1

7

5  The metric “Cases resulting in written warning or termination” reports number of cases with that outcome; not number of written warning and/or terminations. 

One case can include warnings and/or terminations to multiple employees.

59 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our Performance–continued

3. Environment

e-waste recycled through responsible waste management program 
(tonnes)

KPI

  Bolivia

  Colombia

  Costa Rica

  El Salvador

  Guatemala

  Honduras

  Paraguay

  Panama

  Tanzania

Energy use

Total Energy Consumption / Sources of energy by asset type

Base station and fixed network sites

  Fuel (000 l)

  Energy from fuel (MWh)

  Electricity (MWh)

Our fleet

  Fuel (000 l)

  Energy from fuel (MWh)

  Electricity (MWh)

Datacenters and offices4 

  Fuel (000 l)

  Energy from fuel (MWh)

  Electricity (MWh)

Shops

  Fuel (000 l)

  Energy from fuel (MWh)

  Electricity (MWh)

2017

474

77

44.50

162

1,037

3.52

236

2018

7.74

587

310

147

400

0

105.18

2019

5,586

431

118.14

123

1,303

9.81

0.20

Not included

Not included

138.10

462

400

8,800

14,732 

147,073 

354,949 

10,4631 

104,4562 

4,247

42,685

450,1313 

441,336

6,335

60,756

N/A 

988

24,082

55,885

332

3,312

4,064

38,609 

N/A 

450 

4,490 

3,257

31,230

N/A

293

2,926

89,6885 

74,598

23.44 

234 

71.8

717

15,509

16,8116 

11,618

1  Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 10,435.35K litres to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
2  Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 104,178.29 MWh to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
3  Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 444,885.99 MWh to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
4  Many of our datacenters are co-located with our offices. Therefore, they often do not have separate meters to enable us to report on datacenter consumption 

separately.

5  Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 89,582.09 MWh to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
6  Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 16,916.97 MWh to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.

60 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

3. Environment

Electricity (MWh)

Fuel (000 l)

KPI

Energy from fuel (MWh)

Total Energy Consumption (MWh)

Emissions and e-waste overview

2017

416,343

22,387

235,223

711,566

2018

553,330

14,922

147,789

701,119

2019

527,553

7,869

77,557

605,111

Total weight of e-waste recycled through our responsible e-waste  
  management program 

2,496.02

1,956.92 

16,509

Scope 1 emissions1 (Tonnes of CO2e)

Scope 2 emissions3 (Tonnes of CO2e)

Scope 3 emissions (Tonnes of CO2e)

% of operations set up on global responsible e-waste  

recycling program

58,787

39,0452 

20,553

114,883

140,6054 

137,754

N/A

91

N/A 

91

3,9945 

100

Tonnes of CO2e emissions per USD1,000 revenue

0.029

 0.03 

0.026

1  Emissions from fuel are calculated using World Resources Institute (2015) GHG Protocol tool for stationary combustion, version 4.1.
2  Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 39,181 tCO2e to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
3  Emissions from electricity are calculated using Electricity Emission Factors from IEA, version 2016, except in the case of Paraguay and, in 2017 and 2018, Chad, 

where other official sources were used.

4 Data from 2018 was restated from originally published value of 141,439 tCO2e to reflect adjustments made after publication of past Annual Report.
5  We only consider air travel for Scope 3 emissions in 2019. As we standardize and build up our scope 3 calculation and reporting capabilities, we will expand this 

scope accordingly.

4. Diversity & Inclusion

KPI

% of women in senior management positions1

% of women across our employee base

1  This metric is reported on a calendar year basis. 

2017

33

40

2018

28

41

2019

36

37

61 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our Performance–continued

5.  Supply Chain

KPI

2017

2018

2019

% of strategic suppliers1 who signed the supplier code

% of all suppliers who have signed the supplier code

% of spend represented by suppliers who completed assessments on EcoVadis  
  to date

% of procurement teams trained on responsible supply chain management

89

61

47

96

89

65

42

81

Number of suppliers trained on Millicom’s CR strategy and requirements

121

108

90

68

59

88

117

1  A supplier is considered strategic if they follow one or more of the following: significant spend, multi-year relationship in place or expected, products and services in 

a strategic spend category, direct impact on delivery capability, potential impact on brand and reputation and difficulty of switching to alternative suppliers.

6.  Protecting Children

% of operations with child risk impact assessments conducted to date

KPI

Volunteering hours from COP-related programs

Number of children reached by COP training (’000)2 

% of operations in LatAm blocking child sexual abuse content

2017

57

2018

100

New KPI for 
2019

New KPI for 
2019

188.60

360.10

71

71

2019

871 

18,542

480.20

75

1  The percentage decreased as the 2019 Latam base includes Panama, which has this assessment pending.
2  Cumulative from 2016. From October 1, 2018 to September 30, 2019, the number of children reached by COP training was 120,099 in Latam.

62 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our Performance–continued

7.  Connecting Women

KPI

Women enrolled in digital inclusion programs

Women enrolled in financial inclusion programs

2017

New KPI for 2018

New KPI for 2018

2018

117,340

97,978

2019

207,0191 

See above

1  As of 2019, we will report one unified metric, as our digital inclusion programs often, but not always, include financial inclusion programs but when we run financial 

inclusion programs they are always framed from a digital inclusion perspective. The 2018 values partially overlap and therefore should not be combined.

8.  Connecting Communities

KPI

Monetary value of employee volunteering

Total cash contributions (’000)

In-kind giving (at cost; ’000)

Schools and public institutions connected to the Internet

Number of volunteering hours 

2017

170,000

3,203

6,399

1,259

14,841

2018

235,000

3,776

6,737

1,361

2019

405,503

2,686

6,139

1,416

24,732

51,4251

1  Total volunteering hours. For 2019, this includes the 18,442 hours from COP-related programs as reported on page 62.

9. Health and Safety

KPI1 

2017

2018

% of operations certified against ISO 45001

New KPI for 2019

New KPI for 2019

Number of employee fatalities

Number of contractor fatalities

Number of H&S incidents reported

Lost-time injury rate per 1000 workers

Absentee rate4

1

9

387

2.60

0.80

0

2

369

0.54

1.29

2019

100

02 

6

460

1.773

1.34

1  Employee and contractor fatalities aligned with reporting period from October 1st 2018 to September 30th, 2019. Previous year fatalities reported under the same 

reporting period.

2 Unfortunately an employee fatality occurred in Q4 2019. It is reported in our Q4 earnings release and will be included in our 2020 Annual Report.
3  The increase in this rate is due to the addition of Panama to the scope. In this country, the legal incident classification considers a broader definition of the 

incidents that require time off.

4 The absentee rate is the number of unplanned absences versus the average number of workdays in in the reporting period, expressed as a percentage.

63 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Independent Assurance Statement to Millicom 
International Cellular S.A

ERM Certification and Verification Services (ERM CVS) was engaged by Millicom International Cellular S.A (further ‘Millicom’) 
to provide limited assurance in relation to specified information in the section ‘Corporate Responsibility Performance Tables’ 
pages 57-63 within Millicom’s 2019 Integrated Annual Report and on Millicom’s website as set out below.

Whether the following 2019 disclosures are fairly presented in all material respects, with the reporting criteria:

Engagement summary

Materiality and stakeholder engagement disclosures found at  
https://millicom.com/2019annualreport/ourcrreporting.html

Human Rights

•  Number of law enforcement requests (Group)
•  Number of major events

Ethics

•  % of employees who acknowledged the Code of Conduct
•  % of employees who have completed the Code learning
•  % of procurement staff trained on Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption [ABAC]
•  % of employees who have filled and signed the conflict of interest declaration form
•  Number of cases of unethical behavior reported and investigated
•  Turnover of procurement staff [%]

   Scope of our 
assurance 
engagement

Inclusion

•  % of women in senior management positions

Environment

•  Total electricity consumption [MWh]
•  Total fuel consumption [liters]
•  Total energy consumption [MWh]
•  Scope 1 emissions [metric tonnes CO2e]
•  Scope 2 emissions [metric tonnes CO2e]

Supply Chain

•  % of strategic suppliers who have signed the Supplier Code
•  % of all suppliers who have signed the Supplier Code
•  % of procurement teams trained on responsible supply chain management

Taking Care of Our People

•  Number of H&S incidents reported
•  Number of employee fatalities
•  Number of contractor fatalities
•  Lost-time injury rate per 1,000 workers
•  Absentee rate

   Reporting 
criteria

   Assurance 
standard

Millicom’s Reporting Guidelines, as specified in footnotes on Performance Tables.

ERM CVS’ assurance methodology, based on the International Standard on Assurance Engagements ISAE 
3000 (Revised).

  Assurance level

Limited assurance.

   Respective 
responsibilities

Millicom is responsible for preparing the data and for its correct presentation in reporting to third parties, 
including disclosure of the reporting criteria and boundary.  

ERM CVS’s responsibility is to provide conclusions on the agreed scope based on the assurance activities 
performed and exercising our professional judgement. 

64 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our conclusions

Based on our activities, nothing has come to our attention to indicate that Millicom’s 2019 disclosures, as listed above, are not fairly 
presented, in all material respects, with the reporting criteria.

Our assurance activities

Our objective was to assess whether the selected data are reported in accordance with the principles of completeness, comparability 
(across the organisation) and accuracy (including calculations, use of appropriate conversion factors and consolidation). We 
planned and performed our work to obtain all the information and explanations that we believe were necessary to provide a basis 
for our assurance conclusions. 

A multi-disciplinary team of EHS and assurance specialists performed the following activities: 

•  Interviews with relevant staff to understand and evaluate the data management systems and processes (including IT systems 

and internal review processes) used for collecting and reporting the selected data;

•  A review of the internal indicator definitions and conversion factors;

•  A review of the inputs of the 2018 Materiality Assessment and stakeholder engagement activities in relation to disclosures on the 

ongoing Five-Year CR plan;

•  Visits to two markets (Colombia and Guatemala) to review local reporting processes and consistency of reported annual data 

with selected underlying source data for each indicator. We interviewed relevant staff, reviewed site data capture and reporting 
methods, checked calculations and assessed the local internal quality and assurance processes;

•  An analytical review of the data from all sites and a check on the completeness and accuracy of the corporate data 

consolidation;

•  Year-end assurance activities at corporate level including the results of internal review procedures and the accuracy of the 

consolidation of the data for the selected indicators from the site data;

•  A review of samples of documentary evidence, including internal and external documents, to support key assertions related to 

assured indicators; and, 

•  Reviewing the presentation of information relevant to the scope of our work in the Report to ensure consistency with our findings.

The limitations of our engagement

The reliability of the assured data is subject to inherent uncertainties, given the available methods for determining, calculating 
or estimating the underlying information. It is important to understand our assurance conclusions in this context. We have not 
reviewed any of the data for years prior to 2019.

Jennifer Iansen-Rogers 
Head of Corporate Assurance  
28 Feb 2020

ERM Certification and Verification Services, London
www.ermcvs.com; email: post@ermcvs.com 

ERM CVS is a member of the ERM Group. The work that ERM CVS conducts for clients is solely related to independent assurance 
activities and auditor training. Our processes are designed and implemented to ensure that the work we undertake with 
clients is free from bias and conflict of interest.  ERM CVS and the ERM staff that have undertaken this engagement work have 
provided no consultancy related services to Millicom in any respect

65 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

GOVERNANCE: 

Governance 
and Business 
Ethics 

66 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Growing our connections and impact.

Chairman’s Report

Millicom’s Board of Directors (“the Board”) and its committees dealt with many 
significant strategic, operational and compliance matters in 2019. These included:

•   Enhancing and adapting our governance structures, and strengthening our 

controls and processes in connection with the listing of Millicom’s shares on the 
Nasdaq Stock Market in the U.S.

•  Acquiring and integrating mobile businesses in Central America

•   Overseeing capital allocation and our strategic focus on mobile and cable 

businesses in Latin America

Role of the Board
The Board is responsible for approving Millicom’s strategy, 

financial objectives, and operating plans, as well as for 

overseeing risk and governance. The Board also plans for CEO 

succession and reviews plans for other senior management 

positions.

Board Changes

In January we welcomed Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg and Mr. James 

Thompson to the Board. Both are also members of the Audit 

Committee. Ms. Erenbjerg, who is Deputy Chairman of the Board, 

•  Mr. Anders Jensen, who served the Board and its 

Compensation Committee from May 2017 to January 2019

•  Mr. Roger Solé Rafols, who served the Board from May 2017 

to May 2019. 

Strength through Diversity, Teamwork and Sharing

The diverse people in our operating countries, offices, and 

headquarters comprise a key strength for Millicom. We value 

different perspectives, encourage the sharing of alternate 

viewpoints, and promote equal opportunity. These remain 

core elements that contribute of Millicom’s corporate culture.

brings years of experience from operating a converged provider 

We are proud of our success in fostering strong workplace 

of communication and entertainment services, as well as from 

environments and the accolades received in this respect.

driving transformational processes in complex organizations, 

both organically and through M&A. Mr. Thompson brings 

extensive investment management experience to the Board and 

will contribute significantly to discussions on Millicom’s long-term 

strategy and capital allocation.

In May 2019 we welcomed Ms. Mercedes Johnson to the 

Board. Ms. Johnson brings significant experience gained at 

technology-oriented multinational U.S. listed companies in 

various capacities including Board and Committee roles and 

as a Chief Financial Officer.

I would like to thank the Board members who stepped down 

during 2019:

•  Mr. Tom Boardman, who served as Chairman from May 

2016 until January 2019, for his significant contributions to 
the Board and its Committees over this time

Compliance and Business Ethics

During 2019, we continued building and refining our 

compliance program and culture with support from our 

Executive Team and Ethics and Compliance team.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to reaffirm our 

commitment to a culture of doing the right things in the right 

way, encompassed by “Sangre Tigo”, which builds our strength 

and success. We are proud to be a leader on ethics and 

compliance in our markets. We look forward to engaging with 

you and thank you for being part of the Millicom journey.

José Antonio Ríos García
Chairman of the Board of Directors

67 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Governance Framework

Background
Millicom International Cellular S.A. 
(“Millicom” or the “Company”) is a public 
limited liability company (société 
anonyme) governed by the Luxembourg 
law of August 10, 1915 on Commercial 
Companies (as amended), incorporated 

on June 16, 1992, and registered with 
the Luxembourg Trade and Companies’ 
Register (Registre du Commerce et des 
Sociétés de Luxembourg) under number 
B 40 630. The Millicom Group comprises 
Millicom and its subsidiaries, joint 
ventures and associates.

Millicom’s shares are listed on Nasdaq 
Stockholm, in the form of Swedish 
Depository Receipts and on the Nasdaq 
Stock Market in the U.S. since January 9, 
2019, where Millicom is registered as a 
foreign private issuer.

Millicom’s Corporate Governance Framework is primarily based on the following legislation, principles and regulations:

Publication
Swedish Code of Corporate Governance
Luxembourg Law
EU Directives and Regulations
Nasdaq Stockholm Issuer Rule Book
Nasdaq Stock Market Rules
U.S. Securities Laws
Good Stock Market Practice

Authority
Guiding Principles
Legislation
Legislation
Regulation
Regulation
Regulation
Guiding Principles

Philosophy
Comply or Explain
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Comply
Corporate Citizenship

Millicom governance deviated in 2019 in relation to the Swedish Code in the following areas:

Code requirement
1.5–A shareholder, or a proxy representative 
of a shareholder, who is neither a member 
of the board nor an employee of the 
company is to be appointed to verify and 
sign the minutes of the shareholders’ 
meeting.
9.7–Vesting of share-related incentive 
programs to be no less than three years.

Millicom practice
Minutes are signed by the chairman of 
the shareholders’ meeting (who is not a 
member of the Board or an employee 
of the Company), the meeting 
Secretary and an appointed Scrutineer.

Explanation
While this represents a deviation from 
the Swedish Code, Millicom follows 
Luxembourg Law in connection with 
procedures and rules for its 
shareholders’ meetings.

Deferred share incentive plans contain 
vesting of 16.5–30% of granted 
shares after one year, 16.5–30% after 
two years, and 40–67% after three 
years.

The Company believes that this vesting 
schedule ensures alignment between 
the interests of the Company’s 
shareholders and its employees.

Within these frameworks, the Board 
develops and continuously evaluates 
internal guidelines and procedures, as 
further described below, to ensure the 
quality and transparency of Millicom’s 
corporate governance practices.

Swedish Corporate Governance Code
The Swedish Corporate Governance 
Code (the “Swedish Code”) promotes 
positive development of corporate 

governance. The Code complements 
laws and regulations and sets its good 
practice level above regulatory 
requirements. The Swedish Corporate 
Governance Board states that self-
regulation is often preferable to 
mandatory legislation and therefore 
allows companies to deviate from its 
rules, following a “comply or explain” 
philosophy.

Compliance with Applicable Stock 
Exchange Rules
Neither the Nasdaq Stockholm’s 
disciplinary committee nor the Swedish 
Securities Council reported any 
infringement of applicable stock 
exchange rules or breach of good 
practice on the securities market by 
Millicom in 2019.

68 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Governance Structure
Millicom’s Corporate Governance structure comprises the following three levels:

1.

Shareholders and representatives
of shareholders.

2.

Board of Directors and Committees 
appointed by the Board from among 
its members.

 Shareholders’ meeting

 Nomination Committee

 Board of Directors

  Compliance and Business
 Conduct Committee

 Compensation Committee

 Audit Committee

3.

CEO and Executive management, 
and its main functions managing 
governance, risk, compliance and 
ethics (including security), corporate 
responsibility, controls.

 Chief Executive Officer

 Internal Audit

 Executive Management Team

  Compliance and  
Business Ethics

 Business Control

Legal and 
Governance

 Risk Management

Corporate 
Responsibility

1.  Shareholders and shareholders’ 

meeting

The shareholders’ meeting is Millicom’s 
highest decision-making body and a 
forum for shareholders to exercise 
influence. Each shareholder has the 
right to participate in the shareholders’ 
meeting and to vote according to the 
number of shares owned. Shareholders 
unable to attend in person may exercise 
their rights by proxy/vote in writing.

Millicom’s articles of association 
(consolidated as at amended on 
January 7, 2019) (the “Articles of 
Association”) set the Annual General 
Meeting of Shareholders (“AGM”) to be 
held in Luxembourg within six months 
of the close of the financial year.

Millicom’s Articles of Association are 
available in the governance section of 
our website at www.millicom.com/
our-company/governance/governance-
reports/. Unless otherwise required 

under Luxembourg law, an 
extraordinary general meeting (“EGM”) 
must be convened to amend the 
Articles of Association.

At the 2019 AGM, held on May 2, 2019, 
shareholders decided the following key 
items:

•  Approval of the 2018 Consolidated 
Financial Statements and the 
distribution of a dividend of $2.64 
per share

•  Election and re-election of the 

Directors until the date of the 2020 
AGM

•  Reappointment of Ernst & Young 
(“EY”) as the external auditor

•  Approval of remuneration to the 

Board and auditor and procedures 
for the Nomination Committee

•  Approval of guidelines for the 

remuneration of senior 
management

•  Approval of a Share Repurchase Plan

At the EGM, held on January 7, 2019, 
shareholders decided the following key 
items:

•  Resignation and election of two 

directors

•  Amendment of the Articles of 

Association regarding the procedure 
for nomination of directors

69 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Nomination Committee

Member
Mr. John Hernander
Mr. Dan Sievers
Mr. Peter Guve
Ms. Juanjuan Niska

On behalf of:
Nordea Investment Funds
Fiduciary Management Ltd
AMF Pensionsförsäkring AB
Wellington Management

Position
Chairman
Member
Member
Member

The Nomination Committee is 
appointed by the major shareholders of 
Millicom and is not a Board committee. 
Its role is to propose decisions to the 
shareholders’ meeting in a manner that 
promotes all shareholders’ common 
interests. Nomination Committee 
members’ term of office typically begins 
at the time of the announcement of the 
interim report covering the period 
January to September of each year and 
ends when a new Nomination 
Committee is formed.

At the January 7, 2019 EGM, 
shareholders resolved that the Articles 
of Association be amended to stipulate 
that the Nomination Committee rules 
and procedures of the Swedish Code of 

Corporate Governance shall be applied 
for the election of Directors to the 
Board of Directors of the Company, as 
long as such compliance does not 
conflict with applicable mandatory law, 
or regulation or the mandatory rules of 
any stock exchange on which the 
Company’s shares are listed.

Nomination Committee proposals to 
the AGM include:

•  Election and remuneration of 
Directors of the Board, and 
Chairman of the Board

•  Appointment and remuneration of 

the external auditor

•  Proposal of the Chairman of the 

AGM

Under the terms of the Nomination 
Committee charter, the committee 
consists of at least three members, with 
a majority representing the larger 
shareholders of the Company. The 
current Nomination Committee was 
formed in October 2019, in consultation 
with larger shareholders of the Company 
at May 31, 2019 and in accordance with 
the resolution of the 2019 AGM.

The table below sets out beneficial 
ownership of Millicom common shares, 
par value $1.50 each, by each person 
who beneficially owns more than 5% 
of Millicom common stock at 
December 31, 2019.

Shareholder
Dodge & Cox
Swedbank Robur Fonder AB

Number of
shares
9,380,493
5,276,526

%
Shareholding
9.2
5.2

Footnote: Except as otherwise indicated, the holders listed above (“holders”) have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by 
them. The holders have the same voting rights as all other holders of Millicom common stock. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to 
have “beneficial ownership” of any shares as of a given date which such person or group of persons has the right to acquire within 60 days after such date. For 
purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares held by the holders on a given date, any security which such holder has the right to acquire within 60 
days after such date (including shares which may be acquired upon exercise of vested portions of share options) is deemed to be outstanding, but is not deemed to 
be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Promoting Board Diversity
Millicom’s Nomination Committee 
recognizes the importance of diversity 
for promoting strong corporate 
governance, competitive advantage, 
and effective decision-making. The 
Nomination Committee is responsible 
for periodically determining the 
appropriate skills, perspectives, 
experiences, and characteristics 
required of Board candidate based on 
the Company’s needs and the current 

Board composition. This determination 
will include knowledge, experience, and 
skills in areas that are critical to 
understanding the Company and its 
business; richness of views brought by 
different personal attributes such as 
gender, race, age, and nationality; and 
other personal characteristics, such as 
integrity and judgment; and 
candidates’ commitment to the boards 
of other publicly held companies. 

In its work, the Nomination Committee 
applies rule 4.1 of the Swedish 
Corporate Governance Code as its 
diversity policy.

70 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

2.  Board of Directors and Board 

committees

The Chairman convenes the Board and 
leads its work. The Chairman is 
accountable to the Board and acts as a 
direct liaison between the Board and 
the management of the Company, 
through the CEO. Meeting agendas are 
set with the CEO, and the Chairman 
communicates Board decisions where 
appropriate.

Role of the Board

The Board is responsible for approving 
Millicom’s strategy, financial objectives, 
and operating plans, and for oversight 
of governance. The Board also plans for 
succession of the CEO and reviews other 
senior management positions.

As set forth in the Company’s Articles 
of Association, the Board must be 
composed of at least six members. The 
2019 AGM set the number of Directors 
at eight, comprising a Chairman, a 
Deputy Chairman and six members 
(none of whom are Executive Directors).

The Board selects the CEO, who is 
charged with the daily management of 
the Company and its business. The CEO 
is responsible for recruiting the senior 
management of the Company. The 
Board reviews plans for key senior 
management positions, supervises, 
supports and empowers the senior 
management team, and monitors 
senior managers’ performance. In 
accordance with the Swedish Code, the 
division of work between the Board and 
the CEO is set out in “The Rules of 
Procedure, Instructions to the CEO, and 
Reporting Instructions”.

Further details on the roles and 
activities of the various committees, as 
well as their responsibilities and 
activities, appear later in this section.

Independence of the Board

   Board of Directors

Chairman, Deputy Chairman and 
six  members

  Non-Executive Directors

   Independent from the Company and its 
Executive Management

   100% 
José Antonio Ríos García 
Pernille Erenbjerg 
Odilon Almeida 
Janet Davidson 
Tomas Eliasson 
Mercedes Johnson 
Lars-Åke Norling* 
James Thompson

* From September 2019 Mr. Norling is no longer an employee of Kinnevik AB, and in November 2019 
Kinnevik AB distributed its 37.2% shareholding in Millicom to its own shareholders.

Powers and Limitations of the Board
Borrowing powers—The Board has 
unrestricted borrowing powers on behalf 
of, and for the benefit of Millicom.

Time and age limit—No age limit 
exists for being a Director of Millicom. 
Directors can be elected for a maximum 
period of six years before either being 
re-elected or ending their service. 
Directors are typically elected annually. 
There are no restrictions on the 
maximum continuous period that a 
Director can serve. Directors hold office 
until a successor is elected.

Restrictions on voting—No contract or 
other transaction between the 
Company and any other person shall be 
affected or invalidated by the fact that 
any Director, officer or employee of the 
Company has a personal interest in, or 
is a director, officer, or employee of such 
other person. However, the following 
conditions apply:

•   The contract or transaction shall be 
negotiated on an arm’s-length basis 

on terms no less favorable to the 
Company than could have been 
obtained from an unrelated third 
party and, in the case of a Director, 
he or she shall abstain from 
deliberating and voting on any 
matters that pertain to such contract 
or transaction at any meeting of the 
Board.

•   Any such personal interest shall be 
fully disclosed to the Company by 
the relevant Director, officer or 
employee. 

If any Director or officer of the 
Company should have any personal 
interest in any transaction of the 
Company, the Director shall make 
known to the Board such personal 
interest and shall not consider or vote 
on any such transaction. The 
transaction and the Director’s or 
officer’s interest therein shall be 
reported at the next general meeting of 
shareholders.

71 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Share Ownership Requirements
Directors are not required to be 
shareholders of the Company. Share 
ownership of Directors is included in the 
Director biographies set out on the 
following pages.

Roles
Chairman of the Board

The Chairman is elected by the AGM. If 
the Chairman relinquishes the position 
during the mandate period, the Board 
elects a new Chairman from among its 
members to serve until the end of the 
next AGM.

Deputy Chairman of the Board

If elected by the Board, the Deputy 
Chairman acts as a sounding board and 
provides support for the Chairman. The 
Deputy Chairman convenes Board 
meetings in accordance with the 
Company’s Articles of Association, and 
leads its work in the event the Chairman 
is unavailable or is excused from a 
Board meeting. The Deputy Chairman 
may act as an intermediary in any 
conflicts among Board members or 
between the Chairman and the CEO. 
The Board can designate additional 
roles and responsibilities of the Deputy 
Chairman.

Corporate Secretary

The Corporate Secretary is appointed 
by the Board to ensure that Board 
members have the proper advice and 
resources for performing their duties. 
The Corporate Secretary is also 
responsible for organizing and 
coordinating Board and Committee 
meetings and ensuring that the minutes 
of those meetings reflect the proper 
exercise of Board duties.

The Corporate Secretary is also a 
confidante and resource to the Board 
and senior management, providing 
advice and counsel on Board 
responsibilities and logistics.

Chief Executive Officer

Together with the management team, 
the CEO leads the development and 
execution of the Company’s strategy 
with a view to creating shareholder 
value. The CEO is responsible for 
day-to-day activities and management 
decisions, both operating and 
financial. The CEO is a liaison between 
the Board and management and 
communicates to the Board on behalf 
of management.

The CEO also leads Millicom’s 
communications with shareholders, 
employees, government authorities, 
other stakeholders, and the public.

Board Membership, Balance and 
Independence
The Nomination Committee and the 
Board periodically review the size and 
balance of the Board to determine 
whether any changes are appropriate.

At the AGM, held annually within six 
months of the end of the financial year, 
or at any other general meeting, 
shareholders may vote for or against 
the Directors proposed by the 
Nomination Committee or may elect 
different Directors.

The Board has adopted the qualification 
guidelines of an “independent director” 
as defined by the Swedish Code, and 
with consideration of the specific 
independence requirements within the 
Nasdaq Stock Market rules. A director’s 
independence is determined by a 
general assessment of all factors that 
may give cause to question the individual 
Director’s independence of the Company 
or its Executive Management.

Such factors include whether the 
individual:

• 

is the CEO, or has been the CEO, of 
the Company or a closely related 
company within the past five years

• 

is employed, or has been employed, 
by the Company or a closely related 
company, within the last three years

•  receives a not insignificant 

remuneration for advice or other 
services beyond the remit of the 
Board position from the Company, a 
closely related company or a person 
in the executive management of  
the Company

•  has, or has within the last year, had a 
significant business relationship or 
other significant financial dealings 
with the Company or a closely 
related company as a client, supplier 
or partner, either individually or as a 
member of the executive 
management team, a member of 
the Board or a major shareholder in 
a company with such a business 
relationship with the Company

• 

• 

is or has within the last three years 
been a partner at, or has, as an 
employee, participated in an audit 
of the Company conducted by, the 
Company’s or a closely related 
company’s current or then auditor

is a member of the executive 
management of another company  
if a member of the board of that 
company is a member of the 
executive management of  
the Company

•  has a close family relationship with a 

person in the executive 
management or with another 
person named in the points above, if 
that person’s direct or indirect 
business with the Company is of 
such magnitude or significance as to 
justify the opinion that the Board 
member is not to be regarded as 
independent.

72 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

In accordance with the Swedish Code:

•  The majority of Millicom’s Board must be independent 

from the Company and its executive management team 
(all Millicom Directors meet this criterion)

•  At least two of those independent Directors must also be 
independent from the Company’s major shareholders (all 
of Millicom’s Directors meet this criterion)

•  Not more than one member of the Board may be part of 
the executive management team of the Company or any 
of its subsidiaries (no Millicom Board members are part of 
the executive management team).

•  The majority of the members of the Audit Committee are 
to be independent in relation to the Company and its 
executive management. At least one of the members who 
is independent in relation to the Company and its 
executive management is also to be independent in 
relation to the Company’s major shareholders.

•  The Chairman of the board may chair the Compensation 
Committee. The other members of the committee are to 
be independent of the Company and its executive 
management.

In addition, in accordance with Nasdaq Stock Market rules:

•  The Audit Committee must have at least three members,  
all of whom meet the Nasdaq Stock Market and the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission definitions of 
independence. 

Female
38%

Gender of the 
Board

Male
62%

1st year
3

6th year
1

5th year
1

Tenure of 
Directors

2nd year
1

4th year
1

3rd year
1

American
4

Brazilian
1

Danish
1

Nationalities

Swedish
2

73 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Board Profile: Skills and Experience

Mr. José Antonio Ríos García  
(Venezuelan and American)
Chairman, Non-Executive Director

Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg   
(Danish)
Deputy Chairman, Non-Executive Director

Mr. Odilon Almeida
(Brazilian) 
Non-Executive Director

(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2017)

(FIRST APPOINTED: JANUARY 2019)

(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2015)

Mr. José Antonio Ríos García was 
re-elected as Chairman of the Board in 
May 2019.

Mr. Ríos (1945), a U.S. citizen, is 
Chairman and CEO of Celistics 
Holdings, a leading provider of 
distribution and intelligent logistics 
solutions for the consumer technology 
industry in Latin America. Prior to 
joining Celistics in 2012, he was the 
International President of Global 
Crossing, the telecommunications 
company later acquired by Level 3 
Communications.

Between 1999 and 2001, Mr. Ríos 
served on the Global Management 
Committee of Telefónica and as 
President and CEO of Telefónica Media. 
Prior to joining Telefónica he served as 
Vice President of Hughes Electronics 
Corporation, was the founding 
President and CEO of Galaxy Latin 
America (DirecTV Latin America), and 
served as Chief Operating Officer and 
Corporate Vice President at the Cisneros 
Group of Companies for 14 years.

Mr. Ríos brings to the Millicom Board his 
significant experience in leading a 
variety of consumer technology 
businesses in Latin America, including 
those in the telecommunications and 
electronics industries.

INDEPENDENT from the Company, its 
Executive Management, and its major 
shareholders.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT 
JANUARY 31, 2020: 5,814 shares.

Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg was re-elected as 
Deputy Chairman of the Board in May 
2019. She is Chairman of the 
Compensation Committee, and a 
member of the Audit Committee.

Ms. Erenbjerg (1967), a Danish citizen, 
until December 2018 served as 
President and Group Chief Executive 
Officer of TDC, the leading provider of 
integrated communications and 
entertainment solutions in Denmark 
and Norway. Previously, she served as 
TDC’s Chief Financial Officer and as 
Executive Vice President of Corporate 
Finance. Ms. Erenbjerg also serves on 
the Boards of Nordea, the largest 
financial services group in the Nordic 
region, and Genmab, a Danish 
international biotechnology company. 
She holds an MSc in Business Economics 
and Auditing from Copenhagen 
Business School.

Ms. Erenbjerg brings years of experience 
from operating a converged provider of 
communication and entertainment 
services as well as from driving 
transformational processes in complex 
organizations, both organically and 
through M&A.

INDEPENDENT from the Company, its 
Executive Management, and its major 
shareholders.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT  
JANUARY 31, 2020: 3,320 shares.

Mr. Odilon Almeida was re-elected to 
the Board in May 2019. He is a member 
of the Compliance and Business 
Conduct Committee.

Mr. Almeida (1961), a citizen of Brazil, was 
recently appointed as President and Chief 
Executive Officer, of ACI Worldwide Inc, 
effective March 9, 2020 and will also be 
appointed the Board of ACI. Mr. Almeida 
joins ACI having most recently served as an 
Operating Partner at Advent International, 
supporting business development at the 
fund’s portfolio companies. Previously 
Mr. Almeida served as President of Western 
Union Global Money Transfer, where he led 
Western Union’s global consumer omni- 
channel business across more than 200 
countries and territories. His global business 
leadership and board experience at 
Western Union, Millicom, BankBoston (now 
Bank of America), The Coca-Cola Company 
and Colgate-Palmolive give him deep 
knowledge of corporate governance, 
general management, technology 
platforms, regulatory and compliance 
issues and consumer insights in developed 
and emerging nations.

Mr. Almeida holds a Bachelor of Civil 
Engineering from the Maua Engineering 
School in São Paulo, Brazil, a Bachelor of 
Business Administration from the University 
of São Paulo, and an MBA with specialization 
in Marketing from the Getulio Vargas 
Foundation in São Paulo. He further advanced 
his education at IMD Lausanne, The Wharton 
School, and Harvard Business School.

Mr. Almeida strengthens the Millicom 
Board with decades of experience in the 
financial services and fintech sectors, and a 
leadership style anchored in growth 
acceleration and business turnarounds 
involving retail and digital transformation, 
organic growth and successful M&A.

INDEPENDENT from the Company, its 
Executive Management, and its major 
shareholders.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT  
JANUARY 31, 2020: 5,086 shares.

74 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Board Profile: Skills and Experience–continued

Ms. Janet Davidson 
(American)
Non-Executive Director

Mr. Tomas Eliasson 
(Swedish)
Non-Executive Director

Mr. Lars-Åke Norling 
(Swedish)
Non-Executive Director

(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2016)

(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2014)

(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2018)

Mr. Tomas Eliasson was re-elected to 
the Board in May 2019. He is the 
Chairman of the Audit Committee.

Mr. Eliasson (1962), a Swedish 
citizen, is Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer at 
Sandvik.

Previously Mr. Eliasson served as 
Chief Financial Officer and Senior 
Vice- President at Electrolux, a 
Swedish appliances manufacturer. 
Mr. Eliasson has also held various 
management positions in Sweden 
and abroad, including at ABB Group, 
Seco Tools AB and Assa Abloy AB.

He holds a Bachelor of Science in 
Business Administration and 
Economics from the University of 
Uppsala.

Mr. Eliasson brings to the Millicom 
Board his significant experience as a 
CFO for multinational and global 
Swedish companies in roles that 
span governance and oversight over 
financial reporting, internal control, 
and risk management processes and 
procedures within global finance 
functions.

INDEPENDENT from the Company, 
its Executive Management, and its 
major shareholders.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT 
JANUARY 31, 2020: 5,703 shares.

Mr. Lars-Åke Norling was re-elected to 
the Board in May 2019 . He is a member 
of the Compensation Committee and a 
member of the Compliance and 
Business Conduct Committee.

Mr. Norling (1968), a Swedish citizen, 
became CEO of Nordnet in September 
2019 and previously served as an 
Investment Director and Sector Head of 
TMT at Kinnevik. Prior to that, 
Mr. Norling was CEO of Total Access 
Communications (dtac) in Thailand 
where he executed a digital 
transformation and led a turnaround of 
the company’s financial performance. 
He also served as EVP of Developed 
Asia at Telenor, CEO of 
DigiTelecommunications Malaysia and 
CEO of Telenor Sweden.

Mr. Norling holds an MBA from 
Gothenburg School of Economics, an 
MSc in Engineering Physics from 
Uppsala University, and an MSc in 
Systems Engineering from Case 
Western Reserve University.

He brings to Millicom’s Board his 
extensive experience in leading 
telecommunications and media 
businesses and digital transformation in 
emerging markets.

INDEPENDENT from the Company 
and its Executive Management, and its 
major shareholders.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT  
JANUARY 31, 2020: 2,836 shares.

Ms. Janet Davidson was re-elected to 
the Board in May 2019. She is the 
Chairman of the Compliance and 
Business Conduct Committee.

Ms. Davidson (1956), a U.S. citizen, is a 
Supervisory Board member of 
STMicroelectronics and a Director at 
AES Corporation. She held various 
managerial positions in Alcatel Lucent 
from 1979 to 2011, including Chief 
Strategy Officer, Chief Compliance 
Officer, and Executive Vice President of 
Quality & Customer Care.

Ms. Davidson was appointed to the Board 
of AES Corporation in February 2019 and 
serves on its Financial Audit Committee, 
Compensation Committee, and 
Innovation and Technology Committee. 
She has served on the Supervisory Board 
of STMicroelectronics since June 2013 
and is a member of its Audit Committee 
and Strategy Committee. Working 
Woman Foundation presented Ms. 
Davidson with one of its first Women 
Enabling Science and Technology awards 
in 2001. In 1999, she was inducted into 
the Academy of Women Achievers of the 
YWCA of the City of New York.

She brings to Millicom’s Board her long 
experience in the telecommunications 
and IT sectors.

Ms. Davidson received a Bachelor of 
Science in physics from Lehigh 
University, a Master of Science in 
Electrical Engineering from Georgia 
Tech, and a Master of Science in 
Computer Science through Bell 
Laboratories.

INDEPENDENT from the Company, its 
Executive Management, and its major 
shareholders.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT  
JANUARY 31, 2020: 4,431 shares. 

75 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Board Profile: Skills and Experience–continued

Ms. Mercedes Johnson 
(American)
Non-Executive Director

Mr. James Thompson 
(American)
Non-Executive Director

(FIRST APPOINTED: MAY 2019)

(FIRST APPOINTED: JANUARY 2019)

Ms. Mercedes Johnson joined the Board 
in May 2019 and is a member of the 
Audit Committee.

Ms. Johnson (1954) is a U.S. citizen and 
currently serves on the Boards of three 
other NASDAQ or NYSE listed 
technology companies: Synopsys, a 
provider of solutions for designing and 
verifying advanced silicon chips; 
Teradyne, a developer and supplier of 
automated semiconductor test 
equipment; and Maxim Integrated 
Products, an integrated circuits designer 
and producer.

Previously she served as Chief Financial 
Officer of Avago Technologies (now 
Broadcom) and Chief Financial Officer 
at LAM Research Corporation. Ms. 
Johnson holds a degree in Accounting 
from the University of Buenos Aires.

She brings to the Millicom Board years 
of experience at technology-oriented 
multinational U.S. listed companies in 
various capacities

INDEPENDENT from the Company, its 
Executive Management, and its major 
shareholders.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT  
JANUARY 31, 2020: 1,748 shares.

Mr. James Thompson was re-elected to 
the Board in May 2019. He is a member 
of the Audit Committee and the 
Compensation Committee.

Mr. Thompson (1961), a U.S. citizen, is a 
Managing Principal at Kingfisher Family 
Office, where he manages a portfolio 
focused on value-oriented investment 
strategies. He is also a Non-Executive 
Director at C&C Group plc and serves 
on its Audit Committee. Previously, he 
was a Managing Principal at 
Southeastern Asset Management, 
where he was responsible for the 
operations of the firm and was a senior 
member of the team responsible for 
firm-wide investment decisions. 
Between 2001 and 2006, 
Mr. Thompson opened and managed 
Southeastern Asset Management’s 
London research office. He holds an 
MBA from Darden School at the 
University of Virginia and a Bachelor’s 
degree in Business Administration from 
the University of North Carolina.

Mr. Thompson brings extensive 
investment management experience to 
the Millicom Board and contributes 
significantly to the Board’s discussions 
of Millicom’s long-term strategy and 
capital allocation.

INDEPENDENT from the Company, its 
Executive Management, and its major 
shareholders.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT  
JANUARY 31, 2020: 9,155 shares.

76 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Board Program

The Board’s annual program includes:

1
Company strategy and 
strategic direction;

2
Operating and financial 
performance review;

3
Governance and 
compliance matters;

4
External affairs;

5
Corporate culture;

7
Risk management;

8
Dividend policy;

6
External financial  
reporting;

9
Acquisitions and 
divestments;

10
Evaluation of CEO and 
self-evaluation; and

11
Human Resource matters, 
including compensation, 
health, safety, and 
well-being.

Summary of Board Activities in 2019
The Board of Directors has an annual program consisting of specific areas of 
focus on which the Board has a role to oversee and advise the Company.

Specific projects and topics arise in the normal course of business which are 
added to the program of the Board; some of these are handled by specific 
Board committees.

77 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Summary of Areas of Focus in 2019

Activity/issues covered

Board actions

Reports of committees

•  Regularly reviewed reports from its Audit, Compliance and Business Conduct, and 

Compensation Committees on recent activities

•  Discussed Nomination Committee Director appointment proposals

Operational review

•  Discussed priorities and challenges for each of the Latin American and African 

Strategic review

Organizational structure and 
culture

businesses, including development of cable and mobile data businesses, efficiency 
measures, and capital expenditure allocation

•  Discussed and approved the 2020 budget
•  Reviewed and approved spectrum acquisition, including in Colombia in December 2019

•  Discussed, reviewed and approved the strategy
•  Discussed with the Executive Team industry and geographic trends and the operational and 

financial strategy for each region, including the portfolio strategy

•  Participated in performance reviews of the Executive Team, and of the management 

organizational and reporting structures

•  Reviewed cultural initiatives including ‘Sangre Tigo’

Review and approval of capital 
structure and dividend

•  Approved issuance of the $750 million bond to partly finance acquisition of the 

Telefonica businesses in Central America

•  Approval of additional financing and refinancing for both the Group and operating 

companies in several markets

•  Approval of additional financing and refinancing for in several markets
•  Recommended the dividend of $2.64 per share to the 2019 AGM
•  Approved issuance of SEK 2 billion Sustainability Bond

Review and approval of corporate 
governance

•  Revisions to the Corporate Policy Manual (including Board and Committee charters)
•  Updated the authority matrix
•  Elected the Deputy Chairman and Committee members

Mergers, acquisitions, disposals, 
and joint ventures

•  Discussed acquisition and disposal developments across the Group, including approval 

of transactions such as acquisition of the Telefonica business in Central America and the 
disposition of the business in Chad

Review and approval of financial 
reports

•  2018 Annual Report including the 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements of the 

Group, and interim consolidated financial statements

•  Standalone financial statements of Millicom International Cellular S.A. (the parent 

Risk management

External affairs

company)

•  Reviewed the key risks facing the Group and its approach to managing risks
•  Set the risk appetite of the Group

•  Reviewed the external affairs strategic framework, and implementation activities
•  Periodically reviewed the political situation by market with a specific focus on election 

periods and advice on related risk management requirements

•  Reviewed regulatory and engagement challenges with advice from the Board on 

best-practice engagement strategy

•  Reviewed the state of government relations in our markets and internationally

Non-financial performance

•  Reviewed the main non-financial performance and trends, including corporate 

responsibility

•  Recommendations for continued focus in line with existing non-financial focus areas

Shareholder structure

•  Support Kinnevik AB in the divestiture of its shareholding in Millicom

78 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Induction and Training
Millicom provides incoming Board 
members with information on their 
roles and responsibilities, the Board’s 
operating procedures, and Millicom’s 
business and industry. We provide 
access to governance documents, 
policies, and procedures, meeting 
materials and Company information 
through a secure online tool, in 
meetings set with the Executive 
Management Team, and through 
ongoing dissemination of information.

Millicom provides training on topics 
such as anti-bribery and corruption, 
ethics, independence, and insider 
trading. The Board regularly receives 

detailed reports on specific areas that 
support their understanding of 
Millicom’s business and operating 
environment.

Directors also participate in at least one 
annual visit to Millicom’s operations 
(Colombia and Panama in 2019) to 
learn about the characteristics of the 
local market, see aspects of the 
business in operation, participate in 
social and corporate responsibility 
projects, and interact with local 
management.

Board Effectiveness
The Board conducts an annual 
performance review process, wherein 

each Board member’s personal 
performance is also reviewed. This 
involves assessing Board and 
committee actions and activities 
against the Board’s mandate as 
determined in the Board Charter and 
those of its various committees.

In 2019, the Board used a questionnaire 
to assess its performance against the 
Board’s key duties, it’s composition, and 
processes, and the performance of 
individual Board members. The results 
of the evaluation were presented to the 
Nomination Committee.

Board Meetings/Attendance at regularly scheduled meetings of the Board in the 2019 financial year

Director
Mr. José Antonio Rios Garcia
Mr. Odilon Almeida
Ms. Janet Davidson
Mr. Tomas Eliasson
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg
Ms. Mercedes Johnson
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling
Mr. James Thompson
Attendance
Former Directors (until May 2019)
Mr. Roger Solé Rafols
Overall attendance

Meeting 
Attendance
7/7
7/7
6/7
7/7
6/7
4/4
7/7
7/7
50/52

3/3
53/55

 %
100
100
86
100
86
100
100
100
96

100
96

79 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Board Committees
Written charters set out the objectives, 
limits of authority, organization, and 
roles and responsibilities of the Board 
and each of its Committees. The charters 
are available at www.millicom.com/
our-company/governance/board-
committees/. Details of Board roles and 
responsibilities, activities in 2019, and 
Directors’ emoluments are set out on the 
following pages.

I. Audit Committee

2019 was a very active year for the 
Audit Committee, with specific 
attention paid to enhancing and 
expanding Millicom’s internal control 

environment in the context of the first 
year of its compliance with the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We provided 
oversight over implementation projects 
of new accounting standards, regular 
reporting, internal control, risk 
management, and internal audit 
activities. The Committee convened 
eight scheduled meetings during the 
year and covered internal audit and 
internal control activities during all 
meetings. We held another six meetings 
to review the requirements of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the progress of 
the Group on this program.

The committee also reviewed and 
discussed actions and activities related 

to the important regulatory updates 
and upcoming changes in financial 
reporting, treasury, tax, risk 
management, revenue assurance and 
compliance. We continue to standardize 
and implement best practices both in 
controls and assurance across the 
Group’s footprint.

I would like to thank my fellow 
Committee members for their 
dedication and commitment to the 
activities of the Audit Committee. I look 
forward to continuing our mandate 
through to the 2020 AGM.

Mr. Tomas Eliasson
Chairman of the Audit Committee

Audit Committee membership and attendance at regularly scheduled meetings in 2019

Audit Committee
Mr. Tomas Eliasson
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg
Ms. Mercedes Johnson
Mr. James Thompson
Overall attendance

Position
Chairman*
Member
Member
Member

First appointment
May 2014
January 2019
May 2019
January 2019

Meeting 
Attendance
8/8
6/8
5/5
8/8
29/31

%
100
75
100
100
94

*Designated as having specific accounting competence as per the EU Directive.

In addition, the Chairman of the Board, 
Mr. José Antonio Rios Garcia attended all 
of the regularly scheduled meetings of 
the Audit Committee.

Appointment and role of the Audit 
Committee
The Audit Committee is composed solely 
of non-executive Directors, all of whom 
were independent Directors in 2019. 
Members are appointed to ensure there 
is a mixture of relevant experience in 
both finance and broader commercial 
matters. The Board is confident that the 
collective experience of the members 
enables them to act as an effective 
Audit Committee. The Committee is also 
satisfied that it has the expertise and 
resources available for it to fulfill its 
responsibilities.

The Board has delegated responsibility 
to the Audit Committee for overseeing 
the robustness, integrity, and 
effectiveness of financial reporting, risk 
management, internal controls, internal 
audit and external audit processes, and 
pre-approval of certain audit and 
non-audit services provided by the 

external auditor. The Audit Committee 
also oversees the establishment of 
accounting-related policies and 
procedures, procedure for dealing with 
certain other types of complaints or 
concerns, and compliance with related 
laws and regulations.

The Audit Committee focuses on 
compliance with financial requirements, 
accounting standards and judgments; 
appointment, oversight and 
independence of the external auditors 
and appointment and oversight of 
certain other accounting firms that may 
be retained from time to time; 
transactions with related parties 
(including major shareholders); the 
effectiveness of the Internal Audit 
function; the Group’s approach to risk 
management; and ensuring an efficient 
and effective system of internal controls.

Ultimate responsibility for reviewing and 
approving Millicom’s Annual Report and 
Accounts remains with the Board.

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief 
Financial Officer, Group Financial 

Controller, Head of Internal Audit, Head 
of Business Controls, Head of Risk 
Management, and representatives from 
EY, the Company’s external auditor, are 
invited to attend Committee meetings.

The Audit Committee Chairman 
prepares the meeting agenda in 
conjunction with the Chief Financial 
Officer. Each meeting includes a private 
session, attended only by Audit 
Committee members and the external 
auditor, to provide an opportunity for 
open dialogue without management 
present.

At each regularly scheduled meeting, the 
Audit Committee receives reports from 
the Chief Financial Officer, the External 
Auditor, the Head of Internal Audit, the 
Head of Business Controls, and the Head 
of Risk Management. Additional reports 
from other officers of the Company as 
required. The Audit Committee received 
the required information from the 
external auditor in accordance with 
Luxembourg regulations.

80 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Summary of Areas of Focus and Actions in 2019

Governance

•  Reviewed and amended the Audit Committee Charter

Financial reporting

•  Reviewed key accounting and reporting issues at each meeting
•  Reviewed and approved each quarter’s earnings release, the 2018 annual earnings release and 
summary financial statements, and the 2019 half-year earnings release and interim financial 
statements

•  Reviewed status of the finance onboarding of the acquisitions made in 2018 and 2019
•  Reviewed and discussed transition impact of IFRS 16 (“Leases”) and other changes in the 

financial reporting landscape and accounting policy changes/ updates

External auditor

•  Received reports from the external auditor at each meeting covering important financial 

reporting, accounting and audit issues

•  Received reports from the external auditor in compliance with EU regulations
•  Reviewed and approved all non-audit services rendered by the external auditors
•  Approved the 2019 external audit strategy and fees
•  Considered the results of control testing performed by the external auditor and feedback on 

preparedness for the first Sarbanes-Oxley attestation

•  Considered the performance of the external auditor and independence, including monitoring of 

the nature and value of non-audit services, as well as approved the related fees

•  Received reports and updates on SEC rules and developments

Internal audit activities

•  Approved the 2020 Internal Audit plan
•  Oversaw the appointment of a new Head of Internal Audit
•  Reviewed Internal Audit findings arising from the delivery of the 2019 audit plan

Financing, treasury  
and tax

•  Reviewed the Group’s tax strategy and structure and approved the tax policy
•  Approved the updated Group treasury and related policies, including the policy on financial risk 

Risk management

Internal controls

management

•  Provided guidance and oversight over risk management processes
•  Reviewed alignment of top risks with strategy
•  Reviewed regular risk reports and remediation plans

•  Reviewed the remit and activities of the Business Controls team
•  Reviewed the Group’s Sarbanes-Oxley implementation plan related to the U.S. listing and 
received regular progress reports from the implementation team and external advisors

•  Received, reviewed findings and monitored progress in the design and operating effectiveness 

of internal controls over financial reporting

Fraud management

•  Reviewed fraud policies and quarterly fraud reports, as well as proposed actions to remediate 

identified cases

Revenue assurance

•  Received quarterly updates on revenue assurance activities
•  Reviewed trends and actions taken to minimize loss and revenue leakage

Related party transactions

•  Reviewed related party transactions that were performed at each meeting

2019 Meetings
The Audit Committee held eight regular 
meetings that mainly coinciding with key 
dates in Millicom’s external reporting:

Financial reporting

The Audit Committee reviewed earnings 
releases for each quarter and financial 
statements, having received reports from 
management and the external auditor. In 
2019, the committee mainly focused on:

•  Significant accounting issues where 

judgment has been applied 

•  The review of the effectiveness of 
internal financial control and the 
Group’s Sarbanes-Oxley 
implementation plan and progress

•  The acquisitions and integration 
plans of Cable Onda and the 
Telefonica assets in Central America

•  The transition impacts of the new 

lease standard, IFRS 16

•  The appropriateness of and 

application of the Group’s accounting 
policies and practices

•  Compliance with financial reporting 

standards and other financial 
reporting requirements

•  The completeness and compliance of 
all structural disclosures made in the 
financial statements

•  Financial reporting and other 
implications of the U.S. listing

A summary of all related party 
transactions was reviewed and approved 
at each quarterly meeting.

Significant issues considered by the Audit 
Committee in relation to the financial 
statements for the year ended 
December 31, 2019 included:

1  Acquisition of the Telefonica assets in 
Central America and finalization of 
the purchase accounting of Cable 
Onda—refer to note A.1.2. of the 
consolidated financial statements

  The Group completed the acquisitions 
of Telefonia Celular de Nicaragua 
(“Nicaragua”) and Telefonica Moviles 
Panama, S.A. (“Panama”) on May 16 
and August 29, 2019, respectively, for a 
total cash consideration of 
$1.02 billion. The provisional goodwill 
for both acquisitions amount to 
$646 million. The purchase accounting 
of Cable Onda has been finalized 
during 2019 and the final goodwill 
amounts to $504 million. The 
acquisition of Telefonica de Costa Rica 

81 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

TC, S.A. (“Costa Rica”) remains subject 
to regulatory approvals as of 
December 31, 2019.

2  Application of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’—refer 
to Introduction note and notes C.4. 
and E.3. of the consolidated 
financial statements

  The Group had to change its 

accounting policies as a result of 
adopting IFRS 16 Leases. On 
adoption, on January 1, 2019, an 
additional lease liability of 
$545 million was recognized. The 
application of the new standard 
decreased operating expenses by 
$149 million, respectively, as 
compared to what our results would 
have been if we had continued to 
follow IAS 17 for the three and twelve 
months ended December 31, 2019.

3.  Africa divestment—refer to  

note A.1.3. of the consolidated  
financial statements

  On June 26, 2019, the Group 
completed the disposal of its 
operations in Chad for a cash 
consideration of $110 million. On the 
same date, Chad was 
deconsolidated and a net gain of 
$69,547 million has been recognized 
in the Group’s statement of income.

4.  Effect of listing of the shares held  

by the Group in Jumia Technologies 
AG and Helios Towers Plc—refer to 
note C.7.3. of the consolidated 
financial statements

Jumia Technologies AG and Helios 
Towers Plc became listed in April and 
October 2019, respectively. On 
listing dates, the Group recognized 
these investments at fair value with 
a corresponding total gain of 
$242 million. As at December 31, 
2019, the fair value of these 
investments amounts to 
$371 million.

5.  Impairment testing—refer to  
note E.1.6. of the consolidated 
financial statements

In 2019, the Group did not recognize 
any goodwill impairment losses, but 
disclosed potential impairment for 
our operations in Nicaragua that 
would have to be recorded in case of 
certain reasonable changes in key 
assumptions.

6.  Tax provisions and contingencies— 

refer to note G.3.2. of the 
consolidated financial statements

  The Group operates in many countries 
where the tax and legal system is less 
mature and may be less predictable. 

There are a number of matters 
therefore relating to tax contingencies 
which require judgment as to the likely 
probability of cash outflow or the 
potential amount of any outflow. The 
Audit Committee therefore received 
regular reports from the Group Tax 
Director as to the status of each of 
these matters, the likely outcome, the 
provision required, if any, and 
proposed disclosure in the financial 
statements. Analysis of judgmental 
tax matters was also presented by the 
external auditor.

7.  Revenue recognition—refer to  
note B.1. of the consolidated 
financial statements

Judgment is required in assessing 
the application of revenue 
recognition principles. This includes 
the application of revenue between 
multiple deliverables, such as the 
sale of a handsets with service in a 
bundled package, or managed 
services contracts that have complex 
contractual agreements. The Audit 
Committee received regular updates 
on revenue recognition matters.

8.  Capitalization and assets useful lives—  
refer to notes E.1.1. and E.2.1. of the 
consolidated financial statements

  The assessment and timing of 
whether assets meet the 
capitalization criteria set out in the 
relevant accounting standards, the 
estimation of appropriate useful 
economic lives and the assessment of 
whether any impairment indicators 
are present, such as redundant assets, 
as well as the identification of leases, 
all require judgment. In addition, 
Management regularly review and 
benchmark its assets useful lives with 
peers. Once a year, Management 
presents its conclusions to the Audit 
Committee.

Management Disclosure Committee

To assist with all matters related to 
earnings releases and financial 
statement disclosures, Millicom has a 
Disclosure Committee comprising senior 
management from Finance, Legal, 
Communications, Investor Relations and 
other functions as and when required. 
The Disclosure Committee identifies and 
considers disclosure matters in market 
releases, including releases that may 
contain material financial and other 
information.

Risk management

The Audit Committee received  
regular reports on the Group’s risk 

management framework and process, 
including the formation and operation 
of a Management Risk Committee, as 
well as reports on changes to 
significant risks at both operational and 
Group level and how these risks are 
managed. Further information is set 
out in the risk management section of 
this Annual Report.

In addition, the Audit Committee 
reviewed financial risk, tax risk and 
strategy, treasury policy and risks, and 
Group insurance coverage.

Internal control

As a consequence of the U.S. listing, the 
Company commenced a program in 
2018 to comply with the internal control 
over financial reporting requirements of 
the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Group 
Head of Business Controls, together 
with the Group’s external advisors, 
delivered progress reports on the 
Sarbanes-Oxley program.

The Audit Committee reviewed the 
Company’s internal control framework 
and the enhancements required as part 
of the internal control requirements of 
Sarbanes-Oxley.  The planned scope of 
the program was discussed and agreed.  
Regular reports on the results of 
management testing of key internal 
controls and the progress made to 
address any control gaps identified were 
received.

At the meeting of February 2020, the 
Committee received the final results of 
management’s testing of key controls 
together with the results of testing by 
the external auditors. Management 
concluded that the Group had 
maintained effective internal controls 
over financial reporting.

Those involved provided regular 
updates on the Group’s program of 
Internal Control Self-Assessment and 
the status of ongoing control 
improvement projects.

Internal Audit

Execution of the 2019 Internal Audit 
Plan provided the Executive 
Management Team and the Audit 
Committee an independent view on the 
effectiveness of Millicom’s internal 
control environment and governance 
processes. The plan was developed to 
ensure alignment with the strategic 
risks of the Millicom Group, as well as 
consideration of the overall Group 
strategy, input from senior 
management across multiple 

82 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
 
 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

geographies and functions, external 
audit findings and Internal Audit’s 
knowledge of the business.

In December 2019, the Audit 
Committee approved the Internal Audit 
Plan for 2020, which included reviews 
focusing on Mobile and B2B revenue 
streams, information security, IT and 
network resilience, key financial 
processes, compliance and ethics 
activities—including the anti-money 
laundering (“AML”) program—and 
management and governance 
supporting outsourced service contracts. 

We also built follow-up audits into  
the Internal Audit Plan to provide 
independent assurance that 
management actions from previous 
audits had been addressed effectively. 
The plan was primarily executed by the 
in-house Internal Audit team based in 
London, Luxembourg and Miami, with 
support from specialists at one of the 
“Big 4” accounting firms. At each 
meeting, the Audit Committee received 
an update on Internal Audit activities, 
progress against the plan and results of 
the audits completed in the period, 
including associated recommendations 
and management action plans where 
findings had been identified.

In December 2019 a new Head of 
Internal Audit joined the Company. The 
Audit Committee oversaw the 
recruitment and transition process.

Fraud risk and whistleblowing

The Audit Committee received and 
reviewed quarterly fraud reports in 
accordance with the Group’s Fraud policy. 
The Group provides an ethics helpline 
that is administered by an independent 
third party and is available to all 
employees, contractors and third parties.

External Audit effectiveness

The quality and effectiveness of the 
external audit matters greatly to the 
Audit Committee. A detailed audit plan 
outlining the key risks and proposed 
geographical coverage is prepared and 
discussed with the Audit Committee at 
the start of each annual audit cycle.

We assess audit quality by referring to 
the standard of the reports received by 
the Audit Committee, the caliber of 
senior members of the audit team and 
the level of challenge provided to 
Executive Management. Also, 
management provides feedback to the 
Audit Committee. In addition, 
management regularly reviews the 
performance of the external auditors 
both centrally and in each of Millicom’s 
operating countries. This feedback 
allows the Committee to monitor and 
assess the performance of the external 
auditor as part of making a 
recommendation to the Board 
regarding the auditor’s appointment.

Auditor independence

The Audit Committee has established 
policies to maintain the independence 
of the external auditor and to govern 
the provision of audit and non-audit 
services. The policies and approval 
process of non-audit services and 
audit-related services comply with SEC 
independence rules and with the latest 
EU and local regulations. Under these 
rules, the Audit Committee pre-approves 
a list of services that can be rendered by 
the audit firm. If services to be rendered 
are pre-approved in nature, these can be 
approved by management when 
requested (following an established 
authority matrix) and then presented to 
the Audit Committee on a quarterly 
basis for formal approval. If services to 
be rendered are not pre-approved, they 
should be pre-approved by the 
Chairman of the Audit Committee when 
requested and then submitted to the 
next full audit committee for formal 
approval. A schedule of all non-audit 
engagements with the external auditor 
is reviewed at each meeting.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, 
the Audit Committee approved fees for 
audit and audit related services of 
$8.1 million, together with fees for 
non-audit work of $0.7 million.

In compliance with independence rules, 
the previous audit partner rotated off 
the audit in 2019 and the current audit 

partner will rotate off for the audit of 
the consolidated financial statements 
as of December 31, 2025, at the latest.

Audit tendering

Millicom first appointed EY as external 
auditor of the Company for the 
year ended December 31, 2012, 
following a competitive tender. Based 
on the most restrictive EU audit 
regulations, and applicable 
Luxembourg law, EY would have to 
rotate off the audit by 2032 (20 years 
after initial appointment) at the latest, 
with a mandatory tender for the audit 
to occur in 2022 (ten years after initial 
appointment).

II. Compliance and Business 
Conduct Committee
The Compliance and Business Conduct 
Committee oversees the Group’s Ethics 
& Compliance Program, and reports on 
the Program’s status and development 
to the full Board of Directors.

During 2019, we continued building and 
refining our Ethics & Compliance 
Program, supported by the Executive 
Team’s relentless commitment to 
maintain our culture, Sangre Tigo, which 
is centered around doing business the 
right way, with the application of ethics 
and compliance in our everyday 
interactions. Our Sangre Tigo signifies 
high integrity and zero tolerance for any 
form of corruption, and a commitment 
to doing business the right way.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to 
reconfirm our commitment to a culture 
of ethics and strong compliance that 
leads to success for the business and 
pride for our company.

We are proud to be a compliance leader 
in our markets and look forward to 
engaging with our customers as well as 
our stakeholders by making it happen 
the right way.

Ms. Janet Davidson
Chairman of the Compliance and 
Business Conduct Committee

Compliance and Business Conduct Committee Membership and Attendance 2019

Committee
Ms. Janet Davidson
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling
Mr. Odilon Almeida
Overall attendance

Position
Chairman
Member
Member

First
appointment
May 2016
May 2018
November 2015

Meeting 
Attendance
3/4
4/4
3/4
10/12

%
75
100
75
83

83 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

In addition, the Chairman of the Board, 
Mr. José Antonio Rios Garcia, attended 
three of the four regularly scheduled 
meetings of the Compliance and 
Business Conduct Committee.

Appointment and Role of the 
Compliance and Business Conduct 
Committee
Millicom’s Compliance and Business 
Conduct Committee oversees and makes 
recommendations to the Board 
regarding the Group’s compliance 
programs and standards of business 
conduct. More specifically, the 
Compliance and Business Conduct 
Committee:

•  Monitors the Group’s Compliance 
program, including the activities 
performed by the Compliance Team 
and its interaction with the rest of 
the organization

•  Monitors the investigations resulting 
from cases brought through the 
Group’s ethics line or otherwise

•  Oversees allocation of resources and 
personnel to the Compliance area

•  Assesses the Group’s performance in 

the Compliance area

•  Ensures that the Group maintains 
proper standards of business 
conduct

Management representatives invited to 
attend the Compliance and Business 
Conduct Committee include the Group 
CEO, Chief Compliance and Ethics Officer, 
General Counsel, Group CFO, Chief 
External Affairs Officer, Head of Internal 
Audit and Head of Risk Management.

Summary of Committee Activities  
in 2019
The Committee Chairman prepares the 
agenda in conjunction with the Chief 
Ethics and Compliance Officer. During 
meetings, the Committee reviews the 
status of the Ethics & Compliance 
Program, compliance-related issues, 
Strategic Responses (such as 
investigations) to any alleged violations 
of law or policy, (AML) initiatives, 
information security topics, and any 
Internal Audit Reports and remediation 
plans that concern the Ethics & 
Compliance Program.

The CEO and Executive Team are 
committed to our Sangre Tigo and are 
actively involved in fostering a culture 
of ethics and compliance from the top 
across all our lines of business.

Summary of Areas of Focus and Action Items in 2019

Program elements reviewed

•  Refined third party management through a centralized due diligence program
•  Anti-corruption program policies and automated procedures including those covering 

new and emerging areas of risk and strengthening of the overall program

•  Revision of compliance policies and procedures, and communication to the whole 

organization

•  Training completion rates on company compliance policies as part of select 

managers’ KPIs

•  Results of continuing review of the compliance framework by Internal Audit as well as 

remediation actions and status

•  Improved communication campaigns on various compliance subjects
•  Compliance Risk Assessment—established proactive compliance risk management 
process. Regularly monitor, collect and analyze data to identify and remediate gaps

•  Resources: hired three new compliance officers.
•  A number of GMs were given a set of compliance KPIs to meet during the year for 

year-end bonus award

•  Integration of compliance program in newly acquired entities in Central America
•  Incentives program—Compliance factors were incorporated into executives’ 

incentives program for the second consecutive year. Bonus awards are now tied to 
achievement of all compliance KPIs

Reporting & Investigations

•  “SpeakUp” Campaign—continued to encourage employees to use the system to 

Global Anti-money laundering (AML) 
program

report issues of perceived non-compliance with our policies and values

•  Strengthened investigations team, and further developed investigations resources 

centrally and in the operations

•  Continued to align investigation procedures across the countries
•  Continued effective case management, including by taking reasonable steps after 

detection of misconduct

•  Continued enhanced country review methodology with the implementation of a new 

Country Review Sheet

•  Completed implementation of new monitoring systems in Honduras and El Salvador, 

with Bolivia and Paraguay in progress. Enhanced monitoring tool in Tanzania in progress.

•  Deployed updated AML training and AML campaign
•  Created and hired a new AML Risk Management position
•  Conducted external assessments of central and operations, and continued to 

implement recommendations based on the results of the assessment

84 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

III. Compensation Committee
In 2019, the Compensation Committee 
continued to focus on reviewing 
Millicom’s reward strategy to ensure 
that senior management compensation 
closely reflects company performance.

The design of our employee and 
executive compensation programs 
supports three main goals:

1.  Attract and retain great talent

2.   Support our culture of 

entrepreneurship and performance, 
with an increased focus on pay 
based on geographical / line-of-
business accountability

3.   Align employee and shareholder 

interests

We pay employees competitively 
compared with other opportunities they 
might have in their respective local 
markets. We also offer competitive 
benefits to promote the health and 
happiness of our employees and create 
a fun and invigorating work culture. Our 
compensation program plays a key role 
in promoting our company’s operating 

and financial success and provides 
incentives for our management team to 
execute our financial and operational 
goals creating a supportive environment 
around pay for performance.

We achieved much this year, re-listing 
on NASDAQ in the U.S., acquiring new 
assets in Latin America, and selling 
one of our African operations, and we 
consider these and other 
developments in our shareholder base 
and the external marketplace in the 
setting of remuneration philosophy 
and practices.

The Compensation Committee regularly 
reviews best practices in executive 
compensation and governance and 
revises our policies and practices when 
appropriate. For example, in 2019 we 
revised our change in control 
agreements for eligible executives to 
include “double-trigger” provisions, 
which require an involuntary termination 
(in addition to change in control) for 
accelerated vesting of awards.

An important portion of compensation 
is tied to performance for all senior 

Compensation Committee Membership and Attendance in 2019

management, including at each of our 
operations. The proportion of overall 
pay tied to performance is higher for 
employees at more senior levels in the 
organization, reflecting their 
opportunity for broader impact on 
company performance. We use equity 
awards to align employee and 
shareholder interests. We have share 
ownership requirements for our top 50 
roles and track the status of each role 
annually. This encourages our top 
leaders to take a longer-term view on 
positive business performance in 
alignment with company and 
shareholder interests.

I would like to thank my fellow 
members for their dedication and 
commitment to the activities of the 
Compensation Committee and look 
forward to continuing our mandate 
through to the 2020 AGM.

Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg

Chairman of the Compensation 
Committee

Committee
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg
Mr. Lars-Ake Norling
Mr. James Thompson
Overall attendance

Position
Chairman
Member
Member

First
appointment
January 2019
May 2019
January 2019

Meeting 
Attendance 
5/5
4/5
5/5
14/15

 %
100
80
100
93

In addition, the Chairman of the Board, Mr. José Antonio Rios Garcia, attended all of the regularly scheduled meetings of the 
Compensation Committee.

85 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Appointment and Role of the 
Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee reviews 
and makes recommendations to the 
Board of Directors regarding the 
compensation of the CEO and other 
senior managers as well as management 
succession planning.

The Board, based on guidelines by the 
Compensation Committee, proposes the 
remuneration of senior management. 
The guidelines ensure that Millicom can 
attract, motivate and retain executives, 
within the context of Millicom’s 
international talent pool, which primarily 
consists of telecom, media, and FMCG 
companies. Remuneration of the CEO 

requires Board approval. Guidelines for 
remuneration of senior management 
and for employees’ share-based 
incentive plans are approved by the 
shareholders at the AGM.

The Compensation Committee monitor 
and evaluate programs for variable 
remuneration to the senior 
management, both ongoing programs 
and those that have ended during the 
year and monitor and evaluate the 
application of the guidelines for 
remuneration to the board and senior 
management that the shareholders’ 
meeting has established, as well as the 
current remuneration structures and 
levels in the Company.

The evaluation of the CEO is conducted 
by the Compensation Committee. The 
evaluation criteria and the results of 
the evaluation are then discussed by 
the Chairman with the entire Board. 
The Board considered that the CEO 
provided strong leadership for the 
Company during 2019. The Chairman 
of the Board conveyed the results of 
the review and evaluation to the CEO.

Main Activities of the Committee 
during 2019
The Compensation Committee met five 
times in 2019.

Summary of Areas of Focus and Action Items in 2019

Bonus and performance reports

•  Received and reviewed senior executive 2018 performance reports and Executive 

Committee individual payouts STI/LTI (cash /equity)

•  Reviewed and approved the 2019 variable compensation target and performance 

results

Compensation review

•  Approved all payments for Executive Committee members, including base  

Share-based incentive plans

Global reward strategy and 
executive remuneration review

Variable pay design

Other

Compensation Committee 
governance

pay increases

•  Reviewed executive remuneration and governance trends and developments
•  Conducted a review of gender equity across all operations
•  Reviewed and approved the peer group for executive benchmarking
•  Approved changes to CEO and Executive Committee compensation elements based 

on market competitiveness

•  Reviewed and approved the 2019 Share Plan Rules
•  Approved the 2016 LTI (PSP) vesting
•  Reviewed and approved all equity grants
•  Reviewed the treasury shares’ balance reserved for share-based incentive plans and 

the period they cover

•  Reviewed shared ownership guidelines and the compliance of each covered executive
•  Reviewed performance and projections of outstanding LTI plans

•  Reviewed Remuneration/C&B Philosophy & Strategy

•  Reviewed and approved incorporation of M&A financials into the ongoing STI and LTI
•  Implemented 2020 STI metrics—IFRS 16
•  Discussed and approved STI/LTI design for 2019
•  Reviewed and approved STI and LTI performance measures for 2020

•  Following U.S. best practices implemented a double-trigger change in control
•  Reviewed and approved exceptional items, new hire equity grants, etc
•  Approved LTI retirement eligibility approach
•  Reviewed GSMT severance plan payout
•  Reviewed budget for the upcoming year
•  Discussed diversity and Inclusion Strategy

•  Reviewed and updated Compensation Committee Remit and Obligations
•  Review and approved the Compensation Committee annual meeting cycle and calendar
•  Reviewed the Compensation Committee charter
•  Updated Executive Compensation dashboard
•  Reviewed of composition of the Compensation Committee
•  Reviewed and approved an external compensation consultant

86 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Remuneration Guidelines
The Board proposes to the AGM 
guidelines for remuneration and other 
employment terms for senior 
management. The annual base salary 
and other benefits of the CEO is 
proposed by the Compensation 
Committee and approved by the Board.

Remuneration Policy
Remuneration packages for members 
of the Executive Team at Millicom 
comprise an annual base salary, an 
annual bonus, share-based 
compensation, social security 
contributions, pension contributions 
and other benefits. Bonus and share-
based compensation plans (see note 
B.4. to the consolidated financial 
statements) are based on actual 
performance. Share-based 
compensation is granted once a year by 
the Compensation Committee.

Base salary: The Executives’ base 
salaries are competitive and based on 
each individual Executive’s 
responsibilities and performance.

Variable STI (Short-Term Incentive) 
cash remuneration:  The Executives 
may receive variable remuneration in 
addition to base salary. The maximum 
target variable remuneration in any 

Executive’s contract is 100% of the 
base salary and, in case of exceptional 
business and personal performance, up 
to two times that target. The variable 
amounts or percentages are considered 
to be competitive within market 
standards at total compensation levels. 
The variable remuneration is based on 
performance of the Executives in 
relation to established goals and 
targets along with Millicom’s financial 
performance (see table below).

Use and relative weighting of financial 
performance target measures under 
the variable compensation rules are 
equal to all employees regardless of 
seniority.

Variable STI share-based 
remuneration: A portion of the STI is 
paid in the form of deferred shares with 
a three-year pro-rated vesting, 
strengthening our pay for performance 
and retention incentives.

Long-term share-based incentive plans 
(“ LTIPs ”):  The aim of the LTIPs is to 
support Millicom’s long-term business 
view and strategy. The plans and the 
amounts need to be competitive in order 
to attract and retain key executives. 
These incentives are targeted toward a 
selected group of employees only, 

approximately the top 50 roles and have 
a three-year cliff vesting.

Other benefits: These can include a car 
allowance, medical coverage, and in 
cases of expatriate assignments, a 
housing allowance, school fees, home 
leave, and other travel expenses.

Pension: The Executives are eligible to 
participate in a global pension plan, in 
accordance with market standards. The 
global pension plan is secured through 
premiums paid to reputable insurance 
companies.

Deviations from the guidelines: In 
special circumstances, the Board may 
deviate from the above guidelines, such 
as additional variable remuneration in 
the case of exceptional performance. In 
these instances, the Board of Directors 
will explain the reason for the deviation 
at the following AGM.

Payment for loss of office: In the event 
of a company-initiated termination, 
other than for cause, of someone on 
our Executive Team (e.g., the CEO and 
his/her direct reports), a notice period 
of up to 12 months potentially applies.

Bonus measurements
Personal performance

Service Revenue

EBITDA

Operating Free Cash Flow

Net Promoter Score

Total

Rationale
The individual goals and objectives of Millicom management and employees are 
critical in achieving its financial objectives and in long-term value creation.
Recurring revenue is a key growth measure used by the Group as it seeks to monetize 
opportunities in all countries and all business units.
EBITDA is used as a measurement of ongoing earning power/value creation in the 
Group and of how well management controls the operational cost of growing revenue.
Operating Free Cash Flow is OCF (EBITDA less Capex) less changes in working capital 
and other non-cash items and taxes paid. It is used to measure how efficiently 
management are generating cash flow.
The Net Promoter Score is an index that measures the willingness of customers to 
recommend a company’s products or services to others.

Weighting
30%

20%

20%

20%

10%

100%

87 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Executive Team Remuneration

Compensation of the Executive Team 2019
Cash Compensation ($ ‘000)*
Base salary
Bonus (for 2019 performance)
Pension
Other benefits*
Termination benefits
Total salary and benefits

Equity Compensation (number of shares)
Performance share plan(i)
Deferred share plan(ii) (for 2019 performance)
Total shares (number)
Value of shares(iii) ($ ’000)

CEO

CFO

Executives 
(8 members)

1,167
1,428
279
50
0
2,924

654
626
98
260
0
1,639

40,565
31,126
71,691
3,383

20,030
13,657
33,687
1,592

3,498
2,098
798
1,521
863
8,779

55,756
41,285
97,041
4,582

(i)   Vesting amounts relating to the 2017 performance share plan based on the estimated performance over the three year period. The value of shares is based on 
the closing market value of Millicom shares at December 31, 2019 of $48.23. These shares will vest on March 2020. Final performance metrics will be approved 
by the Remuneration Committee in March 2020.

(ii)   Amounts to be granted relating to the 2020 deferred share plan (awarded in 2020 based on 2019 results). The value of shares is based on the average Q4 2019 

closing market value of Millicom shares of $45.86. These shares will vest over three years from the award date with a vesting schedule 30%/30%/40%, 
dependent on continued service of the employee.

(iii)  The value is calculated on the basis described above which differs from the value calculated for the IFRS financial statements.

* ‘Other Benefits’ for ‘Other Executives’ include medical and dental insurance for former CHRO.

Compensation of the Executive Team 2018
Cash Compensation ($ ‘000)*
Base salary
Bonus (for 2018 performance)
Pension
Other benefits
Termination benefits
Total salary and benefits

Equity Compensation (number of shares)*
Performance share plan(i)
Deferred share plan(ii) (for 2017 performance)
Total shares (number)
Value of shares(iii) ($ ’000)

CEO

CFO

Other   
Executives  
(9 members)

1,112
1,492
247
66
0
2,918

673
557
101
63
0
1,393

34,154
25,011
59,165
3,628

17,716
9,339
27,055
1,665

3,930
2,445
962
805
301
8,444

41,710
40,988
82,698
5,053

(i)   Amounts relating to the 2016 performance share plan based on the estimated performance over the three year period. The value of shares is based on the 

closing market value of Millicom shares in $ at 28 December 2018 of $62.53. These shares will vest on 1 March 2019. Final performance metrics will be approved 
by the Remuneration Committee on March 5, 2019.

(ii)   Amounts relating to the 2019 deferred share plan (awarded in 2019 based on 2018 results). The value of shares is based on the average Q4 closing market value 
of Millicom shares of $59.65. These shares will vest over three years from the award date with a vesting schedule 30%/30%/40%, dependent on continued 
service of the employee.

(iii)   The value is calculated on the basis described above which differs from the value calculated for the IFRS financial statements.

* ‘Other Executives’ includes compensation related to former EVP strategy and former EVP CHRO.
** ‘Other Benefits’ include relocation support when applicable with an average amount of $25K.

88 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Share-based Incentive Plans
The share-based incentive plans currently 
consist of a Deferred Share Plan (DSP) and a 
Performance Share Plan (“PSP”).

The 2020 DSP represents the portion of the 
STI (based on 2019 performance) that will 
be granted in deferred shares in Q1 2020. 
The 2019 PSP (LTIP) represents the grant of 
performance shares in Q1 2019, linked to 
performance for the period from 2019-2021 
and vesting in Q1 2022.

Shares granted under the 2020 DSP are based 
on personal and corporate performance in 
2019 and vest over three years (30% after one 

year, 30% after two years and 40% after 
three years). Shares granted under the 2019 
PSP vest at the end of a three-year period, 
whereby vesting is subject to certain company 
performance conditions.

The CEO and CFO participate in the Group’s 
2019 PSP, with target opportunities as per 
the table below. For the 2019 year, we 
offered equity-based incentive plans to the 
CEO, the CFO, members of the executive 
management, other senior management, 
and high-potential employees and 
employees in key roles (by nomination 

exception) under the plans set out in the 
following table.

In addition, the rules of the plans set out 
certain criteria and conditions in which new 
employees can receive sign-on awards. In 
countries where Millicom has a local partner, 
in certain cases, the same eligibility and 
rules apply for the incentive plans, except 
that instead of being granted awards 
denominated in Millicom shares, the 
executives receive deferred cash awards.

LTIP
2020 Deferred Share Plan 
(DSP)

2019 Performance Share 
Plan (PSP)

Eligibility
CEO, CFO, other 
executives and other 
global senior 
management
CEO, CFO, other 
executives and other 
global senior 
management

Participants
245

Maximum shares  
awarded
for 2019
377,578

Basis for
calculating award
20–100% of base 
salary

Comment

44

257,601

400% 
175% 
50%–160% 
of base salary, as 
per 01.01.19

CEO 
CFO 
Global senior 
management 
team

*A limited number of high-potential employees and employees in key roles can be nominated by exception.

Specific rules of each plan are set out below. Vesting under all plans is conditional upon the participant remaining employed by 
the Group at each vesting date. Additional vesting criteria are noted under each plan.

LTIP
2020 Deferred Share Plan (DSP)
2019 Performance Share Plan (PSP)

Additional vesting criteria
(terms and conditions)
0
Achievement of Service Revenue CAGR, Operating Free 
Cash Flow CAGR and Relative Total Shareholder Return 
targets measured over the three-year vesting period.

Vesting period

2 years
1 year
30.0% 30.0%
0

0

3 years
40%
100%

Measurements used for PSP performance measure
Operating Free Cash Flow (OFCF) with a specific 3-year CAGR target
Service Revenue with a specific 3-year CAGR target
Relative Total Shareholder Return (RTSR) vis-vis a peer group of companies (no award is made for performance below 
peer group median. Achieving TSR performance at media of pre-determined peer triggers 25% of the relative TSR 
component)

Weighting
50%
25%
25%

89 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

CEO Compensation
The 2019 components of the CEO remuneration package were:

•  An annual base salary of $1.173 million;

•  Variable cash remuneration with a target of 100% of base salary;

•  Participation in Millicom’s share-based compensation plans and;

•  Other standard benefits, as described under the senior management 

remuneration principles earlier in this report.

CEO Earnings Opportunity from 2019 Award Levels
The tables below provide estimates of the potential future remuneration 
for the CEO based on the remuneration opportunity granted in the 2019 
financial year. Potential outcomes are based on different performance 
scenarios.

Assumptions underlying each scenario are described below.

Fixed

•  Fixed income consists of base salary, employment benefits and 

company pension contributions.
•  Base salary is at December 31, 2019.
•  Benefits and pension are valued using the figures in the total 
remuneration for the 2019 financial year table detailed below.

•  Pension contributions are made at 15% of base salary as at 

December of the preceding year.

Base  
($ ’000)
1,173

Benefits 
($ ’000)
50

Pension 
($ ’000)
279

Total Fixed 
($ ’000)
1,502

Mauricio Ramos

Variables on target

•  Values are based on what the CEO would receive if performance were 

to align with Incentive Performance Targets.

•  The target award opportunity for the annual cash bonus is 100% of 

base salary.

•  The target award opportunity for the Deferred Share Plan (DSP) is 

100% of base salary for the CEO.

•  The target award opportunity for the Performance Share Plan (PSP) is 

400% of base salary for the CEO, assuming Relative TSR 
performance is at peer group median and the CAGR for both Service 
Revenue and OFCF are at target.

Variables at maximum

•  Maximum award opportunity under the annual cash bonus is 200% 

of base salary.

•  Maximum award for performance under the DSP is 200% of base 

salary.

•  Maximum award for performance under the PSP is 800% of base 

salary.

•  The maximum award would be achieved when relative total 

shareholder return (“RTSR”) outperforms the peer group median by 
20% and the CAGR for both Service Revenue and OFCF are at 120% 
of target.

At target 
US$000

69%

30%

1%

•Cash  $2,562 + •Benefits $51 + •Shares $5,750
TOTAL $8,363

17%

At target 
US$000

83%

•Fixed $1,463 + •Variable $6,900
TOTAL $8,363

24%

At maximum 
US$000

0.3%

75%

•Cash $  3,712 + •Benefits $51 + •Shares $11,500
TOTAL $15,263 

10%

At maximum 
US$000

90%

•Fixed $  1,463 + •Variable $13,800
TOTAL  $15,263

90 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Details of Share Purchase and Sale 
Activity 
During 2019, Millicom’s CEO, 
Mr. Mauricio Ramos, acquired 45,000 
Millicom shares.

Shareholding Requirements
Millicom’s share ownership policy sets 
out the Compensation Committee’s 
requirements on Global Senior 
Managers to retain and hold a personal 

holding of common shares in the 
Company in order to align their 
interests with those of our shareholders. 
All Share Plan participants in the Global 
Senior Management Team (including all 
Executives) are required to own Millicom 
shares to a value of a percentage of 
their respective base salary as of 
January of the calendar year.

Global Senior Management Level
CEO
CFO
EVPs
General managers and VPs

2019

%
400
200
100
50

Unless this requirement is met each 
year, no vested Millicom shares can be 
sold by the individual.

Share ownership and unvested share awards granted from company equity plans

(number of shares)
December 31, 2019
Share ownership (vested from equity plans and otherwise acquired)
Share awards not vested
December 31, 2018
Share ownership (vested from equity plans and otherwise acquired)
Share awards not vested

CEO

CFO and
EVPs

Total

190,577
236,211

136,306
334,193

326,883
570,404

122,310
172,485

84,782
339,726

207,092
512,211

2019 Remuneration for the 
Chairman, Deputy Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors
Decisions on annual remuneration of 
Directors (“tantièmes”) are reserved by 
the Articles of Association to the 
general meeting of shareholders. 
Directors are therefore prevented from 

voting on their own compensation. The 
Nomination Committee reviews and 
recommends the Directors’ fees, which 
are approved by the shareholders at the 
AGM or EGM. Fees are set based on the 
role (Chairman, Deputy Chairman), and 
for participation in and roles of 
Chairman of the Audit Committee, the 

Compliance and Business Conduct 
Committee, and Compensation 
Committee.

The remuneration of Directors comprises 
an annual fee and shares denominated 
in U.S. dollars (USD). Director 
remuneration for the period is as follows:

Board and committees
Directors
Mr. José Antonio Rios Garcia (Chairman)
Ms. Pernille Erenbjerg (Deputy Chairman)
Mr. Odilon Almeida
Ms. Janet Davidson
Mr. Tomas Eliasson
Ms. Mercedes Johnson
Mr. Lars-Åke Norling
Mr. James Thompson
Former Director (until May 2019):
Mr. Roger Solé Rafols
Former Directors (until January 2019):
Mr. Tom Boardman (former Chairman)
Mr. Anders Jensen
Total ($ ’000)(i)

Remuneration 
2019  
USD 000s(i)

Remuneration  
2018  
USD 000s(ii)

366
350
173
186
211
173
206
242

16

—
—
1,923

124
—
121
125
144
—
87(iii)
—

98

169(iv)
75(iv)

943

(i)  Remuneration covers the period from January 7, 2019 to the date of the AGM in May 2020 as resolved at the shareholder meetings on January 7, 2019 and May 
2, 2019 respectively. Share based compensation for the period from May 2, 2019 to May 2020 based on the market value of Millicom shares on May 6, 2019 (in 
total 16,607 shares). Net remuneration for the period from May 2, 2019 to May 2020 comprised 73% in shares and 27% in cash (2018: 51% in shares and 49%  
in cash).

(ii) Cash compensation was denominated in SEK in 2018 and was converted from SEK to USD at exchange rates on payments dates each year.
(iii) From the period from September 1, 2018 to the 2019 AGM on May 2, 2019.
(iv) From the period from the 2018 AGM to the date of the EGM in January 2019.

91 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Millicom CEO and Executive Team

CEO
Mr. Mauricio Ramos

Position
CEO

Role and responsibilities
•  Leading the development and execution of the Company’s strategy.
•  Day-to-day activities and management decisions, both operating and financial.
•  Liaison between the Board and Management of the Company.
•  Leading the Executive Team.

Mauricio Ramos, born in 1968, joined Millicom in April 2015 as CEO. Previously he 
was President of Liberty Global’s Latin American division from 2006 until February 
2015.

Mauricio held several leadership roles at Liberty Global, including Chairman and CEO 
of VTR in Chile, Chief Financial Officer of Liberty’s Latin American division and 
President of Liberty Puerto Rico.

Mauricio is also a Member of the Board of Directors of Charter Communications 
(U.S.).

Mr. Mauricio Ramos
Chief Executive Officer

He is a dual Colombian and U.S. citizen who received a degree in Economics, a degree 
in Law and a postgraduate degree in Financial Law from Universidad de Los Andes in 
Bogota.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT  
JANUARY 31, 2020: 190,577 shares

Millicom’s Executive Team members support the CEO in the day-to-day operation and management of the Group, within 
their specific areas of expertise. The team meets at least monthly and more frequently when required. Millicom’s Executive 
Team is as follows:

Executive

Team

Role Responsibilities

Mr. Tim Pennington

Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Esteban Iriarte

Chief Operating Officer–Latam

Finance and financial planning. Reporting financial 
performance, including external financial reporting. 
Budgeting and forecasting, monitoring expenditures 
and costs. Implementation and enhancement of 
related controls. Risk management. Oversight of the 
African businesses.

Operations and development of the Latin American 
businesses.

Mr. Xavier Rocoplan

Chief Technology and Information Officer Networks, information technology and procurement 

Ms. Rachel Samrén

Chief External Affairs Officer

Mr. Salvador Escalón

General Counsel

Ms. Susy Bobenrieth

Chief Human Resources Officer

Ms. Cara Viglucci

Interim Head of Ethics and Compliance 
Officer

within the Group.

Government relations, regulatory affairs, corporate 
communications, corporate responsibility and 
corporate security.

Legal and corporate governance matters including 
oversight, identification, and management of legal 
issues and cases of the Group, as well as legal aspects 
of mergers and acquisitions and other corporate 
transactions.

Human resource matters including talent acquisition 
and management, compensation, diversity, and 
inclusion.

Compliance matters including ethics, anti-bribery, 
anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, and related 
compliance programs. Also information security.

92 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

The profiles of the CFO and Executive Team members are provided below:

Mr. Tim Pennington

Executive Vice President,  
Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Esteban Iriarte

Mr. Xavier Rocoplan

Executive Vice President,  
Chief Operating Officer, Latin America

Executive Vice President, Chief Technology 
and Information Officer

Tim Pennington joined Millicom in June 
2014 as Senior Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer.

Previously, he was the Chief Financial 
Officer at Cable and Wireless 
Communications plc, Group Finance 
Director for Cable and Wireless plc and 
CFO of Hutchison Telecommunications 
International Ltd, based in Hong Kong. 
Tim also served as Finance Director of 
Hutchison 3G (UK), Hutchison 
Whampoa’s British mobile business. He 
also has corporate finance experience, 
firstly as a Director at Samuel Montagu & 
Co. Limited, and as Managing Director of 
HSBC Investment Bank within its 
Corporate Finance and Advisory 
Department.

Tim is also a Member of the Board of 
Directors of Euromoney Institutional 
Investor plc.

He is a British national and holds a BA 
(Honors) degree in Economics and 
Social Studies from the University of 
Manchester.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT 
JANUARY 31, 2020: 28,378 shares

Esteban Iriarte was appointed as 
Executive Vice President and Chief 
Operating Officer (COO), Latin America 
in August 2016.

Xavier Rocoplan started at Millicom in 
2000 and joined the Executive Team as 
Chief Technology and Information 
Technology Officer in December 2012.

Previously, Esteban was General 
Manager of Millicom’s Colombian 
businesses where, in 2014, he led the 
merger and integration of Tigo and the 
fixed-line company UNE.

Prior to leading Tigo Colombia, Esteban 
was head of Millicom’s regional Home 
and B2B divisions.

From 2009 to 2011, he was CEO of 
Amnet, a leading service provider in 
Central America for broadband, cable 
TV, fixed line, and data services, which 
Millicom acquired in 2008.

In 2016, Esteban joined the Board of 
Directors of Sura Asset Management, 
one of Latin America’s leading financial 
groups.

Esteban is from Argentina. He received 
a degree in Business Administration 
from the Pontificia Universidad Catolica 
Argentina “Santa Maria de los Buenos 
Aires”, and an MBA from the 
Universidad Austral in Buenos Aires.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT 
JANUARY 31, 2020: 29,657 shares

Xavier currently leads all mobile and 
fixed network and IT and procurement 
and supply chain activities across the 
Group.

Xavier initially served as Millicom’s CTO in 
Vietnam and subsequently in Southeast 
Asia. In 2004, he became CEO of Paktel, 
Millicom’s subsidiary in Pakistan where he 
launched Paktel’s GSM operation and led 
the process that concluded with the 
disposal of the business in 2007. ). Xavier 
then served as head of Corporate 
Business Development, where he 
managed the disposal of various Millicom 
operations in Asia, the monetization of 
Millicom infrastructure assets (towers) as 
well as numerous spectrum acquisitions 
and license renewal processes in Africa 
and in Latin America.

Xavier is a French national, holds 
Masters degrees in engineering from 
Ecole Nationale Supérieure des 
Télécommunications de Paris and in 
economics from Université Paris IX 
Dauphine.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT 
JANUARY 31, 2020: 38,533 shares

93 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Ms. Rachel Samrén
Executive Vice President,  
Chief External Affairs Officer

Mr. Salvador Escalón 
Executive Vice President,  
General Counsel

Ms. Susy Bobenrieth
Executive Vice President,  
Chief Human Resources Officer

Rachel joined Millicom in July 2014 and 
manages the group’s Government 
Relations, Regulatory Affairs, Corporate 
Communications, Corporate 
Responsibility, and Security & Crisis 
Management functions.

Her focus is on developing and driving 
Millicom’s global engagement with 
particular responsibility for special 
situation strategies.

Rachel’s background is in the risk 
management consulting sector 
including serving as Head of Business 
Intelligence at The Risk Advisory Group 
plc. Previously, she worked for Citigroup 
as well as non- governmental and 
governmental organizations.

Rachel currently serves on the Board of 
MIC Tanzania Limited. She holds a BSc in 
International Relations from the London 
School of Economics and an MLitt in 
International Security Studies from the 
University of St Andrews.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT 
JANUARY 31, 2020: 10,309 shares

Salvador Escalón became Millicom’s 
General Counsel in March 2013 and 
Executive Vice President in July 2015. 
He leads Millicom’s legal team and 
advises the Board of Directors and 
senior management on legal and 
governance matters.

Salvador joined Millicom as Associate 
General Counsel Latin America in April 
2010. In this role, he led legal 
negotiations for the merger of Millicom’s 
Colombian operations with UNE-EPM 
Telecomunicaciones S.A., as well as the 
acquisition of Cablevision Paraguay.

As Senior Counsel at Chevron 
Corporation from January 2006 to 
March 2010, Salvador oversaw legal 
matters related to Chevron’s 
downstream operations in Latin 
America. Previously, he practiced at the 
law firms Skadden, Morgan Lewis, and 
Akerman Senterfitt.

Salvador is an American national, holds 
a J.D. from Columbia Law School and a 
B.B.A. in Finance and International 
Business from Florida International 
University.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT 
JANUARY 31, 2020: 28,940 shares

Susy Bobenrieth, a global human 
resource professional, joined Millicom 
with over 25 years of experience in 
major multi-national companies that 
include Nike Inc., American President 
Lines, and IBM.

As an ex-Nike executive, she has 
extensive international knowledge and 
proven results in leading large-scale 
organizational transformations, driving 
talent-management agendas and 
leading teams. She is passionate about 
building great businesses and winning 
with high- performing teams.

Susy is one of eight children raised in 
the U.S. by Chilean immigrant parents. 
She has deep international experience 
having lived and worked in Mexico, the 
U.S., Brazil, the Netherlands, and Spain. 
She holds a degree from the University 
of Maryland, University College in 1989.

MILLICOM SHAREHOLDING AT 
JANUARY 31, 2020: no shares

94 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Management Governance
The Group seeks to embed governance 
activities in the daily operations of all 
businesses and in the Group’s corporate 
functions. The role of the Group’s 
governance functions is to set policies 
and procedures in accordance with our 
obligations and international best 
practices. These functions then ensure 
policies and procedures are embedded 
in our businesses and serve to monitor 
compliance.

Each function has clear reporting lines 
through to the Executive Management 
Team and the CEO. Functions report to 
the Board committees, as previously 
described, based on the responsibilities of 
each committee. For instance, the Chief 
Ethics and Compliance Officer reports 
directly to the relevant Board committee 
with a dotted-line report to the CEO.

In addition, the Group has a dedicated 
Internal Audit function to provide 
independent assurance over all 
businesses and corporate functions 
through a program of risk-based internal 
audits. Internal Audit reports to the Audit 
Committee of the Board with a dotted 
line to Executive Management. This 
function identifies areas for improvement, 
assigns management actions, and 
monitors implementation progress.

Business Control
The Board is responsible for the Group’s 
system of internal control, which is 
designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives. This system can 
only provide reasonable, but not 
absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. The concept of 
reasonable assurance recognizes that 
the cost of control procedures should 
not exceed the expected benefits.

Responsibility for maintaining effective 
internal controls is delegated to the CEO 
and the Executive Team with oversight 
provided by the Audit Committee.  The 
Executive Team are supported by a 
dedicated Business Control team 
responsible for the Internal Control 
framework.  Each country also has its 
own dedicated, local Business Control 
team responsible for monitoring and 
development of the local internal 
control environment.

Millicom continued investing significantly 
in 2019 to further strengthen its internal 
control framework in particular in relation 
to controls over financial reporting to 
prepare for the first Sarbanes-Oxley 

attestation as at December 31, 2019.  An 
extensive work program was undertaken 
to assess the existing Millicom control 
framework and develop it further to meet 
the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley.  We 
designed and implemented a process for 
management testing of key financial 
controls during the year.  The updated 
control framework and management 
testing program was rolled out across our 
largest markets, headquarters and our 
shared service functions and represents a 
significant further investment in our 
Internal Controls capabilities.

In order to support our Sarbanes Oxley 
program, we established a Group Steering 
Committee comprising members of the 
Executive Team and other senior 
management in order to oversee the 
program, evaluate the findings of 
management testing and ensure the 
availability of appropriate resources.

Monitoring Systems
Aligned with our Sarbanes-Oxley 
program, we implemented a program of 
management testing of key financial 
controls.  Eight management testing 
cycles were run during the year for our 
largest markets covering both business 
processes and IT general controls.  The 
results, including remediation actions 
where required, were reported and 
discussed with the Executive 
management, the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Steering Committee and with the Audit 
Committee.

We also invested in a new Governance, 
Risk and Compliance (“GRC”) tool to 
manage and monitor internal control 
compliance and reporting.  The scope 
of the GRC tool will be expanded in 
2020 to other assurance functions.

We also have an established process of 
internal control self-assessment which 
requires self-certification of the design 
and operation of key controls. Self-
certified responses are then subject to 
review and challenge by the Group 
Business Controls team and Global 
Process Owners.  We use internal control 
self-assessment for our smaller markets, 
excluding those acquired during the 
year, which are not directly within 
Sarbanes-Oxley scope.

Fraud Management and Reporting 
Business Control is responsible for fraud 
risk management. We continued our 
education activities, including an 
awareness campaign aligned with 
International Fraud Awareness Week in 
November 2019.

Each operation prepares a quarterly 
fraud report and a summary of this is 
presented to the Audit Committee 
along with the key actions taken. 
Quantitative and qualitative thresholds 
govern the reporting of individual fraud 
incidents to the Group CFO, CEO, and 
Audit Committee.

Internal Control over Financial 
Reporting 
The management of Millicom is 
responsible for establishing and 
maintaining adequate internal control 
over financial reporting. The process of 
internal control over financial reporting is 
designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external reporting 
purposes in conformity with International 
Financial Reporting Standards. Due to its 
inherent limitations, internal controls over 
financial reporting may not prevent or 
detect misstatements.

In May 2019, the Company completed its 
acquisition of 100 percent of the shares of 
Telefonía Celular de Nicaragua, S.A. In 
August 2019, Cable Onda S.A. acquired 100 
percent of the shares of Telefonica Moviles 
Panama, S.A. The Company is engaged in 
refining and harmonizing the internal 
controls and processes of the acquired 
businesses with those of the Company.

Management has assessed the 
effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 
2019 and concluded that it was 
effective. The foregoing assessment 
does not constitute and is not meant to 
be an assessment of Millicom’s internal 
control over financial reporting for 
purposes of the U.S. Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

Risk Management
The risk function identifies, analyzes, 
measures, and monitors Millicom’s risks. 
The Chief Risk Officer is responsible for 
providing risk owners at the central 
functional and country levels with a 
methodology and tools needed to 
balance risk with return. A Management 
Risk Committee, comprising members of 
the Executive Team and functions 
responsible for key risk meets on a 
regular basis to provide oversight on the 
evolution of risk and the approach taken 
to manage risk.  The Chief Risk Officer 
also reports to the Executive Team and 
the Audit Committee. The Audit 
Committee, on behalf of the Board, 
oversees risk management activities.

95 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Our risk assessment processes, and the 
principal risks managed by the Group 
are set out in the Risk Management 
section of this annual report.

Ethics and Compliance
Our Corporate Ethics & Compliance 
Program is central to our business 
strategy and is effectively embedded in 
the business processes and procedures. 
Our program integrates preventive 
measures, key controls, reporting 
mechanisms and due diligence 
processes capable of detecting and 
correcting misconduct and wrongdoing. 
We measure the actual impact of this 
program on our employees, customers, 
stakeholders, and communities in the 
countries where we operate.

Our Ethics and Compliance function 
consists of global resources responsible 
for the Group’s Anti-Corruption, 
Anti-Money Laundering, and 
Information Security Programs, as well 
as having a Compliance Officer in each 
market.

Management and Governance of 
Compliance Activities
Millicom has set the goal of building a 
strong corporate culture that seeks 
compliance excellence; and in which 
employees at all levels are committed 
to doing what is right and upholding 
the Company’s values and standards. 
To measure progress, our Great Places 
to Work (“GPTW”) annual survey now 
includes questions to evaluate the 
culture of compliance in the Company. 
Millicom has used the GPTW survey 
with all employees to measure our 
workplace culture since 2015.  We 
enhanced Ethics and Compliance 
knowledge through consolidated 
training provided in English and Spanish. 
All employees receive mandatory 
training on the Code of Conduct, 
Anti-Corruption, and AML policies in 
order to reinforce the most important 
compliance concepts, influence 
employee behavior and prevent 
misconduct through practice examples.

Our Compliance Communication Plan for 
2019 included weekly newsletters that 
highlighted latest corporate enforcement 
actions, lessons learned, monthly 
campaigns on various compliance 
policies, and the celebration of the annual 
Corporate & Ethics Compliance Week in 
November 2019. 

Aligned with our motto, 
#IntegrityStartsWithYou, and for the 
second year in a row, executive financial 

incentives and rewards include 
compliance goals and clear 
performance KPIs are built into the 
remuneration package of our  General 
Managers in each operation.

Speak Up Policy and Issue 
Management 
Continuing with our compliance education 
program, we reinforced our Speak Up 
Policy and launched a new Ethics Line 
Campaign. The Executive Team and the 
Compliance & Business Conduct 
Committee of the Board received regular 
updates on cases raised through the Ethics 
Line or through other channels.

Corporate Responsibility
This is the fourth year that Millicom has 
integrated corporate responsibility-related 
performance data and information into 
our annual report to demonstrate how 
managing responsible growth and key 
risks support the successful delivery of our 
business strategy.

Millicom’s Corporate Responsibility (“CR”) 
team sets CR strategy, drives best-in-class 
policies and processes for CR governance, 
guides and coordinates CR performance 
across business functions, and publishes 
CR-related performance data and 
information in the annual report. Our 
integrated report continues to promote 
transparency towards investors and other 
key stakeholders on CR risks and 
opportunities.

The CR team constantly engages with 
internal and external stakeholders to ensure 
Millicom understands and addresses CR 
issues that are important to our business 
and relevant to our stakeholders.

Stakeholder engagement occurs through 
a biennial materiality analysis and 
through ongoing interaction with our key 
stakeholders. In addition to anticipating 
and better preparing for risks, the CR 
function also adds value by seeking 
responsible leadership opportunities to 
assess where the Group can make the 
greatest positive impact on society, the 
environment and to our business.

Corporate Responsibility Governance
The Board oversees the Government 
Relations, Regulatory Affairs and CR 
functions, which fall under the umbrella of 
External Affairs. This structure signifies 
the depth and materiality of these topics 
and the importance of monitoring their 
interconnected risks and opportunities. 
The Director of Corporate Responsibility 
reports to the Executive Vice President 
(“EVP”) Chief External Affairs Officer, who 

reports directly to the CEO and is 
accountable for delivering updates on the 
CR strategy to the Board. We also report 
progress on CR strategy implementation 
and issues management to the Executive 
Team on a monthly basis, either through 
the EVP Chief External Affairs Officer or 
directly in specific cases.

Health, Safety & Environment 
Integrated Services
The global Integrated Services (“IS”) 
team continues to develop and mature 
its compliance and risk mitigation 
controls.  Country-specific IS teams 
have transitioned well throughout the 
year from the previous OHSAS 18001 
health and safety standard to the new 
international ISO 45001 standard.  
Millicom agreed to complete the 
transition within a two-year period, 
although we are allowed 3 years to 
switch between certifications.  To date, 
operations across Africa and Central 
America have not only transitioned but 
also achieved certification to the new 
standard. This is a remarkable result for 
the local countries and Millicom.  
The remainder of our Latin American 
operations along with the Group, 
completed the gap analysis and 
certification reviews during Q4 2019. We 
expect to have all country operations 
certified by the end of Q2 2020.

IS oversees the implementation of 
policy and Group standards in health, 
safety and environment as well as 
facilities management, fleet 
management, and fuel and energy 
resources. Teams responded quickly and 
professionally to several major incidents 
and events during 2019, including the 
successful evacuation of staff and 
families during a cyclone in Tanzania. 
Teams also provide effective and 
efficient solutions to support the Group 
Carbon Disclosure Program (“CDP”) and 
environmental energy efficiency plan.

Throughout 2019 we prevented any 
employee fatalities or major losses to 
the Group.  Unfortunately there were 6 
fatalities in our contracted services.

In September 2019, Millicom hired a 
Chief Security and Crisis Management 
Officer to oversee physical security, asset 
protection and crisis management. We 
created this role to prepare for our 
increased footprint in the Latin American 
region through acquisitions of the 
Telefonica and Cable Onda businesses 
as well as to establish a clear distinction 
between the health and safety and 
information security management roles. 
The Chief Security and Crisis 

96 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

How CR is governed

Role

As part of the External Affairs 
function, CR oversees, advises  
and makes recommendations to  
Management regarding our  
CR strategies and activities.

 Board of Directors

  Chief  
Executive  
Officer

Executive Management Team
sponsors for managing CR

   Chief Ethics and 
Compliance Officer

  EVP
   Chief External  
Affairs Officer

Direct reports 
to the CEO

   EVP 
Chief Technology 
and Information 
Officer

Senior
management

   Corporate 
Compliance

    Corporate 
Anti-Money 
Laundering

   Corporate 
Information 
Security

Corporate Responsibility, 
Sustainability and Environmental

Corporate Security & Crisis 
Management

   Vice President 
Supply Chain

   Responsible for: 
Responsible supply 
chain management

Management Officer leads our global 
Crisis Management Team and reports to 
the Chief External Affairs Officer.

The Vice President of Compliance 
Strategic Response oversees the IS 
team and reports to the EVP Chief 
Ethics & Compliance Officer.

Business Continuity and Crisis 
Management
We designed our global and operational 
business continuity and crisis 
management system to address any 
significant disruption that might affect 
critical day-to-day activities. This 
system continues to mature but has 
already responded to events such as 
extreme weather, civil unrest, and 
criminal and political activities in some 
of the countries where we operate.

Risk assessment is a continuous process 
that starts with a business impact 
analysis of all critical services and 
business processes that require a 
disaster recovery and business 
continuity plan. After performing a risk 
assessment on all critical assets 
identified in the analysis, we address 

every relevant operational threat in a 
formal risk mitigation plan.

Millicom crisis management defines the 
proper response to, and management 
of, an intense, unexpected, and 
unstable situation that disrupts normal 
operations and has highly undesirable 
outcomes that require extraordinary 
measures to restore normal operations. 
Crisis management aims to protect the 
safety of our staff and our reputation, 
together with continuous and reliable 
delivery of service to customers, while 
also maintaining contractual, legal, and 
regulatory compliance.

In parallel, Millicom has physical 
security and loss prevention standards 
that set minimum acceptable levels of 
critical site protection, as defined by 
industry best practice. All activities 
undergo monitoring and compliance 
activities.

Information Security
At Millicom, our Global Chief 
Information Security Officer (“CISO”) 
manages the information security 

program and reports to the EVP Chief 
Ethics & Compliance Officer. The CISO is 
responsible for identifying, managing 
and mitigating technology-centric risks 
throughout the entire company.

The CISO oversees regional information 
security teams to ensure the 
confidentiality, integrity, and availability 
of all business-critical systems and assets. 
Other responsibilities include identifying 
potentially detrimental threats and risks 
and safeguarding proprietary and 
personal customer information. 
Additionally, the regional teams work 
closely with Millicom business and 
technology leaders to ensure compliance 
with corporate policies and regional 
information security-related regulatory 
requirements within the various countries 
where we conduct business.

The CISO meets regularly with the 
Compliance and Business Conduct 
Committee and Audit Committee to 
ensure appropriate risks are elevated and 
addressed.

97 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Over the past year, the following critical 
initiatives were undertaken:

•  Formalization of the Global 

Information Security Office (“GISO”): 
This office is charged with strategy, 
tactics, and oversight of all security 
efforts with the broader Millicom 
environment. The GISO is divided up 
into four critical pillars: Risk 
Management, Security Engineering, 
Vulnerability Management, and the 
Global Security Operations Center 
(“GSOC”). Lead by the CISO, the GISO 
strategy, budget, and activities are 
overseen by the Millicom Information 
Security Steering Committee. This 
committee comprises various 
Millicom executives, technical 
resources, and business personnel 
who meet monthly to discuss 
projects, approaches, and 
engagement across the company.

•  Development of a a Global Security 
Operations Center (GSOC): During 
2019, all operations moved to a 
consolidated, centralizing security 
operations center. The Millicom 
Information Security teams 
integrated business-critical 
environments to be monitored 
around the clock by the GSOC, with 
alerts being delivered in a near 
real-time manner. The teams are 
focused on continuing the 
migration over the upcoming year, 
with a goal to have all identified 
environments fully monitored by 
year-end. 

•  Development of a Global 

Vulnerability Management program: 
Due to differences in maturity levels 
around operational security, the 
global program will identify, report, 
and track risks and vulnerabilities 
within all operations to provide a 

better insight into the technical 
security risks of the company. We 
completed our roll-out of the 
program in Q3 2019.

•  Development of a Global Identity 

and Access Management program: 
In order to effectively manage user 
access, especially with respect to U.S. 
regulatory requirements, we have 
centralized all business and critical 
access provisioning into a central 
solution. Phase one of this effort 
addressed all regulatory 
requirements by the end of Q3 2019 
and the remaining deployment 
schedule will continue through 
mid-2020.

98 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Directors’ Financial and 
Operating Report
Group Performance
In 2019, total revenue for the Group 
was $4,336 million, and gross profit was 
$3,135 million, a margin of 72.3 percent.

Operating expenses represented 37% 
of revenue, a decrease compared to last 
year, mainly due to the adoption of 
IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ which reduced 
operating expenses by $149 million, 
partially offset by the additions of our 
acquisitions in Panama and Nicaragua.

Our operating profit amounted to 
$575 million, a 13.3 percent margin 
impacted negatively mainly by lower 
gain on tower deals in El Salvador, 
Colombia, and Paraguay , higher 
amortization expenses due to 
acquisitions, as well as the impact of 
IFRS 16 additional depreciation 
expense of $124 million.

Net financial expenses were 
$544 million, higher by $198 million 
compared to last year mainly due to 
higher levels of gross debt to fund 
recent acquisitions, and from the 
impact of IFRS 16.

Profit before taxes at $218 million 
included the effects of the decrease in 
operating profit and interest expense 
described above, but positively affected 
by an increase in value of our equity 
investment in Helios Towers.

The Group net tax charge in 2019 was 
$120 million, leaving a net gain for the 
year from continuing operations at 
$97 million. The gain of $57 million 
from discontinued operations mainly 
reflected the disposal of our business in 
Chad.

As a result, the net profit for the year 
was $154 million. The share of gains of 
non-controlling interests was $5 million 
reflecting our partners’ share of net 
results in our subsidiaries in Colombia 
and Panama.

The net profit for the year attributable 
to Millicom owners was $149 million. 
Earnings per share was $1.48.

Share Capital
At December 31, 2019, Millicom had 
101.7 million issued and paid up 
common shares of par value $1.50 
each, of which 580 thousand were held 
by the Company as treasury shares 
(2018: 914 Thousand). During the year, 
the company acquired approximately 
132 thousand shares and issued around 
465 thousand shares to management 
and employees under the LTIP 
remuneration plans and approximately 
19 thousand shares to Directors as part 
of their annual remuneration.

Distribution to Shareholders and 
Proposed Distributions
On May 2, 2019, at the Annual General 
Meeting of shareholders, a dividend 
distribution of $2.64 per share was 
approved, and subsequently paid to 
shareholders in equal portions in May 
and November.

On February 24, 2020, Millicom’s Board 
approved to the Annual General 
Meeting of the shareholders a share 
buyback program to repurchase at least 
$500 million over the next three years. 
The current shareholder authorization, 
which expires on May 5, 2020, allows 
for the repurchase of up to 5% of the 
outstanding share capital. In addition, 
the Board approved to the Annual 
General Meeting of the shareholders a 
dividend distribution of $1.00 per share 
to be paid in 2020. The Annual General 
Meeting to vote these matters is 
scheduled to May 5, 2020.

On February 25, 2020, Millicom 
announced a three year $500 million 
share repurchase plan and on 28th 
February 2020 it initiated the first 
phase of this program comprising the 
purchase of not more than 350,000 
shares and not more than a maximum 
total amount of SEK  107 million 
(approximately $11 million). The 
purpose of the repurchase program is to  
reduce Millicom’s share capital , or to 
use the repurchased shares for meeting 
obligations arising under Millicom´s 
employee share based incentive 
programs. The repurchase program 
may take place during the period 
between February 28, 2020 and May 5, 
2020. Payment for the shares will be 
made in cash.

Financial Risk Management 
Objectives and Policies
Millicom’s financial risk management 
policies and objectives, together with a 
description of the various risks and 
hedging activities undertaken by the 
Group, are set out in Section D, financial 
risk management, of the consolidated 
financial statements.

Internal controls and risk management 
on the preparation of the consolidated 
financial statements are covered in the 
Governance section from pages 57–91.

Non-Financial Information
Non-financial information, such as 
environmental, social, human rights, 
and the fight against corruption, are 
integrated throughout this report, and 
in the Appendix.

Management and Employees
Over recent years, the Group has 
developed many key functions and 
improved support to local operations, 
including in the areas of procurement, 
network development, marketing, IT, 
HR, compliance, and finance.

At December 31, 2019, the Group’s 
headcount from continuing operations 
reached approximately 22,000, up from 
around 21,000 at December 31, 2018, 
the increase being mainly related to the 
acquisitions in Panama and Nicaragua.

Outlook for the Group
Although many of the macroeconomic 
and competitive challenges we faced in 
2019 may continue to impact our 
performance in the near term, we 
continue to invest to capture the long 
term growth opportunity before us. In 
2020, we expect to make meaningful 
progress toward our medium term goal 
to deliver mid-single-digit organic 
service revenue growth, mid-to-high 
single-digit organic EBITDA growth, and 
around 10% OCF (EBITDA less Capex) 
organic growth for the Latam segment.

99 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Statements included in this report that 
are not historical facts, including 
without limitation outlook, statements 
concerning future strategy, plans, 
objectives, expectations and intentions, 
projected financial results, liquidity, 
growth and prospects, are forward-
looking statements. Such forward-
looking statements involve a number of 
risks and uncertainties and are subject 
to change at any time. In the event such 
risks or uncertainties materialize, 
Millicom’s results could be materially 
adversely affected. Additional 
information on these and other key risks 
faced by the Group are set out in the 
Risk Management section on pages 
22–25. A further list and description of 
risks, uncertainties and other matters 
can be found in Millicom’s Annual 
Report on Form 20-F, including those 
outlined in “Item 3. Key 
Information—D. Risk Factors,” and in 
Millicom’s subsequent U.S. Securities 
and Exchange Commission filings, all of 
which are available at www.sec.gov.

All forward-looking statements 
attributable to us or any person acting 
on our behalf are expressly qualified in 
their entirety by this cautionary 
statement. Readers are cautioned not 
to place undue reliance on these 
forwardlooking statements that speak 
only as of the date hereof. Except to the 
extent otherwise required by applicable 
law, we do not undertake any obligation 
to update or revise forward-looking 
statements, whether as a result of new 
information, future events or otherwise.

Risks and Uncertainty Factors
The Group operates in an industry and 
in markets which are characterized by 
rapid change and subject to 
macroeconomic, competitive and 
political uncertainty. This change 
creates both opportunities and at the 
same time a degree of risk. Many of the 
inherent underlying risks in these 
markets, including regulatory change 
(including tariff controls and taxation), 
currency fluctuations, and underlying 
macroeconomic conditions, impact on 
the level of disposable income and 
consumers’ attitudes and demand for 
our products and services.

Subsequent Event
On January 28, 2020, Millicom’s 
wholly-owned subsidiary Telefónica 
Celular del Paraguay S.A.E (“Telecel”), 
closed a $250 million re-tap to its senior 
unsecured notes due 2027, representing 
an additional issuance of Telecel’s 
outstanding $300 million 5.875% 
Senior Notes due 2027 issued on April 5, 
2019. The New notes will be treated as 
a single class with the Initial Notes, and 
they were priced at 106.375 for an 
implied yield to maturity of 4.817%.

José Antonio Ríos García
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
Luxembourg, February 28, 2020

Management Responsibility 
Statement
We, Mauricio Ramos, Chief Executive 
Officer, and Tim Pennington, Chief 
Financial Officer, confirm, to the best of 
our knowledge, that these 2019 
consolidated financial statements 
which have been prepared in 
accordance with the International 
Financial Reporting Standards as 
adopted by the European Union, give a 
true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position, and profit 
or loss of the Millicom Group and the 
undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, and 
that the Directors’ report includes a fair 
review of the development and 
performance of the business and the 
position of the Millicom Group and the 
undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that 
they face.

Luxembourg, February 28, 2020

Mauricio Ramos
Chief Executive Officer

Tim Pennington
Chief Financial Officer

100 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are
Who We Are

Managing Our Business
Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility
Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance
Governance

Auditors’ Reports
Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements
Financial Statements

Disclaimer and
Non-IFRS Reconciliations

101 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Disclaimer

Forward-Looking Statements
Statements included herein that are not historical facts, including without limitation statements concerning future strategy, 
plans, objectives, expectations and intentions, projected financial results, liquidity, growth and prospects, are forward-looking 
statements. Such forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties and are subject to change at any time. 
In the event such risks or uncertainties materialize, Millicom’s results could be materially adversely affected. The risks and 
uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:

•    global economic conditions and 

•  relationships with key suppliers and 

foreign exchange rate fluctuations as 
well as local economic conditions in 
the markets we serve;

•  telecommunications usage levels, 
including traffic and customer 
growth;

•  competitive forces, including pricing 
pressures, the ability to connect to 
other operators’ networks and our 
ability to retain market share in the 
face of competition from existing 
and new market entrants as well as 
industry consolidation;

• 

legal or regulatory developments and 
changes, or changes in governmental 
policy, including with respect to the 
availability of spectrum and licenses, 
the level of tariffs, tax matters, the 
terms of interconnection, customer 
access and international settlement 
arrangements;

costs of handsets and other 
equipment;

•  our ability to successfully pursue 

acquisitions, investments or merger 
opportunities, integrate any 
acquired businesses in a timely and 
cost-effective manner and achieve 
the expected benefits of such 
transactions;

•  the availability, terms and use of 

capital, the impact of regulatory and 
competitive developments on 
capital outlays, the ability to achieve 
cost savings and realize productivity 
improvements;

•  technological development and 
evolving industry standards, 
including challenges in meeting 
customer demand for new 
technology and the cost of 
upgrading existing infrastructure;

•  adverse legal or regulatory disputes 

•  the capacity to upstream cash 

A further list and description of risks, 
uncertainties and other matters can be 
found in Millicom’s Registration 
Statement on Form 20-F, including 
those risks outlined in “Item 3. Key 
Information—D. Risk Factors,” and in 
Millicom’s subsequent U.S. Securities 
and Exchange Commission filings, all of 
which are available at www.sec.gov.

All forward-looking statements 
attributable to us or any person acting 
on our behalf are expressly qualified in 
their entirety by this cautionary 
statement. Readers are cautioned not 
to place undue reliance on these 
forward-looking statements that speak 
only as of the date hereof. Except to the 
extent otherwise required by applicable 
law, we do not undertake any obligation 
to update or revise forward-looking 
statements, whether as a result of new 
information, future events or otherwise.

or proceedings;

•  the success of our business, operating 

and financing initiatives and 
strategies, including partnerships and 
capital expenditure plans;

•  the level and timing of the growth 
and profitability of new initiatives, 
start-up costs associated with  
entering new markets, the successful 
deployment of new systems and 
applications to support new initiatives;

generated in operations through 
dividends, royalties, management 
fees and repayment of shareholder 
loans; and

•  other factors or trends affecting our 
financial condition or results of 
operations.

102 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

 Non IFRS Measures
This report contains financial measures 
not prepared in accordance with IFRS. 
These measures are referred to as 
“non-IFRS” measures and include: 
non-IFRS service revenue, non-IFRS 
EBITDA, and non-IFRS Capex, among 
others defined below. Annual growth 
rates for these non-IFRS measures are 
often expressed in organic constant 
currency terms to exclude the effect of 
changes in foreign exchange rates, the 
adoption of new accounting standards 
such as IFRS 16, and are proforma for 
material changes in perimeter due to 
acquisitions and divestitures. The 
non-IFRS financial measures are 
presented in this press release as 
Millicom’s management believes they 
provide investors with an additional 
information for the analysis of 
Millicom’s results of operations, 
particularly in evaluating performance 
from one period to another. Millicom’s 
management uses non-IFRS financial 
measures to make operating decisions, 
as they facilitate additional internal 
comparisons of Millicom’s performance 
to historical results and to competitors’ 
results, and provides them to investors 
as a supplement to Millicom’s reported 
results to provide additional insight into 
Millicom’s operating performance. 
Millicom’s Remuneration Committee 
uses certain non-IFRS measures when 
assessing the performance and 
compensation of employees, including 
Millicom’s executive directors.

The non-IFRS financial measures used 
by Millicom may be calculated 
differently from, and therefore may not 
be comparable to, similarly titled 
measures used by other companies - 
refer to the section “Non-IFRS Financial 
Measure Descriptions” for additional 
information. In addition, these 
non-IFRS measures should not be 
considered in isolation as a substitute 
for, or as superior to, financial measures 
calculated in accordance with IFRS, and 
Millicom’s financial results calculated in 
accordance with IFRS and 
reconciliations to those financial 
statements should be carefully 
evaluated.

Financial Measure Descriptions

Service revenue is revenue related to 
the provision of ongoing services such 
as monthly subscription fees, airtime 
and data usage fees, interconnection 
fees, roaming fees, mobile finance 
service commissions and fees from 
other telecommunications services 
such as data services, short message 
services and other value-added 
services excluding telephone and 
equipment sales. 

EBITDA is operating profit excluding 
impairment losses, depreciation and 
amortization, and gains/losses on fixed 
asset disposals. 

Proportionate EBITDA is the sum of the 
EBITDA in every country where Millicom 
operates, including its Guatemala and 
Honduras joint ventures, pro rata for 
Millicom’s ownership stake in each 
country, less corporate costs that are 
not allocated to any country and 
inter-company eliminations. 

Organic growth represents year-on-year 
growth excluding the impact of 
changes in FX rates, perimeter, and 
accounting. Changes in perimeter are 
the result of acquisitions and 
divestitures. Results from divested 
assets are immediately removed from 
both periods, whereas the results from 
acquired assets are included in both 
periods at the beginning (January 1) of 
the first full calendar year of ownership.

Net debt is Gross debt less cash and 
pledged and term deposits.

Net financial obligations is Net debt 
plus lease obligations.

Proportionate net financial obligations 
is the sum of the net financial 
obligations in every country where 
Millicom operates, including its 
Guatemala and Honduras joint 
ventures, pro rata for Millicom’s 
ownership stake in each country. 

Leverage is the ratio of net financial 
obligations over LTM (last twelve 
month) EBITDA, proforma for 
acquisitions made during the last 
twelve months.

* This non-IFRS measure is not used in this annual report as this is not directly reconcilable with IFRS measures.

Proportionate leverage to EBITDA is the 
ratio of proportionate net debt over 
LTM proportionate EBITDA, proforma 
for acquisitions made during the last 
twelve months.

Capex is balance sheet capital 
expenditure excluding spectrum and 
license costs and finance lease 
capitalizations from tower sale and 
leaseback transactions. 

Cash Capex represents the cash spent in 
relation to capital expenditure, 
excluding spectrum and licenses costs 
and lease capitalizations from tower 
sale and leaseback transactions. 

Operating Cash Flow (OCF) is EBITDA 
less Capex. 

Operating Free Cash Flow is OCF less 
changes in working capital and other 
non-cash items and taxes paid. 

Equity Free Cash Flow is Operating Free 
Cash Flow less finance charges paid 
(net), less advances for dividends to 
non-controlling interests, plus dividends 
received from joint ventures. 

Operating Profit After Tax displays the 
profit generated from the operations of 
the company after statutory taxes. 

Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)* is 
used to assess the Group’s efficiency at 
allocating the capital under its control 
to and is defined as Operating Profit 
After Tax, including Guatemala and 
Honduras as if fully consolidated, 
divided by the average invested Capital 
during the period. 

Average Invested Capital* is the capital 
invested in the company operation 
throughout the year and is calculated 
with the average of opening and 
closing balances of the total assets 
minus current liabilities (excluding debt, 
joint ventures, accrued interests, 
deferred and current tax, cash as well as 
investments and non-controlling 
interests), less assets and liabilities held 
for sale.

Underlying measures, such as 
Underlying service revenue, Underlying 
EBITDA, Underlying equity free cash 
flow, Underlying net debt, etc, include 
Guatemala and Honduras, as if fully 
consolidated. 

103 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations

Reconciliation from Reported Growth to Organic Growth for the Latam and Africa segmentsi

Revenue

Service Revenue

EBITDA

OCF

Latam Segment ($ millions)

FY 2019

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2018

A- Current period

B- Prior year period

5,964

5,485

5,485

5,441

5,514

5,069

5,069

5,078

2,443

2,077

2,077

2,022

C- Reported growth (A/B)

D- Accounting change impact

8.7%

—

E- Change in Perimeter impact

11.0%

0.8%

2.4%

—

8.8%

0.0%

11.6%

(0.2)%

17.6%

1.0%

—

8.2%

11.9%

2.7%

0.8%

—

1,442

1,124

28.3%

16.5%

11.2%

1,124

1,116

0.7%

1.4%

—

F- FX impact

G- Other

F- Organic Growth (C-D-E-F-G)

(5.2)%

(5.1)%

(5.2)%

(5.3)%

(5.0)%

(1.1)%

(9.2)%

(3.1)%

0.1%

2.8%

(0.1)%

3.5%

0.1%

2.2%

(0.2)%

4.3%

0.4%

2.1%

(0.4)%

3.5%

1.5%

8.3%

(0.7)%

3.2%

iPlease refer to Note 5 of our Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more details on our segments.

Revenue

Service Revenue

EBITDA

Africa Segment ($ millions)

FY 2019

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2018

A- Current period

B- Prior year period

382

399

399

385

382

398

398

385

122

102

102

98

C- Reported growth (A/B)

(4.2)%

3.5%

(4.2)%

3.5%

19.4%

4.3%

D- Accounting change impact

E- Change in Perimeter impact

—

—

(0.2)%

—

—

—

(0.2)% 33.8%

(0.4)%

—

—

—

F- FX impact

G- Other

(1.4)%

(1.7)%

(1.4)%

(1.7)%

(1.8)%

(0.9)%

0.1%

(0.4)%

0.1%

(0.4)%

7.3%

(2.1)%

F- Organic Growth (C-D-E-F-G)

(2.9)%

5.7%

(2.9)%

5.8%

(19.9)%

7.7%

104 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

Reconciliation from Reported Growth to Organic Growth for the main Latam markets

Service Revenue ($ millions)

FY 2019

FY2018

Organic

FX

Perimeter

Other

Reported

Guatemala

Colombia

Paraguay

Honduras

Bolivia

Panama

El Salvador

Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Eliminations & 
Corporate Costs

1,234

1,432

1,200

1,553

575

551

624

468

348

284

632

555

597

17

371

145

5.3%

2.8%

(1.2)%

1.7%

4.5%

0.4%

(6.2)%

NM

(2.5)%

(10.5)%

(7.9)%

(2.5)%

—

—

—

NM

—

—

—

—

—

NM

—

NM

—

(0.2)%

—

—

—

2.8%

(7.8)%

(9.0)%

(0.8)%

4.5%

9.8%

NM

—

NM

(6.2)%

NM

Latam*

5,514

5,069

2.2%

(5.2)%

11.6%

0.1%

8.8%

*  Perimeter impact on Latam segment reflects acquisition of Cable Onda and using service revenue as reported by the company to the Panama Stock Exchange.

Panama performance in 2018 reflects only the results of the last two weeks of the month of December 2018.

EBITDA ($ millions)

FY 2019

FY 2018

Organic

FX

Accounting

Perimeter

Other

Reported

Guatemala

Colombia

Paraguay

Honduras

Bolivia

Panama

El Salvador

Nicaragua, Costa 
Rica,  Eliminations & 
Corporate Costs

748

510

294

280

257

223

140

(8)

689

494

332

268

232

4

133

(75)

4.7%

(2.5)%

3.0% (10.4)%

(5.6)%

(7.7)%

0.5%

6.3%

9.1%

(4.4)%

(2.4)%

—

—

—

NM

NM

6.4%

10.8%

1.7%

6.1%

4.7%

NM

9.5%

NM

—

—

—

—

—

NM

—

NM

—

(0.2)%

8.6%

3.2%

0.2%

(11.5)%

—

—

NM

—

NM

4.2%

11.0%

NM

5.1%

NM

Latam*

2,443

2,077

2.1%

(5.0)%

8.2%

11.9%

0.4%

17.6%

*  Perimeter impact on Latam segment reflects acquisition of Cable Onda and using EBITDA as reported by the company to the Panama Stock Exchange.Panama 

performance in Q4 2018 reflects only the results of the last two weeks of the month of December 2018.

105 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

ARPU reconciliations

Latam Segment Mobile ARPU Reconciliation

Mobile service revenue ($m)

Mobile Service revenue ($m) from non Tigo customers ($m)*

Mobile Service revenue ($m) from Tigo customers (A)

Mobile customers–end of period (000)

Mobile customers–average (000) (B)**

Mobile ARPU (USD/Month) (A/B/number of months)

2019

3,258

(65)

3,192

39,846

36,636

7.3

2018

3,214

(58)

3,156

33,691

33,186

7.9

*Refers to TV advertising, production services, MVNO, DVNO, equipment rental revenue, call center revenue, national roaming, equipment sales,  
visitor roaming, tower rental, DVNE, and other non-customer driven revenue.

**Average of the last five quarters.

Latam Home  ARPU Reconciliation

Home service revenue ($m)

Home service revenue ($m) from non Tigo customers ($m)*

Home service revenue ($m) from Tigo customers

Customer Relationships–end of period (000)**

Customer Relationships–average (000)***

Home ARPU (USD/Month) (A/B/12)

2019

1,530

(40)

1,490

4,341

4,242

29.3

2018

1,244

(33)

1,210

4,118

3,587

28.1

*TV advertising, production services, equipment rental revenue, call center revenue, equipment sales and other non customer driven revenue.
**Represented by homes connected all techonologies (HFC + Other Technologies + DTH & Wimax RGUs).
***Average of the last five quarters.
****2019 includes Panama Cable Onda.

106 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

Foreign Exchange rates used to support FX impact calculations in the above Organic Growth reconciliations

Average FX rate (vs. USD)

End of period FX rate (vs. USD)

Q4 19

Q4 18

YoY

Q4 19

Q4 18

YoY

Bolivia

BOB

6.91

6.91

0.0%

6.91

6.91

0.0%

Colombia

Costa Rica

Guatemala

Honduras

Nicaragua

Paraguay

Chad

Ghana

Tanzania

COP

CRC

GTQ

HNL

NIO

PYG

XAF

GHS

TZS

3,413

3,166

(7.2)% 3,277

3,250

(0.8)%

578

7.71

599

7.72

3.7%

0.1%

576

7.70

24.72

24.29

(1.7)% 24.72

33.70

33.12

(1.7)% 33.84

6,434

5,946

(7.6)% 6,453

588

5.53

588

(0.1)%

4.85

(12.3)%

588

5.73

608

7.74

24.42

32.33

5,961

580

4.82

5.6%

0.5%

(1.2)%

(4.5)%

(7.6)%

(1.4)%

(15.9)%

2,297

2,294

(0.1)% 2,299

2,299

0.0%

Reconciliation Net debt to EBITDA to Proportionate net debt to EBITDA as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018

Debt Information - December 31, 2019

$ millions

Gross Debt

Cash

Net Debt

EBITDA

Proforma 
Adjustments*

Proforma 
EBITDA

Leverage

Millicom Group (IFRS)

  Plus: Guatamala

  Plus: Honduras

  Less: Corporate Costs

7,036

1,172

423

—

1,166

189

40

—

5,870

1,530

983

383

—

748

280

(36)

Underlying Millicom Group  

8,631

1,395

7,236

2,522

(Non-IFRS)

  Less: 50% Minority Stake  

(606)

(107)

(499)

(255)

in Colombia

  Less: 45% Minority Stake  

(528)

(85)

(442)

(337)

in Guatemala

  Less: 33% Minority Stake  

(141)

(13)

(128)

in Honduras

  Less: 20% Minority Stake  

(201)

(12)

(189)

in Panama

  Less: 1.5% Minority Stake  

(6)

—

(6)

in Tanzania

(93)

(45)

(2)

Proportionate Millicom Group  

7,149

1,177

5,973

1,791

(Non-IFRS)

* Proforma adjusted EBITDA related to mobile acquisitions in Nicaragua and Panama.

—

—

—

—

95

—

—

—

(13)

—

82

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,617

2.76x

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,873

3.19x

107 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

Debt Information–December 31, 2018

$ millions

Gross Debt

Cash

Net Debt

EBITDA

Proforma 
Adjustments* 

Proforma 
EBITDA

Leverage

Millicom Group (IFRS)

4,580

  Plus: Guatamala

  Plus: Honduras

  Less: Corporate Costs

927

383

—

Underlying Millicom Group  

5,890

(Non-IFRS)

  Less: 50% Minority Stake  

(508)

in Colombia

  Less: 45% Minority Stake  

in Guatemala

  Less: 33% Minority Stake  

in Honduras

  Less: 20% Minority Stake  

in Panama

  Less: 15% Minority Stake  

in Zantel

(417)

(128)

(52)

(13)

529

221

25

—

775

(89)

(99)

(8)

(1)

(1)

4,051

1,254

706

358

—

689

268

(35)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5,116

2,176

166

2,342

2.18

(419)

(247)

(318)

(310)

(119)

(89)

(51)

(12)

(1)

(1)

—

—

—

(33)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Proportionate Millicom Group  

4,772

576

4,197

1,527

133

1,660

2.52

(Non-IFRS)

* Proforma adjusted EBITDA related to Cable Onda acquisition. EBITDA has not been adjusted for disposal of Chad.

Equity Free Cash Flow

Year ended December 31,

Net cash provided by operating activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from sale of towers part of tower sale and leaseback transactions

Purchase of intangible assets

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets

Purchase of spectrum and licenses

Finance charges paid, net

Operating free cash flow

Interest (paid), net

Free cash flow

Dividends received from joint ventures (Guatemala and Honduras)

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Equity free cash flow

2019

801

(736)

24

(22)

(171)

—

59

470

425

(470)

(45)

237

(13)

179

2018

792

(632)

154

(142)

(148)

—

61

298

383

(298)

85

243

(2)

326

108 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

Fully consolidated P&L reconciliation for IFRS 16 implementation (unaudited)

($millions)

Revenue

  Cost of sales

Gross profit

  Operating expenses

EBITDA

  Depreciation

  Amortization

  Share of net profit in Guatemala and Honduras

  Other operating income (expenses), net

Operating profit

  Net financial expenses

  Other non-operating income (expenses), net

  Gains (losses) from other JVs and associates, net

Profit (loss) before tax

  Net tax credit (charge)

Profit (loss) for the period from continuing ops.

  Non-controlling interests

  Profit (loss) from discontinued operations

Net profit (loss) for the period

IFRS 16 impact by country

FY 2019

4,336

(1,201)

3,135

(1,604)

1,530

(825)

(275)

179

(34)

575

(544)

227

(40)

218

(120)

97

(5)

57

149

IFRS16 
Impact

FY 2019 before 
IFRS 16

FY 2018

% change

—

—

—

148

148

(109)

—

(6)

1

35

(72)

(4)

—

(41)

—

(40)

5

—

(36)

4,336

(1,201)

3,135

(1,753)

1,382

(716)

(275)

185

(35)

540

(472)

231

(40)

259

(121)

138

(9)

57

185

3,946

(1,117)

2,829

(1,616)

1,213

(662)

(140)

154

75

640

(346)

(39)

(136)

119

(112)

7

16

(33)

(10)

9.9%

7.5%

10.8%

8.4%

13.9%

8.1%

95.9%

20.0%

NM

(15.6)%

36.3%

NM

(70.3)%

116.9%

7.6%

NM

NM

NM

NM

EBITDA ($ millions)

Guatemala

Colombia

Paraguay

Honduras

Bolivia

Panama

El Salvador

FY 2019
Revenue

FY 2019
EBITDA

IFRS 16 
impact

EBITDA 
excluding  
IFRS 16

FY 2019
EBITDA 
Margin

FY 2019 
EBITDA 
Margin 
excluding  
IFRS 16

IFRS 16  
impact on 
margin

1,434 

1,532 

610 

594 

639 

475 

387 

748 

510 

294 

280 

257 

223 

140 

(8)

44 

53 

6 

16 

11 

12 

13 

16 

704 

457 

288 

263 

246 

210 

128 

52.2%

33.3%

48.2%

47.1%

40.2%

46.9%

36.2%

(24)

NM

49.1%

29.8%

47.2%

44.4%

38.5%

44.3%

33.0%

NM

3.1pt

3.5pt

0.9pt

2.8pt

1.7pt

2.5pt

3.3pt

NM

Nicaragua, Costa Rica, 
Eliminations & Corporate Costs

       293

Latam

5,964

2,443

171

2,273

41.0%

38.1%

2.9pt

109 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

Capex Reconciliation

Capex Reconciliation

Consolidated:

  Additions to property, plant and equipment

  Of which (finance) lease capitalizations from tower sale and leaseback transactions

  Additions to licenses and other intangibles

  Of which spectrum and license costs

Total consolidated additions

  Of which is capital expenditures related to the corporate offices

Latin America Segment

Additions to property, plant and equipment

  Of which (finance) lease capitalizations from tower sale and leaseback transactions

Additions to licenses and other intangibles

  Of which spectrum and license costs

Latin America Segment total additions (Underlying)

Capex excluding spectrum and lease capitalizations

Africa Segment

Additions to property, plant and equipment

  Of which (finance) lease capitalizations from tower sale and leaseback transactions

Additions to licenses and other intangibles

  Of which spectrum and license costs

Africa Segment total additions

Capex excluding spectrum and lease capitalizations

FY 2019

FY 2018

719

—

202

101

921

13

698

25

158

66

856

5

FY 2019

FY 2018

879

—

240

117

1,119

1,002

840

22

200

64

1,040

954

FY 2019

FY 2018

42

—

12

12

54

42

30

—

—

—

30

30

110 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
 
 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

Operating Free Cash Flow Reconciliation

Cash Flow Data

Net cash provided by operating activities

  Purchase of property, plant and equipment

  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

  Purchase of intangible assets and licenses

  Proceeds from sale of intangible assets

Net purchase/proceeds for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

(Less) Proceeds from sale of towers part of tower sale and leaseback transactions

(Less) Purchase of spectrum and licenses

(Less) Finance charges paid, net

Operating free cash flow

FY 2019

FY 2018

801

(736)

24

(171)

—

(882)

(22)

59

470

425

792

(632)

154

(148)

—

(626)

(142)

61

298

383

OCF (EBITDA- Capex) Reconciliation

Latam OCF Underlying

FY 2019

FY 2018

Latam EBITDA

(–) Capex (Ex. Spectrum)

Latam OCF

2,443

1,002

1,442

2,077

954

1,124

Africa OCF

Africa EBITDA

(–) Capex (Ex. Spectrum)

Africa OCF

FY 2019

FY 2018

122

42

80

102

30

72

111 

Millicom 2019 Annual Report 
 
 
Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

Underlying financial information
Until 2015, Millicom group results included Guatemala and Honduras on a 100% consolidation basis. Since 2016, these businesses are 
treated as joint ventures and are consolidated using the equity method. To aid investors to better track the evolution of the company’s 
performance over time, we provide the following indicative unaudited financial statement data for the Millicom group on an 
underlying basis which include our Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures as if they had been fully consolidated.

Income statement data FY 2019
($millions)

Revenue

  Cost of sales

Gross profit

  Operating expenses

EBITDA

EBITDA margin

  Depreciation & amortization

  Share of net profit in joint ventures

  Other operating income (expenses), net

Operating profit

  Net financial expenses

  Other non-operating income (expenses), net

  Gains (losses) from associates

Profit (loss) before tax

  Net tax credit (charge)

Profit (loss) for the period

  Profit (loss) from discontinued operations

  Non-controlling interests

Net profit (loss) for the period

Millicom  
(IFRS)

4,336

(1,201)

3,135

(1,604)

1,530

35.3%

(1,100)

179

(34)

575

(544)

227

(40)

218

(120)

97

57

(5)

149

Guatemala 
and Honduras 
JVs

Eliminations

Underlying 
(non-IFRS)

2,009

(469)

1,540

(549)

992

49.4%

(444)

—

(8)

540

(102)

(12)

—

426

(100)

326

—

(147)

179

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(179)

—

(179)

—

—

—

(179)

—

(179)

—

—

(179)

6,345

(1,670)

4,675

(2,153)

2,522

39.8%

(1,544)

—

(43)

936

(647)

215

(40)

464

(220)

244

57

(152)

149

112 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

Balance Sheet data ($ millions)

ASSETS

Intangible assets, net

Property, plant and equipment, net

Right of Use Assets

Investments in joint ventures and associates

Other non-current assets

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Inventories, net

Trade receivables, net

Other current assets

Restricted cash

Cash and cash equivalents

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS

Assets held for sale

TOTAL ASSETS

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

Non-controlling interests

TOTAL EQUITY

Debt and financing

Other non-current liabilities

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Debt and financing

Other current liabilities

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES

Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale

TOTAL LIABILITIES

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Millicom IFRS

Guatemala 
and Honduras 
JVs

Underlying 
(non-IFRS)

3,219

2,883

977

2,822

310

10,210

32

371

919

155

1,164

2,641

5

2,851

929

302

(2,797)

172

1,456

38

76

333

14

229

689

—

6,069

3,811

1,279

25

482

11,666

70

447

1,252

169

1,393

3,330

5

12,856

2,145

15,001

2,410

271

2,680

6,753

1,017

7,770

283

2,124

2,406

—

10,176

12,856

(41)

589

548

1,535

(188)

1,347

60

190

250

—

1,597

2,145

2,369

859

3,228

8,288

829

9,117

343

2,313

2,656

—

11,773

15,001

113 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Non-IFRS Reconciliations–continued

Cash Flow Data–FY 2019
($millions)

Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations

  Profit (loss) for the period from discontinued operations

Profit (loss) before taxes

Net cash provided by operating activities (incl. discontinued ops)

Net cash used in investing activities (incl. discontinued ops)

Net cash from (used by) financing activities (incl. discontinued ops)

  Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

  Effect of cash in disposal group held for sale

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

Millicom IFRS

Guatemala 
and Honduras 
JVs

Underlying 
(non-IFRS)

218

59

276

801

(1,502)

1,355

(8)

645

528

(9)

1,164

247

—

247

782

(544)

(251)

—

(12)

241

—

229

464

59

523

1,583

(2,046)

1,104

(8)

633

769

(9)

1,393

114 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportGovernance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Auditor’s Reports and 
Consolidated Financial 
Statements

115 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We AreManaging Our BusinessFulfilling Our Corporate ResponsibilityWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Independent auditor’s report
To the Shareholders of Millicom International Cellular S.A. 
2, rue du Fort Bourbon L-1249 Luxembourg

Accountants (IESBA Code) as adopted 
for Luxembourg by the CSSF together 
with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the 
consolidated financial statements in 
Luxembourg, and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities under 
those ethical requirements. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate 
to provide a basis for our opinion.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters 
that, in our professional judgment, were 
of most significance in our audit of the 
consolidated financial statements of 
the current period. These matters were 
addressed in the context of our audit of 
the consolidated financial statements 
as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters.

1. Revenue recognition

Risk identified

The Group’s revenue consists of mobile 
and data telephony services, corporate 
solutions, fixed-line broadband, 
fixed-line telephone, cable TV and 
mobile financial services to retail and 
business customers.

Revenue from these services is 
considered a significant risk due to both 
the bundling of these services and the 
complexity of the Group’s systems and 
processes used to record revenue. Also, 
the application of revenue recognition 
accounting standards is complex and 
involves a number of key judgments 
and estimates, especially in the light of 
the IFRS 15 application.

Report on the audit of the 
consolidated financial statements

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements of 
Millicom International Cellular S.A. 
(“the Group”) included on page 120  
to page 213, which comprise the 
consolidated statement of financial 
position as of December 31, 2019,  
the consolidated statement of income, 
the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, the 
consolidated statement of cash flows 
and the consolidated statement of 
changes in equity for the year then 
ended, and a summary of significant 
accounting policies and other 
explanatory information.

In our opinion, the consolidated 
financial statements give a true and fair 
view of the financial position of 
Millicom International Cellular S.A., as 
of December 31, 2019, and of its 
financial performance and its cash 
flows for the year then ended in 
accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance 
with EU Regulation N° 537/2014, the Law 
of 23 July 2016 on the audit profession 
(the “Law of 23 July 2016”) and with 
International Standards on Auditing 
(“ISAs”) as adopted for Luxembourg by 
the “Commission de Surveillance du 
Secteur Financier” (“CSSF”).

Our responsibilities under those 
Regulation, Law and standards are 
further described in the “Responsibilities 
of the “réviseur d’entreprises agréé” for 
the audit of the consolidated financial 
statements“ section of our report. We 
are also independent of the Group in 
accordance with the International 
Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ 
Code of Ethics for Professional 

Our answer

Our audit procedures over revenue 
included, among others:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 We tested the operating 
effectiveness of controls over the 
accounting for bundled offers and 
principal vs. agent considerations.

 We evaluated the design and tested 
the operating effectiveness of 
controls around access rights, system 
development, program changes and 
IT dependent business controls to 
establish that changes to the system 
were appropriately authorized 
developed and implemented 
including those over: set-up of 
customer accounts, pricing data, 
segregation of duties and the 
linkage to usage data that drives 
revenue recognition

 We tested the end-to-end 
reconciliation from the billing 
systems to the general ledger 

 We tested journal entries processed 
between the billing systems and 
general ledger. 

 We assessed the accounting for 
credits and discounts and tested the 
accuracy of customer invoices

 We assessed the assumptions used 
by management to determine the 
allocation of the transaction price, 
after consideration of these credits 
and discounts, to telecom services 
and handsets and tested the 
stand-alone selling prices

 We obtained a sample of customer 
contracts, including modifications to 
the contracts, and compared 
customer contract terms to the 
revenue systems. 

 We evaluated management’s 
Principal vs. Agent considerations 
and conclusions.

 We evaluated the adequacy of the 
Group’s disclosures included in Note 
B.1.1. in relation to revenue 
recognition matters.

116 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report–continued

To the shareholders of Millicom International Cellular S.A.

2. Uncertain tax positions

Risk identified 

The Group’s operations are subject to 
income taxes in various jurisdictions 
resulting in different subjective and 
complex interpretation of local tax laws 
as uncertainty prevails in the emerging 
market economies in which Millicom is 
operating. In addition, the global tax 
environment worldwide continues to 
evolve and becomes more complex. 
Management exercises judgment in 
assessing the level of provision required 
for taxation when such taxes are based 
on the interpretation of complex tax 
laws. The future actual outcome of the 
decisions concerning these tax 
exposures may result in materially 
higher or lower amounts than the 
accrual included in the accompanying 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our answer 

Our procedures included, amongst 
others:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 We tested the Group’s controls that 
address the risks of material 
misstatement relating to uncertain 
tax positions.

 We evaluated the assumptions the 
Group used to develop its uncertain 
tax positions and related 
unrecognized income tax benefit 
amounts by jurisdiction.

 We tested the completeness and 
accuracy of the underlying data 
used by the Group to calculate its 
uncertain tax positions.

 We assessed the historical accuracy 
of management’s estimates of its 
unrecognized income tax benefits by 
comparing the estimates with the 
resolution of those positions.

 We involved our tax professionals to 
assist us in evaluating the 
application of relevant tax laws in 
the Group’s recognition 
determination. 

• 

 We evaluated the adequacy of the 
Group’s disclosures included in Note 
G.3.2. in relation to these tax matters.

3. Accounting for Business 
Combinations

Risk identified 

The Group acquired control over, and 
therefore consolidated Cable Onda S.A. 
(“Cable Onda”) in Panama for net 
consideration of USD 956 million, 
Telefonica Celular de Nicaragua S.A. in 
Nicaragua (“Telefonica Nicaragua”) for 
net consideration of USD 430 million, 
as adjusted, and Telefonica Moviles 
Panama S.A. in Panama (“Telefonica 
Panama”) for net consideration of USD 
594 million as of December 13, 2018, 
May 16, 2019 and August 29, 2019, 
respectively. These transactions were 
accounted for as business 
combinations. The purchase accounting 
of Cable Onda was provisional as of 
December 31, 2018 and had been 
finalized as of December 31, 2019.  
Management has determined the 
purchase accounting for Telefonica 
Nicaragua and Telefonica Panama on a 
provisional basis as of December 31, 
2019. The acquisitions are material, 
complex and contains significant 
judgment in relation to their purchase 
accounting. The Group, assisted by its 
external valuation specialists, 
determined the fair value of acquired 
entities identifiable assets and 
liabilities, which included a number of 
assumptions such as useful life of 
assets, customer churn and contingent 
liabilities.

Our answer

Our audit procedures included, amongst 
others:

• 

• 

 We evaluated the design and testing 
the operating effectiveness of 
controls of the Group’s controls over 
its accounting for business 
combinations.

 We inspected the purchase 
agreements and evaluating the 
terms and conditions and 
management’s accounting for such 
terms and conditions in its purchase 
price allocation.

• 

• 

• 

 We involved our valuation specialists 
to assist with our audit procedures to 
test the estimated cash flows and 
management’s valuation 
methodologies and assumptions 
(e.g. such as the discount rate, churn 
rate and EBITDA margin) used to 
determine the fair value of the 
acquired identifiable assets and 
assumed liabilities.

 Our valuation specialists assessed 
whether the underlying assumptions 
used by the management were 
consistent with publicly available 
information and external market 
data.

 We evaluated the adequacy of the 
related disclosures in Note A.1.2 to 
the consolidated financial 
statements.

4. Adoption of IFRS 16, leases

Risk Identified 

The Group adopted IFRS 16, Leases, 
using the modified retrospective 
approach with the cumulative effect of 
applying the new standard recognized 
in retained profits as of January 1, 2019. 
At the transition date, the Group 
recognized lease liabilities measured at 
the present value of the remaining 
lease payments, discounted using the 
lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as 
of January 1, 2019. The right-of-use 
asset was measured at an amount 
equal to the lease liability, adjusted by 
the amount of any prepaid or accrued 
lease payments. Upon adoption, the 
Group recognized lease liabilities of US 
898 million and right-of-use assets of 
USD 856 million. The application of 
IFRS 16 effective from January 1, 2019 
was especially challenging and involved 
complex auditor judgment particularly 
regarding assessing management’s 
determination of a complete 
population of the Group’s leases, 
estimation and evaluation of the 
incremental borrowing rates for each of 
the leases (including consideration of 
industry, country and credit risks) and 

117 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report–continued

To the shareholders of Millicom International Cellular S.A.

estimation of the useful lives, including 
consideration of renewal options. These 
assumptions have a significant effect 
on the right-of-use asset, on the lease 
liability and the depreciation and 
financing costs.

Our answer

Our audit procedures included, among 
others:

• 

• 

• 

• 

 We evaluated the design and testing 
the operating effectiveness of 
controls over the completeness and 
accuracy of the Group’s lease 
population, valuation and 
recognition of the right-of-use asset 
and the lease liability and the 
Group’s determination of their 
underlying assumptions (including 
renewal assumptions and estimation 
of the incremental borrowing rate). 

 We inspected a sample of the lease 
agreements, including modifications 
and we assessed management’s 
assumptions regarding lease renewal 
periods including its determination 
that it was highly probable that the 
leases would be renewed. 

 Regarding the incremental 
borrowing rates, we involved our 
valuation specialists to assist with 
our audit procedures to test 
management’s assumptions and risk 
considerations as described above 
used in the measurement process.

 We also assessed the adequacy of 
the Group’s disclosures in respect  
of the adoption of IFRS 16 as set out 
in the Introduction and Notes C.4. to 
the consolidated financial 
statements.

Other information

The Board of Directors is responsible  
for the other information. The other 
information comprises the information 
included in the consolidated 
management report on page 99 and the 
accompanying corporate governance 
statement on pages 66 to 98 but does 
not include the consolidated financial 
statements and our report of “réviseur 

d’entreprises agréé” thereon.

Our opinion on the consolidated 
financial statements does not cover the 
other information and we do not 
express any form of assurance 
conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the 
consolidated financial statements, our 
responsibility is to read the other 
information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the 
consolidated financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially 
misstated. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there 
is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report 
this fact. We have nothing to report in 
this regard.

Responsibilities of the Board of 
Directors and of those charged with 
governance for the consolidated 
financial statements

The Board of Directors is responsible for 
the preparation and fair presentation of 
the consolidated financial statements in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union, and for such 
internal control as management 
determines is necessary to enable the 
preparation of consolidated financial 
statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial 
statements, the Board of Directors is 
responsible for assessing the Group’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting 
unless management either intends to 
liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or has no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are 
responsible for overseeing the Group’s 
financial reporting process.

Responsibilities of the “réviseur 
d’entreprises agréé” for the audit of 
the consolidated financial 
statements

The objectives of our audit are to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether 
the consolidated financial statements 
as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error, and to issue a report of the 
“réviseur d’entreprises agréé” that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with EU 
Regulation N° 537/2014, the Law of 
23 July 2016 and with the ISAs as 
adopted for Luxembourg by the CSSF 
will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or 
error and are considered material if, 
individually or taken together, they 
could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of these 
consolidated financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with 
EU Regulation N° 537/2014, the Law of 
23 July 2016 and with ISAs as adopted 
for Luxembourg by the CSSF, we 
exercise professional judgment and 
maintain professional skepticism 
throughout the audit. We also:

• 

 Identify and assess the risks of 
material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, 
whether due to fraud or error, design 
and perform audit procedures 
responsive to those risks, and obtain 
audit evidence that is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion. The risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement resulting 
from fraud is higher than for one 
resulting from error, as fraud may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal control.

118 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportWho We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report–continued

To the shareholders of Millicom International Cellular S.A.

We confirm that the audit opinion is 
consistent with the additional report to 
the audit committee or equivalent.

We confirm that the prohibited 
non-audit services referred to in EU 
Regulation No 537/2014 were not 
provided and that we remained 
independent of the Group in 
conducting the audit.

Other matter

The corporate governance statement 
includes the information required by 
article 68ter paragraph (1) of the law of 
19 December 2002 on the commercial 
and companies register and on the 
accounting records and annual 
accounts of undertakings, as amended.

Ernst & Young

Société anonyme

Cabinet de révision agréé

Bruno di Bartolomeo

Luxembourg February 28, 2020

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Obtain an understanding of internal 
control relevant to the audit in order 
to design audit procedures that are 
appropriate in the circumstances, 
but not for the purpose of expressing 
an opinion on the effectiveness of 
the Group’s internal control.

We communicate with those charged 
with governance regarding, among 
other matters, the planned scope and 
timing of the audit and significant audit 
findings, including any significant 
deficiencies in internal control that we 
identify during our audit.

 Evaluate the appropriateness of 
accounting policies used and the 
reasonableness of accounting 
estimates and related disclosures 
made by management.

 Conclude on the appropriateness of 
management’s use of the going 
concern basis of accounting and, 
based on the audit evidence 
obtained, whether a material 
uncertainty exists related to events 
or conditions that may cast 
significant doubt on the Group’s 
ability to continue as a going 
concern. If we conclude that a 
material uncertainty exists, we are 
required to draw attention in our 
report of the “réviseur d’entreprises 
agréé” to the related disclosures in 
the consolidated financial 
statements or, if such disclosures are 
inadequate, to modify our opinion. 
Our conclusions are based on the 
audit evidence obtained up to the 
date of our auditor’s report. 
However, future events or conditions 
may cause the Group to cease to 
continue as a going concern.

 Evaluate the overall presentation, 
structure and content of the 
consolidated financial statements, 
including the disclosures, and 
whether the consolidated financial 
statements represent the underlying 
transactions and events in a manner 
that achieves fair presentation.

 Obtain sufficient appropriate audit 
evidence regarding the consolidated 
financial information of the entities 
or business activities within the 
Group to express an opinion on the 
consolidated financial statements. 
We are responsible for the direction, 
supervision and performance of the 
Group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion.

We also provide those charged with 
governance with a statement that we 
have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, 
and to communicate with them all 
relationships and other matters that 
may reasonably be thought to bear on 
our independence, and where 
applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with 
those charged with governance, we 
determine those matters that were of 
most significance in the audit of the 
consolidated financial statements of 
the current period and are therefore the 
key audit matters. We describe these 
matters in our auditor’s report unless 
law or regulation precludes public 
disclosure about the matter. 

Report on other legal and regulatory 
requirements

We have been appointed as “réviseur 
d’entreprises agréé” by the General 
Meeting of the Shareholders on 2 May 
2019 and the duration of our 
uninterrupted engagement, including 
previous renewals and reappointments, 
is 7 years.

The consolidated management report 
on pages 99 is consistent with the 
consolidated financial statements and 
has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements.

The accompanying corporate 
governance statement on pages 66 to 
98 is the responsibility of the Board of 
Directors. The information required by 
article 68ter paragraph (1) letters c) and 
d) of the law of 19 December 2002 on 
the commercial and companies register 
and on the accounting records and 
annual accounts of undertakings, as 
amended, is consistent with the 
consolidated financial statements and 
has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements.

119 

Millicom 2019 Annual ReportConsolidated Statement of Income
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017  

Revenue ................................................................................................................................................

Cost of sales .........................................................................................................................................

Gross profit.........................................................................................................................................

Operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Share of profit in the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras

Other operating income (expenses), net

Operating profit

Interest and other financial expenses

Interest and other financial income

Other non-operating (expenses) income, net

Profit (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net

Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations

Charge for taxes, net

Profit (loss) for the year from continuing operations

Profit (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net profit (loss) for the year

Attributable to:

The owners of  Millicom

Non-controlling interests

Earnings (loss) per common share for profit (loss) attributable to the
owners of the Company:

Basic (US$ per common share):

— from continuing operations

— from discontinued operations

— total

Diluted (US$ per common share):

— from continuing operations

— from discontinued operations

Total

Notes

2019

2018 (i)

2017 (i)

(US$ millions)

B.1.

B.2.

B.2.

E.2.2., E.3.

E.1.3.

A.2.

B.2.

B.3.

C.3.3., E.3.

B.5., C.7.3.

A.3.

B.6.

E.4.2.

A.1.4.

B.7.

B.7.

4,336

(1,201)

3,135

(1,604)

(825)

(275)

179

(34)

575

(564)

20

227

(40)

218

(120)

97

57

154

149

5

0.92

0.56

1.48

0.92

0.56

1.48

3,946

(1,117)

2,829

(1,616)

(662)

(140)

154

75

640

(367)

21

(39)

(136)

119

(112)

7

(33)

(26)

(10)

(16)

0.23

(0.33)

(0.10)

0.23

(0.33)

(0.10)

3,936

(1,169)

2,767

(1,531)

(670)

(142)

140

69

632

(389)

16

(2)

(85)

172

(162)

10

60

69

87

(17)

0.27

0.59

0.86

0.27

0.59

0.86

(i)

Re-presented for discontinued operations (shown in note A.4.) 2018 and 2017 were not restated for the application of IFRS 16, and, additionally, 2017
was not restated for the application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9, as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

120

Consolidated Statement of Income

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2019,

2018 and 2017  

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended
December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017  

2019

2018 (i)

2017 (i)

(US$ millions)

Net profit (loss) for the year.............................................................................................................................................

154

Other comprehensive income (to be reclassified to statement of income in subsequent
periods), net of tax:

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations .....................................................................................

Change in value of cash flow hedges, net of tax effects.......................................................................................

Other comprehensive income (not to be reclassified to the statement of income in
subsequent periods), net of tax:

Remeasurements of post-employment benefit obligations, net of tax effects ...........................................

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year................................................................................................

Attributable to

Owners of the Company ..................................................................................................................................................

Non-controlling interests.................................................................................................................................................

Total comprehensive income for the period arises from:

Continuing operations......................................................................................................................................................

Discontinued operations..................................................................................................................................................

(4)

(16)

—

133

131

3

76

57

(26)

(81)

(1)

—

(108)

(78)

(30)

(102)

(7)

69

85

4

(2)

158

173

(15)

105

52

(i)

Re-presented for discontinued operations (shown in note A.4.). 2018 and 2017 were not restated for the application of IFRS 16, and , additionally,
2017 was not restated for the application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9, as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

Revenue ................................................................................................................................................

Cost of sales .........................................................................................................................................

Gross profit.........................................................................................................................................

Operating expenses

Depreciation

Amortization

Share of profit in the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras

Other operating income (expenses), net

Operating profit

Interest and other financial expenses

Interest and other financial income

Other non-operating (expenses) income, net

Profit (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net

Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations

Charge for taxes, net

Profit (loss) for the year from continuing operations

Profit (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Earnings (loss) per common share for profit (loss) attributable to the

Net profit (loss) for the year

Attributable to:

The owners of  Millicom

Non-controlling interests

owners of the Company:

Basic (US$ per common share):

— from continuing operations

— from discontinued operations

— total

Diluted (US$ per common share):

— from continuing operations

— from discontinued operations

Total

Notes

2019

2018 (i)

2017 (i)

(US$ millions)

E.2.2., E.3.

C.3.3., E.3.

B.5., C.7.3.

B.1.

B.2.

B.2.

E.1.3.

A.2.

B.2.

B.3.

A.3.

B.6.

E.4.2.

A.1.4.

B.7.

B.7.

4,336

(1,201)

3,135

(1,604)

(825)

(275)

179

(34)

575

(564)

20

227

(40)

218

(120)

97

57

154

149

5

0.92

0.56

1.48

0.92

0.56

1.48

3,946

(1,117)

2,829

(1,616)

(662)

(140)

154

75

640

(367)

21

(39)

(136)

119

(112)

7

(33)

(26)

(10)

(16)

0.23

(0.33)

(0.10)

0.23

(0.33)

(0.10)

3,936

(1,169)

2,767

(1,531)

(670)

(142)

140

69

632

(389)

16

(2)

(85)

172

(162)

10

60

69

87

(17)

0.27

0.59

0.86

0.27

0.59

0.86

(i)

Re-presented for discontinued operations (shown in note A.4.) 2018 and 2017 were not restated for the application of IFRS 16, and, additionally, 2017

was not restated for the application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9, as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

120

121

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2019 and 2018  

Notes

December 31 
 2019

December 31 
 2018 (i) (ii)

(US$ millions)

ASSETS

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Intangible assets, net...................................................................................................................................................

Property, plant and equipment, net ......................................................................................................................

Right of use assets ........................................................................................................................................................

Investments in joint ventures...................................................................................................................................

Investments in associates ..........................................................................................................................................

Contract costs, net........................................................................................................................................................

Deferred tax assets .......................................................................................................................................................

Other non-current assets ...........................................................................................................................................

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS.............................................................................................................................

CURRENT ASSETS

Inventories.......................................................................................................................................................................

Trade receivables, net..................................................................................................................................................

Contract assets, net......................................................................................................................................................

Amounts due from non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures.........................................

Prepayments and accrued income.........................................................................................................................

Current income tax assets..........................................................................................................................................

Supplier advances for capital expenditure..........................................................................................................

Equity investments.......................................................................................................................................................

Other current assets.....................................................................................................................................................

Restricted cash...............................................................................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents ........................................................................................................................................

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.........................................................................................................................................

E.1.

E.2.

E.3.

A.2.

A.3.

F.5.

B.6.

G.5.

F.2.

F.1.

F.5.

G.5.

C.5.

C.5.

Assets held for sale .......................................................................................................................................................

E.4.2.

TOTAL ASSETS ..............................................................................................................................................................

3,219

2,883

977

2,797

25

5

200

104

2,346

3,071

—

2,867

169

4

202

126

10,210

8,785

32

371

41

29

156

119

22

371

181

155

1,164

2,641

5

12,856

39

343

37

34

129

108

25

—

124

158

528

1,525

3

10,313

(i)

(ii)

Not restated for the application of IFRS 16 as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.

The consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting
(note A.1.2.).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

122

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (continued)

Consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2019 and 2018  

Notes

December 31 
 2019

December 31 
 2018 (i) (ii)

(US$ millions)

TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS.............................................................................................................................

10,210

8,785

ASSETS

NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Intangible assets, net...................................................................................................................................................

Property, plant and equipment, net ......................................................................................................................

Right of use assets ........................................................................................................................................................

Investments in joint ventures...................................................................................................................................

Investments in associates ..........................................................................................................................................

Contract costs, net........................................................................................................................................................

Deferred tax assets .......................................................................................................................................................

Other non-current assets ...........................................................................................................................................

CURRENT ASSETS

Inventories.......................................................................................................................................................................

Trade receivables, net..................................................................................................................................................

Contract assets, net......................................................................................................................................................

Amounts due from non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures.........................................

Prepayments and accrued income.........................................................................................................................

Current income tax assets..........................................................................................................................................

Supplier advances for capital expenditure..........................................................................................................

Equity investments.......................................................................................................................................................

Other current assets.....................................................................................................................................................

Restricted cash...............................................................................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents ........................................................................................................................................

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS.........................................................................................................................................

Notes

December 31 

 2019

December 31 

 2018 (i) (ii)

(US$ millions)

E.1.

E.2.

E.3.

A.2.

A.3.

F.5.

B.6.

G.5.

F.2.

F.1.

F.5.

G.5.

C.5.

C.5.

3,219

2,883

977

2,797

25

5

200

104

32

371

41

29

156

119

22

371

181

155

1,164

2,641

5

12,856

2,346

3,071

—

2,867

169

4

202

126

39

343

37

34

129

108

25

—

124

158

528

1,525

3

10,313

Assets held for sale .......................................................................................................................................................

E.4.2.

TOTAL ASSETS ..............................................................................................................................................................

Not restated for the application of IFRS 16 as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.

(i)

(ii)

(note A.1.2.).

The consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.  

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

EQUITY

Share capital and premium..................................................................................................................................

C.1.

Treasury shares.........................................................................................................................................................

Other reserves ..........................................................................................................................................................

C.1.

Retained profits........................................................................................................................................................

Profit (loss) for the year attributable to equity holders .............................................................................

Equity attributable to owners of the Company......................................................................................

Non-controlling interests .....................................................................................................................................

A.1.4.

TOTAL EQUITY.........................................................................................................................................................

LIABILITIES

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES

Debt and financing.................................................................................................................................................

Lease liabilities..........................................................................................................................................................

C.3.

C.4.

Derivative financial instruments ........................................................................................................................

D.1.2.

Amounts due to non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures.........................................

Provisions and other non-current liabilities ..................................................................................................

Deferred tax liabilities............................................................................................................................................

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES ...............................................................................................................

CURRENT LIABILITIES

Debt and financing.................................................................................................................................................

Lease liabilities..........................................................................................................................................................

Put option liability...................................................................................................................................................

Derivative financial instruments ........................................................................................................................

Payables and accruals for capital expenditure .............................................................................................

Other trade payables .............................................................................................................................................

G.5.

F.4.2.

B.6.

C.3.

C.4.

C.7.4.

D.1.2.

Amounts due to non-controlling interests, associates and joint ventures.........................................

G.5.

Accrued interest and other expenses ..............................................................................................................

Current income tax liabilities ..............................................................................................................................

Contract liabilities ...................................................................................................................................................

Provisions and other current liabilities ............................................................................................................

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ...........................................................................................................................

F.5.

F.4.1.

Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale..............................................................................

E.4.2.

TOTAL LIABILITIES.................................................................................................................................................

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES ....................................................................................................................

633

(51)

(544)

2,222

149

2,410

271

2,680

5,786

967

17

337

383

279

7,770

186

97

264

—

348

289

161

432

75

82

474

2,406

—

10,176

12,856

635

(81)

(538)

2,535

(10)

2,542

251

2,792

4,123

—

—

135

351

236

4,845

458

—

239

—

335

282

348

381

55

87

492

2,676

—

7,521

10,313

(i)

(ii)

Not restated for the application of IFRS 16 as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.

The consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting
(note A.1.2.).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

122

123

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017  

Notes

2019

2018(i)

2017(i)

(US$ millions)

Cash flows from operating activities (including discontinued operations)

Profit before taxes from continuing operations ......................................................................

Profit (loss) before taxes from discontinued operations.......................................................

E.4.2.

Profit before taxes ................................................................................................................................

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash:

(Finance) Lease interest expense ..................................................................................................

Financial interest expense ...............................................................................................................

Interest and other financial income .............................................................................................

Adjustments for non-cash items:

Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................................

Share of profit in Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures.................................................

A.2.

(Gain) on disposal and impairment of assets, net...................................................................

B.2., E.4.2.

Share based compensation.............................................................................................................

Transaction costs assumed by Cable Onda ...............................................................................

Loss from other joint ventures and associates,net .................................................................

Other non-cash non-operating (income) expenses, net ......................................................

C.1.

A.1.2.

A.3.

B.5.

Changes in working capital: ....................................................................................................

Decrease (increase) in trade receivables, prepayments and other current
assets,net...............................................................................................................................................

Decrease in inventories ....................................................................................................................

Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables, net ............................................................

Changes in contract assets, liabilities and costs, net .............................................................

Total changes in working capital ..............................................................................................

Interest paid on (finance) leases....................................................................................................

Interest paid on debt and other financing ................................................................................

Interest received..................................................................................................................................

Taxes (paid)............................................................................................................................................

Net cash provided by operating activities................................................................................

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities (including discontinued
operations):

218

59

276

157

408

(20)

1,111

(179)

(40)

30

—

40

(227)

(119)

11

(61)

(2)

(172)

(141)

(344)

15

(114)

801

Acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net of cash acquired........

A.1.

(1,014)

Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries and associates, net of cash disposed.............. E.4.2., A.3.2.

Purchase of intangible assets and licenses................................................................................

E.1.4.

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets......................................................................................

Purchase of property, plant and equipment.............................................................................

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment .........................................................

Proceeds from disposal of equity investment, net of costs.................................................

E.2.3.

C.3.4.

Dividends received from joint ventures .....................................................................................

A.2.2.

Settlement of financial derivative instruments........................................................................

Cash (used in) provided by other investing activities, net...................................................

D.1.2.

111

(171)

—

(736)

24

25

237

—

20

119

(29)

91

91

282

(21)

830

(154)

(37)

22

30

136

40

(128)

2

69

(9)

(66)

(89)

(229)

20

(153)

792

(953)

176

(148)

—

(632)

154

—

243

(63)

24

172

55

227

64

352

(16)

879

(140)

(99)

22

—

85

(2)

5

16

(82)

—

(61)

(84)

(288)

16

(132)

820

(22)

22

(133)

4

(650)

179

—

203

—

31

Net cash used in investing activities............................................................................................

(1,502)

(1,199)

(367)

124

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019,

Notes

2019

2018(i)

2017(i)

Cash flows from financing activities (including discontinued operations):

Proceeds from debt and other financing ...................................................................................

Repayment of debt and other financing....................................................................................

(Finance) Lease capital repayment ...............................................................................................

Advances for, and dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Dividends paid to owners of the Company...............................................................................

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .............................................................

Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents,net .............................................................

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ........................................................

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year .....................................................

C.3.

C.3.

A.1./A.2.

C.2.

Effect of cash in disposal group held for sale ...........................................................................

E.4.2.

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year .................................................................

2,900

(1,157)

(107)

(13)

(268)

1,355

(8)

645

528

(9)

1,164

1,155

(530)

(17)

(2)

(266)

341

(33)

(98)

619

6

528

996

(1,176)

(19)

—

(265)

(464)

4

(8)

646

(19)

619

(i)

Re-presented for discontinued operations (shown in note A.4. and E.4.2.). 2018 and 2017 were not restated for the application of IFRS 16, and ,
additionally,2017 was not restated for the application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9, as the Group elected the modified retrospective approach.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

2018 and 2017  

Notes

2019

2018(i)

2017(i)

(US$ millions)

Cash flows from operating activities (including discontinued operations)

Profit before taxes from continuing operations ......................................................................

Profit (loss) before taxes from discontinued operations.......................................................

E.4.2.

Profit before taxes ................................................................................................................................

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash:

(Finance) Lease interest expense ..................................................................................................

Financial interest expense ...............................................................................................................

Interest and other financial income .............................................................................................

Adjustments for non-cash items:

Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................................

Share of profit in Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures.................................................

A.2.

(Gain) on disposal and impairment of assets, net...................................................................

B.2., E.4.2.

Share based compensation.............................................................................................................

Transaction costs assumed by Cable Onda ...............................................................................

Loss from other joint ventures and associates,net .................................................................

Other non-cash non-operating (income) expenses, net ......................................................

C.1.

A.1.2.

A.3.

B.5.

Changes in working capital: ....................................................................................................

Decrease (increase) in trade receivables, prepayments and other current

assets,net...............................................................................................................................................

Decrease in inventories ....................................................................................................................

Increase (decrease) in trade and other payables, net ............................................................

Changes in contract assets, liabilities and costs, net .............................................................

Total changes in working capital ..............................................................................................

Interest paid on (finance) leases....................................................................................................

Interest paid on debt and other financing ................................................................................

Interest received..................................................................................................................................

Taxes (paid)............................................................................................................................................

Net cash provided by operating activities................................................................................

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities (including discontinued

operations):

Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries and associates, net of cash disposed.............. E.4.2., A.3.2.

Purchase of intangible assets and licenses................................................................................

E.1.4.

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets......................................................................................

Purchase of property, plant and equipment.............................................................................

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment .........................................................

Proceeds from disposal of equity investment, net of costs.................................................

E.2.3.

C.3.4.

Dividends received from joint ventures .....................................................................................

A.2.2.

Settlement of financial derivative instruments........................................................................

Cash (used in) provided by other investing activities, net...................................................

D.1.2.

218

59

276

157

408

(20)

1,111

(179)

(40)

30

—

40

(227)

(119)

11

(61)

(2)

(172)

(141)

(344)

15

(114)

801

111

(171)

—

(736)

24

25

237

—

20

119

(29)

91

91

282

(21)

830

(154)

(37)

22

30

136

40

(128)

2

69

(9)

(66)

(89)

(229)

20

(153)

792

(953)

176

(148)

—

(632)

154

—

243

(63)

24

172

55

227

64

352

(16)

879

(140)

(99)

22

—

85

(2)

5

16

(82)

—

(61)

(84)

(288)

16

(132)

820

(22)

22

(133)

4

(650)

179

—

203

—

31

Acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net of cash acquired........

A.1.

(1,014)

Net cash used in investing activities............................................................................................

(1,502)

(1,199)

(367)

124

125

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended December 31,
2019, 2018 and 2017  

Number
of
shares
held by
the
Group
(000’s)

Number
of
shares
(000’s)

Share
capita
l(i)

Share
premium

Treasur
y shares

(US$ millions)

Retaine
d profits
(ii)

Other
reserves
(iii)

Total

Non-
controll
ing
interest
s

Total
equity

101,739

(1,395)

153

485

(123)

3,215

(562)

3,167

201

3,368

Balance on January 1, 2017.......................
Total comprehensive income for the

year ...................................................................

Dividends (iv)......................................................

Purchase of treasury shares ..........................

Share based compensation (v) ....................

Issuance of shares under share-based

payment schemes .......................................

Balance on December 31, 2017 ...............
Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 15

and IFRS 9 (net of tax) (viii).......................

Total comprehensive income for the

year ...................................................................
Dividends (iv)......................................................

Dividends to non controlling interest .......

Purchase of treasury shares ..........................

Share based compensation (v) ....................

Issuance of shares under share-based

payment schemes .......................................

Effect of acquisition of Cable Onda

(vii) ....................................................................

Put option reserve(vii).....................................

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(32)

—

233

—

—

—

—

—

101,739

(1,195)

153

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(70)

—

351

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Balance on December 31, 2018 ...............

101,739

(914)

153

Total comprehensive income for the

year ...................................................................
Dividends (iv)......................................................

Dividends to non controlling interest .......

Purchase of treasury shares ..........................

Share based compensation (v) ....................

Issuance of shares under share-based

payment schemes .......................................

Effect of restructuring in Tanzania(vi)........
Balance on December 31, 2019 ...............

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

101,739

—

—

—

(132)

—

465

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1)

484

—

—

—

—

—

—

(2)

—

—

482

—

—

—

—

—

(2)

—

—

(3)

—

21

86

(265)

—

—

1

87

—

—

22

(18)

173

(265)

(3)

22

1

(15)

158

— (265)

—

—

—

(3)

22

1

(106)

3,035

(472)

3,096

185

3,281

—

—

—

—

(6)

—

31

—

—

10

(10)

(266)

—

—

—

—

(68)

—

—

—

22

(5)

(22)

—

(239)

—

—

10

(4)

6

(78)

(266)

(30)

(108)

— (266)

—

(6)

22

2

—

(13)

—

—

—

(13)

(6)

22

2

113

113

(239)

— (239)

(81)

2,525

(538)

2,542

251

2,792

—

—

—

(12)

—

41

—

(51)

149

(267)

—

4

—

(12)

(27)

(19)

—

—

—

29

(25)

131

(267)

—

(8)

29

1

9

(18)

3

133

— (267)

(1)

—

1

—

18

(1)

(8)

30

1

—

2,372

(544)

2,409

271

2,680

—

(581)

—

153

—

480

(i)
(ii)

Share capital and share premium – see note C.1. 
Retained profits – includes profit for the year attributable to equity holders, of which $306 million (2018: $324 million; 2017: $345 million) are not
distributable to equity holders. 

(iii) Other reserves – see note C.1. 
(iv) Dividends – see note C.2.
(v)
(vi)
(vii) Effect of the acquisition of Cable Onda S.A. See notes A.1.2. and C.7.4. for further details. The consolidated statement of changes in equity at

Share-based compensation – see note C.1. 
Effect of the restructuring in Tanzania A.1.2.

December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting (note A.1.2.).

(viii) “IFRS 15, “Revenue from contracts with customers” and IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” were adopted effective January 1, 2018 using the modified

retrospective method.  The impact of adoption was recorded as an adjustment to retained profits.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

126

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended December 31,

2019, 2018 and 2017  

Introduction 

Corporate Information 

Number

of

shares

held by

the

Group

(000’s)

Number

of

shares

(000’s)

Share

capita

l(i)

Share

premium

Treasur

y shares

(US$ millions)

Retaine

d profits

Other

reserves

(ii)

(iii)

Total

s

Total

equity

Non-

controll

ing

interest

Balance on January 1, 2017.......................

101,739

(1,395)

153

485

(123)

3,215

(562)

3,167

201

3,368

Balance on December 31, 2018 ...............

101,739

(914)

153

(81)

2,525

(538)

2,542

251

2,792

Balance on December 31, 2017 ...............

101,739

(1,195)

153

(106)

3,035

(472)

3,096

185

3,281

Total comprehensive income for the

year ...................................................................

Dividends (iv)......................................................

Purchase of treasury shares ..........................

Share based compensation (v) ....................

Issuance of shares under share-based

payment schemes .......................................

Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 15

and IFRS 9 (net of tax) (viii).......................

Total comprehensive income for the

year ...................................................................

Dividends (iv)......................................................

Dividends to non controlling interest .......

Purchase of treasury shares ..........................

Share based compensation (v) ....................

Issuance of shares under share-based

payment schemes .......................................

Effect of acquisition of Cable Onda

(vii) ....................................................................

Put option reserve(vii).....................................

Total comprehensive income for the

year ...................................................................

Dividends (iv)......................................................

Dividends to non controlling interest .......

Purchase of treasury shares ..........................

Share based compensation (v) ....................

Issuance of shares under share-based

payment schemes .......................................

—

—

(32)

—

233

—

—

—

—

(70)

—

351

—

—

—

—

—

—

(132)

465

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1)

484

—

—

—

—

—

—

(2)

—

—

—

—

—

(2)

—

—

482

86

(265)

—

—

1

10

—

—

—

(10)

(266)

—

(239)

149

(267)

—

4

—

(12)

(27)

—

—

(3)

—

21

—

—

—

—

(6)

—

31

—

—

—

—

—

(12)

—

41

—

(51)

87

—

—

22

(18)

—

(68)

—

—

—

22

—

—

(19)

—

—

—

29

(25)

173

(265)

(3)

22

1

—

(6)

22

2

—

131

(267)

—

(8)

29

1

10

(4)

(78)

(266)

(30)

(108)

— (266)

113

113

(239)

— (239)

3

133

— (267)

(15)

158

— (265)

—

—

—

(13)

—

—

—

(1)

—

1

—

18

(3)

22

1

6

(13)

(6)

22

2

(1)

(8)

30

1

—

Effect of restructuring in Tanzania(vi)........

Balance on December 31, 2019 ...............

101,739

—

(581)

—

153

—

480

9

(18)

Retained profits – includes profit for the year attributable to equity holders, of which $306 million (2018: $324 million; 2017: $345 million) are not

Share capital and share premium – see note C.1. 

(i)

(ii)

(v)

(vi)

distributable to equity holders. 

(iii) Other reserves – see note C.1. 

(iv) Dividends – see note C.2.

Share-based compensation – see note C.1. 

Effect of the restructuring in Tanzania A.1.2.

(vii) Effect of the acquisition of Cable Onda S.A. See notes A.1.2. and C.7.4. for further details. The consolidated statement of changes in equity at

December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting (note A.1.2.).

(viii) “IFRS 15, “Revenue from contracts with customers” and IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” were adopted effective January 1, 2018 using the modified

retrospective method.  The impact of adoption was recorded as an adjustment to retained profits.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

Millicom International Cellular S.A. (the “Company” or “MIC S.A.”), a Luxembourg Société Anonyme, and its subsidiaries, joint ventures
and associates (the “Group” or “Millicom”) is an international telecommunications and media group providing digital lifestyle services
in emerging markets, through mobile and fixed telephony, cable, broadband, Pay-TV in Latin America (Latam) and Africa. 

The Company’s shares are traded as Swedish Depositary Receipts on the Stockholm stock exchange under the symbol TIGO SDB
(formerly MIC SDB) and, since January 9, 2019, on the Nasdaq Stock Market in the U.S. under the ticker symbol TIGO. The Company
has its registered office at 2, Rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg and is registered with the
Luxembourg Register of Commerce under the number RCS B 40 630. 

On November 14, 2019, Millicom's historical principal shareholder, Kinnevik AB, distributed its entire (approximately 37% of
Millicom's outstanding shares) shareholding in Millicom to its own shareholders through a share redemption plan. Since that date,
Kinnevik is no longer a related party or shareholder in Millicom.

On February 24, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized these consolidated financial statements for issuance. 

Business activities 

Millicom operates its mobile businesses in Latin America (Bolivia, Colombia, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama
and Paraguay), and in Africa (Ghana and Tanzania). 

Millicom operates various cable and fixed line businesses in Latin America (Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala,
Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama and Paraguay). Millicom also provides direct to home satellite service in most of its Latam countries. 

On December 31, 2015, Millicom deconsolidated its operations in Guatemala and Honduras which are, since that date and for
accounting purposes, under joint control. 

Millicom holds investments in online/e-commerce businesses in several countries in Africa (Jumia), in a tower infrastructure
company in Africa  (Helios Towers), as well as other small minority investments in other businesses such as micro-insurance (Milvik). 

(5)

(22)

IFRS Consolidated Financial Statements 

Basis of preparation 

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB
(IFRS). They are also compliant with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. This is in
accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, on the application of
international accounting standards for listed companies domiciled in the European Union. 

The financial statements have been prepared on an historical cost basis, except for certain items including derivative financial
instruments (measured at fair value), financial instruments that contain obligations to purchase own equity instruments (measured
at the present value of the redemption price), and, up to December 31, 2018 prior to the adoption of IFRS 16 'Leases', property, plant
and equipment under finance leases (initially measured at the lower of fair value and present value of the future minimum lease
payments). 

This section contains the Group’s significant accounting policies that relate to the financial statements as a whole. Significant
accounting policies specific to one note are included within that note. Accounting policies relating to non-material items are not
included in these financial statements. 

2,372

(544)

2,409

271

2,680

Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as of
December 31 of each year. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as the Company,
using consistent accounting policies. 

All intra-group balances, transactions, income and expenses, and profits and losses resulting from intra-group transactions are
eliminated. 

Foreign currency 

Financial information in these financial statements are shown in the US dollar presentation currency of the Group and rounded to
the nearest million (US$ million) except where otherwise indicated. The financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are
measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (the functional currency). The
functional currency of each subsidiary, joint venture and associate reflects the economic substance of the underlying events and

126

127

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

circumstances of these entities. Except for El Salvador where the functional currency is US dollar, the functional currency in other
countries is the local currency. 

The results and financial position of all Group entities (none of which operate in an economy with a hyperinflationary environment)
with functional currency other than the US dollar presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows: 

(i) Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate on the date of the statement of financial position; 

(ii)

Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the
cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates
of the transactions); and 

(iii) All resulting exchange differences are recognized as a separate component of equity (currency translation reserve), in the

caption “Other reserves”. 

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of net investments in foreign operations, and of borrowings and
other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are recorded in equity. When the Group disposes of or loses
control or significant influence over a foreign operation, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognized in the
consolidated statement of income as part of gain or loss on sale or loss of control and/or significant influence. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign
operation and translated at the closing rate. 

The following table presents functional currency translation rates for the Group’s locations to the US dollar on December 31, 2019,
2018 and 2017 and the average rates for the years ended  December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 

Exchange Rates to the
US Dollar

Functional Currency

2019 Year-
end Rate

2018 Year-
end Rate

Change %

2019
Average
Rate

2018
Average
Rate

Change %

2017
Average
Rate

— %

n/a

0.8 %

(5.2 )%

n/a

18.9 %

(0.5 )%

1.2 %

2.5 %

4.7 %

n/a

8.3 %

5.8 %

— %

(3.3 )%

6.91

n/a

3,296

588

n/a

5.33

7.71

24.59

0.89

33.12

n/a

6,232

9.43

2,304

0.78

6.91

571

2,973

578

n/a

4.63

7.52

23.99

0.85

31.55

n/a

5,743

8.71

2,274

0.75

—%

n/a

10.9%

1.8%

n/a

15.0%

2.5%

2.5%

5.1%

5.0%

n/a

8.5%

8.3%

1.3%

4.3%

6.91

588

2,961

571

n/a

4.36

7.36

23.58

0.89

30.05

n/a

5,626

8.53

2,233

0.77

Bolivia .................................. Boliviano (BOB)

Chad ..................................... CFA Franc (XAF)

Colombia ............................ Peso (COP)

Costa Rica ...........................

Costa Rican Colon (CRC)

El Salvador.......................... US dollar

Ghana................................... Cedi (GHS)

Guatemala.......................... Quetzal (GTQ)

Honduras ............................ Lempira (HNL)

Luxembourg ...................... Euro (EUR)

Nicaragua ........................... Cordoba (NIO)

Panama................................ Balboa (B/.) (i)

Paraguay ............................. Guarani (PYG)

Sweden................................ Krona (SEK)

Tanzania .............................. Shilling (TZS)

United Kingdom............... Pound (GBP)

6.91

n/a

3,277

576

n/a

5.73

7.70

24.72

0.89

33.84

n/a

6,453

9.365

2,299

0.75

(i) the balboa is tied to the United States dollar at an exchange rate of 1:1. 

6.91

580

3,250

608

n/a

4.82

7.74

24.42

0.87

32.33

n/a

5,961

8.85

2,299

0.78

128

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

New and amended IFRS accounting standards 

The following changes to standards effective for annual periods starting on January 1, 2018 have been adopted by the Group:

IFRS 15 “Contracts with customers” establishes a five-step model related to revenue recognition from contracts with customers.
Under IFRS 15, revenue is recognized at amounts that reflect the consideration that an entity expects to be entitled to in exchange
for transferring goods or services to a customer. The Group adopted the accounting standard on January 1, 2018 using the modified
retrospective method which had an immaterial impact on its Group financial statements. IFRS 15 mainly affects the timing of
recognition of revenue as it introduces more differences between the billing and the recognition of the revenue and, in some cases,
the recognition of the revenue as a principal (gross) or as an agent (net). However, it does not affect the cash flows generated by the
Group.

As a consequence of adopting this Standard:

some revenue is recognized earlier, as a larger portion of the total consideration received in a bundled contract is

1)
attributable to the component delivered at contract inception (i.e. typically a subsidized handset). Therefore, this produces a shift
from service revenue (which decreases) to the benefit of Telephone and Equipment revenue. This results in the recognition of a
Contract Asset on the statement of financial position, as more revenue is recognized upfront, while the cash will be received
throughout the subscription period (which is usually between 12 to 36 months). Contract Assets (and liabilities) are reported on a
separate line in current assets / liabilities even if their realization period is longer than 12 months. This is because they are realized /
settled as part of the normal operating cycle of our core business.

the cost incurred to obtain a contract (mainly commissions) is now capitalized in the statement of financial position and

2)
amortized over the average contract term. This results in the recognition of Contract Costs being capitalized under non-current
assets on the statement of financial position.

the Group recognizes revenue from its wholesale carrier business on a net basis as an agent rather than as a principal

3)
under the modified retrospective IFRS 15 transition. Except for this effect, there were no other material changes for the purpose of
determining whether the Group acts as principal or an agent in the sale of products.

4)
reflect the terminology of IFRS 15: 

the presentation of certain material amounts in the consolidated statement of financial position has been changed to

a.

b.

c.

Contract assets recognized in relation to service contracts.

Contract costs in relation to capitalized cost incurred to obtain a contract (mainly commissions).

Contract liabilities in relation to service contracts were previously included in trade and other payables.

The Group has adopted the standard using the modified retrospective method. Hence, the cumulative effect of initially applying the
Standard has been recognized as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as at January 1, 2018 and comparative
financial statements have not been restated in accordance with the transitional provisions in IFRS 15. The impact on the opening
balance of retained profits as at January 1, 2018 is summarized in the table set out at the end  of this section.

Additionally, the Group has decided to take some of the practical expedients foreseen in the Standard, such as:

•

•

•

•

•

No adjustment to the transaction price for the means of a financing component whenever the period between the transfer
of a promised good or service to a customer and the associated payment is one year or less; when the period is more than
one year the financing component is adjusted, if material.

Disclosure in the Group Financial Statements the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations only
for contracts that have an original expected duration of more than one year (e.g. unsatisfied performance obligations for
contracts that have an original duration of one year or less are not disclosed).

Application of the practical expedient not to disclose the price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations, if the
consideration from a customer corresponds to the value of the entity’s performance obligation to the customer (i.e, if
billing corresponds to accounting revenue).

Application of the practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when
incurred if the amortization period of the asset that otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less.

Revenue recognition accounting principles are further described in Note B.1.1.

•

IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” addresses the classification, measurement and recognition and impairments of financial assets
and financial liabilities as well as hedge accounting. It replaces the parts of IAS 39 that relate to the classification and
measurement of financial instruments. IFRS 9 requires financial assets to be classified into two measurement categories: those
measured at fair value and those measured at amortized cost. The determination is made at initial recognition. The classification

129

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

depends on the Group’s business model for managing its financial instruments and the contractual cash flow characteristics of
the instrument. For financial liabilities, the standard retains most of the IAS 39 requirements. The main change is that, in cases
where the fair value option is taken for financial liabilities, the part of a fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is
recorded in other comprehensive income rather than the income statement, unless this creates an accounting mismatch. A final
standard on hedging (excluding macro-hedging) was issued in November 2013 which aligns hedge accounting more closely
with risk management and allows to continue hedge accounting under IAS 39. IFRS 9 also clarifies the accounting for certain
modifications and exchanges of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost.

The application of IFRS 9 did not have an impact for the Group on classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets
and financial liabilities compared to IAS 39, but it has an impact on impairment of trade receivables and contracts assets (IFRS 15) as
well as on amounts due from joint ventures and related parties - with the application of the expected credit loss model instead of
the current incurred loss model. As permitted under IFRS 9, the Group adopted the standard without restating comparatives for
classification, measurement and impairment. Hence, the cumulative effect of initially applying the Standard has been recognized as
an adjustment to the opening balance of retained profits at January 1, 2018. The impact on the opening balance of retained profits
at January 1, 2018 is summarized in the table set out at the end of this section. Additionally, the Group continues applying IAS 39
rules with respect to hedge accounting. Finally, the clarification introduced by IFRS 9 on the accounting for certain modifications and
exchanges of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost did not have an impact for the Group.

Financial instruments accounting principles are further described in Note C.7. 

The application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 had the following impact on the Group financial statements at January 1, 2018:

FINANCIAL POSITION 
$ millions

As at January
1, 2018 before
application

Effect of
adoption of
IFRS 15

Effect of
adoption of
IFRS 9

As at January 1,
2018 after
application

Reason
for the
change

ASSETS...................................................................................................

Investment in joint ventures (non-current)...............................

2,966

Contract costs, net (non-current) NEW.......................................

Deferred tax asset...............................................................................

Other non-current assets.................................................................

Trade receivables, net (current) .....................................................

Contract assets, net (current) NEW...............................................

LIABILITIES ..........................................................................................

Contract liabilities (current) NEW..................................................

Provisions and other current liabilities .......................................

Deferred tax liability (non-current) ..............................................

EQUITY...................................................................................................

—

180

113

386

—

—

425

56

Retained profits and loss for the year..........................................

Non-controlling interests.................................................................

3,035

185

27

4

—

—

—

29

51

(46)

7

48

—

(4)

—

10

(1)

(47)

(1)

—

—

(1)

(38)

(5)

2,989

4

191

113

339

28

51

379

62

3,045

181

(i)

(ii)

(viii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

(ix)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

Impact of application of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 for our joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana.

This mainly represents commissions capitalized and amortized over the average contract term. 

Effect of the application of the expected credit losses required by IFRS 9 on amounts due from joint ventures.

(iv)
recognition of the receivables.

Effect of the application of the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognized from initial

(v)
subscription period (which is usually between 12 to 36 months).

Contract assets mainly represents subsidized handsets as more revenue is recognized upfront while the cash will be received throughout the

(vi)
This mainly represents deferred revenue for goods and services not yet delivered to customers that will be recognized when the goods are
delivered and the services are provided to customers. The balance also comprises revenue from the billing of subscription fees or ‘one-time’ fees at the
inception of a contract that are deferred and will be recognized over the average customer retention period or the contract term.

(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

Reclassification of deferred revenue to contract liabilities - see previous paragraph.

Tax effects of the above adjustments.

Cumulative catch-up effect.

As of January 1, 2018, IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 implementations had no impact on the statement of cash flows or on EPS.

130

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

The following summarizes the amount by which each financial statement line item is affected in the current reporting year by the
application of IFRS 15 as compared to previous standard and interpretations:

INCOME STATEMENT 
$ millions

As
reported

Without adoption of IFRS
15

Effect of Change Higher/
(Lower)

Reason for the change

2018

Total revenue...................................................

Cost of sales .....................................................

Operating expenses......................................

Share of profit in the joint ventures in
Guatemala and Honduras...........................

Tax impact ........................................................

3,946

(1,117)

(1,616)

154

(112)

4,023

(1,165)

(1,656)

152

(111)

(77) (i)

48 (ii)

40 (ii)

2 (iii)

(1) (iv)

(i)
revenue recognition due to the reallocation of revenue from service (over time) to telephone and equipment revenue (point in time).

Mainly for adjustments for "principal vs agent" considerations under IFRS 15 for wholesale carrier business, as well as for the shift in the timing of

(ii)
and amortization of contract costs and for adjustments for "principal vs agent" under IFRS 15 for wholesale carrier business.

Mainly for the reallocation of cost for selling devices due to shift from service revenue to telephone and equipment revenue, for the capitalization

(iii)

(iv)

Impact of IFRS 15 related to our share of profit in our joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras.

Tax effects of the above adjustments.

As reported Without adoption of IFRS

15

Effect of Change Higher/
(Lower)

Reason for the change

2018

2,867

2,839

FINANCIAL POSITION 
$ millions

ASSETS ...................................................................

Investment in joint ventures (non-
current) ...................................................................
Contract costs, net (non-current) ..................

Deferred tax assets .............................................

Contract assets, net (current)..........................

LIABILITIES ...........................................................

Contract liabilities (current).............................

Provisions and other current liabilities........

Current income tax liabilities ..........................

Deferred tax liabilities (non-current)............

EQUITY ...................................................................

4

202

37

87

492

55

236

Retained profits and loss for the year ..........

Non-controlling interests .................................

2,525

251

—

200

—

—

574

52

229

2,468

248

28 (i)

4 (ii)

2 (vi)

37 (iii)

87 (iv)

(82) (v)

3 (vi)

7 (vi)

57 (vii)

3 (vii)

(i)

(ii)

Impact of application of IFRS 15 for our joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana.

This mainly represents commissions capitalized and amortized over the average contract term.

(iii)
Contract assets mainly represents subsidized handsets as more revenue is recognized upfront while the cash will be received throughout the
subscription period (which are usually between 12 to 36 months). Throughout the year ended December 31, 2018 no material impairment loss has been
recognized.

This mainly represents deferred revenue for goods and services not yet delivered to customers that will be recognized when the goods are

(iv)
delivered and the services are provided to customers. The balance also comprises the revenue from the billing of subscription fees or ‘one-time’ fees at the
inception of a contract that are deferred and will be recognized over the average customer retention period or the contract term. 

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

Reclassification of deferred revenue to contract liabilities - see previous paragraph.

Tax effects of the above adjustments.

Cumulative catch-up effect and IFRS 15 effect in the current year.

131

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

The following changes to standards effective for annual periods starting on January 1, 2019 have been adopted by the Group: 

IFRS 16 "Leases"primarily affects the accounting for the Group’s operating leases. The commitments for operating leases are now
recognized as right of use assets and lease liabilities for future payments. As a result, on adoption,  on January 1, 2019, an additional
lease liability of  $545 million has been recognized (see note C.4.). The application of the new standard decreased operating
expenses by $149 million, respectively, as compared to what our results would have been if we had continued to follow IAS 17 for
year ended December 31, 2019. The impact of the adoption of the leasing standard and the new accounting policies are further
explained below. The application of this standard also affects the Group’s depreciation, operating and financial expenses, debt and
other financing, and leverage ratios see note C.3.. The change in presentation of operating lease expenses has resulted in a
corresponding increase in cash flows derived from operating activities and a decline in cash flows from financing activities.

Below you will find further details describing the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 "Leases" on the Group’s financial statements. The
amended accounting policies applied from January 1, 2019 are further disclosed in note E.3..

Explanation and effect of adoption of IFRS 16

The Group adopted the standard using the modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of applying the new
Standard recognized in retained profits as of January 1, 2019. Its application had no significant impact on the Group's retained
profits. Comparatives for the 2018 and 2017 financial statements were not restated.

On adoption of IFRS 16, the Group recognized lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as ‘operating
leases’ under the principles of IAS 17 Leases. These liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments,
discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate as of January 1, 2019. 

The right-of-use asset was measured at an amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued
lease payments relating to the leases recognized in the statement of financial position immediately before the date of initial
application. 

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on January 1, 2019 was 12.3%. Each lease
commitment was individually discounted using a specific incremental borrowing rate, following a build-up approach including: risk-
free rates, industry risk, country risk, credit risk at cash generating unit level, currency risk and commitment’s maturity.

For leases previously classified as finance leases Millicom recognized the carrying amount of the lease asset and lease liability
immediately before transition as the carrying amount of the right of use asset and the lease liability at the date of initial application.
The measurement principles of IFRS 16 are only applied after that date. 

$ millions

Operating lease commitments disclosed as at December 31, 2018

(Plus): Non lease components obligations.........................................................................................................................................................

(Less): Short term leases recognized on a straight line basis as an expense .........................................................................................

(Less): Low value leases recognized on a straight line basis as an expense...........................................................................................

(Less): Contract included in the lease commitments but with starting date in 2019 and not part of the IFRS 16 opening
balances..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(Plus/Less): Other.........................................................................................................................................................................................................

Gross lease liabilities...............................................................................................................................................................................................

Discounted using the lessee's incremental borrowing rate at the date of the initial application .................................................

Incremental lease liabilities recognized at January 1, 2019................................................................................................................

(Plus): Finance lease liabilities recognized at December 31, 2018.............................................................................................................

Lease liabilities recognized at January 1, 2019

Of which are:

Current lease liabilities .......................................................................................................................................................................................

Non-current lease liabilities..............................................................................................................................................................................

2019

801

57

(3)

(2)

(17)

(9)

828

(283)

545

353

898

86

812

132

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

The application of IFRS 16 affected the following items in the statement of financial position on January 1, 2019:

FINANCIAL POSITION 
$ millions

As at January 1,
2019 before
application

Effect of
adoption of
IFRS 16

As at January 1,
2019 after
application

Reason
for the
change

ASSETS.....................................................................................................................

Property, plant and equipment, net ..............................................................

Right-of-use asset (non-current) NEW ..........................................................

Prepayments

LIABILITIES.............................................................................................................

Lease liabilities (non-current) NEW ................................................................

Debt and other financing (non-current) ......................................................

Lease liabilities (current) NEW..........................................................................

Debt and other financing (current)................................................................

Other current liabilities.......................................................................................

3,071

—

129

—

4,123

—

458

492

(307)

856

(6)

812

(337)

86

(16)

(2)

2,764

856

123

812

3,786

86

442

490

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

Transfer of previously capitalized assets under finance leases to Right-of-Use assets.

Initial recognition of Right-of-Use assets, transfer of previously recognized finance leases and of lease prepayments to the Right-of-Use asset cost
at transition.

Transfer of lease prepayments to the Right-of-Use asset cost at transition.

Initial recognition of lease liabilities and transfer of previously recognized finance lease liabilities.

Transfer of previously recognized finance lease liabilities to new Lease liabilities accounts.

(vi) Reclassification of provisions for onerous contracts to Right-of-Use assets.

The application of IFRS 16 has also impacted classifications within the statement of income, statement of cash flows, segment
information and EPS for the period starting from January 1, 2019. 

In applying IFRS 16 for the first time, the Group has used the following practical expedients permitted by the standard:

◦

◦

◦

◦

◦

the use of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics

reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous

the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at January 1, 2019 as short-
term leases

the exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application, and

the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the
lease.

The Group has also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for
contracts entered into before the transition date the Group relied on its assessment made when applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4
Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease.

The following new or amended standards became applicable for the current reporting period and did not have any significant impact on
the Group’s accounting policies or disclosures and did not require retrospective adjustments.

◦

◦

◦

◦

◦

Amendments to IFRS 9 "Financial instruments" on prepayment features with negative compensation.

IFRIC 23 "Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments" clarifies how the recognition and measurement requirements of
IAS 12 Income taxes, are applied where there is uncertainty over income tax treatments.

Amendments to IAS 19 "Employee benefits" on plan amendment, curtailment or settlement.

Amendments to IAS 28 "Investments in associates" on long term interests in associates and joint ventures.

Annual improvements 2015-2017.

133

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

The following changes to standards, which are not expected to materially affect the Group, will be effective from January 1, 2020:

Amendments to the conceptual
framework

Amendments to IAS 1,
‘Presentation of financial
statements’, and IAS 8,
‘Accounting policies, changes in
accounting estimates and errors’

The IASB has revised its conceptual framework. The Framework is not an
IFRS standard and does not override any standard, so nothing will change
in the short term.The revised Framework will be used in future standard-
setting decisions, but no changes will be made to current IFRS. Preparers
might also use the Framework to assist them in developing accounting
policies where an issue is not addressed by an IFRS.

The Group does not expect these amendments to have a material impact
on the consolidated financial statements as such.

These amendments to IAS 1, ‘Presentation of financial statements’, and IAS
8, ‘Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and errors’, and
consequential amendments to other IFRSs: i) use a consistent definition
of  materiality  throughout  IFRSs  and  the  Conceptual  Framework  for
Financial Reporting; ii) clarify the explanation of the definition of material;
and  iii)  incorporate  some  of  the  guidance  in  IAS  1  about  immaterial
information. 

The Group does not expect this amendment to have a material impact on
the consolidated financial statements.

January 1, 2020

January 1, 2020

Amendments to IFRS 3 - 'Business
Combinations' - definition of a
business

This  amendment  revises  the  definition  of  a  business.  According  to
feedback  received  by  the  IASB,  application  of  the  current  guidance  is
commonly  thought  to  be  too  complex,  and  it  results  in  too  many
transactions qualifying as business combinations. 

January 1, 2020

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39
and IFRS 7 - Interest Rate
Benchmark Reform.

IFRS 17, ‘Insurance contracts’

The Group does not expect this amendment to have a material impact on
the consolidated financial statements. These amendments have not yet
been endorsed by the EU.

The IASB has embarked on a two-phase project to consider what, if any,
reliefs to give from the effects of IBOR reform. For Phase 1, the IASB has
issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 that provide temporary
relief from applying specific hedge accounting requirements to hedging
relationships directly affected by IBOR reform. The reliefs relate to hedge
accounting  and  have  the  effect  that  IBOR  reform  should  not  generally
cause  hedge  accounting 
terminate.  However,  any  hedge
ineffectiveness should continue to be recorded in the income statement.
Given the pervasive nature of hedges involving IBOR based contracts, the
reliefs will affect companies in all industries.

to 

The Group is currently assessing the impact of these amendments on the
consolidated financial statements but do not expect it will have a material
effect.
This standard replaces IFRS 4, which currently permits a wide variety of
practices in accounting for insurance contracts. IFRS 17 will fundamentally
change the accounting by all entities that issue insurance contracts and
investment contracts with discretionary participation features.

IFRS 17 will not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.
IFRS 17 has not been yet endorsed by the EU.

January 1, 2020

January 1, 2021

Judgments and critical estimates 

The preparation of IFRS financial statements requires management to use judgment in applying accounting policies. It also requires
the use of certain critical accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on management's best knowledge of current events, actions and
best estimates as of a specified date, and actual results may ultimately differ from these estimates. Areas involving a higher degree of
judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in each
note and are summarized below: 

134

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Judgments 

Management apply judgment in accounting treatment and accounting policies in preparation of these financial statements. In
particular, a significant level of judgment is applied regarding the following items: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Acquisitions – measurement at fair value of existing and newly identified assets, including the measurement of property,
plant and equipment and intangible assets (e.g. particularly the customer lists being sensitive to significant assumptions as
disclosed in note A.1.2.), liabilities, contingent liabilities and remaining goodwill; the assessment of useful lives; as well as
the accounting treatment for transaction costs (see notes A.1.2., E.1.1., E.1.5., E.2.1.); 

Impairment testing – key assumptions related to future business performance, perpetual growth rates and discount rates
(see notes E.1.2., E.1.6., E.2.2.);

 Revenue recognition – whether or not the Group acts as principal or as an agent, when there is one or several
performance obligations and the determination of stand alone selling prices (see note B.1.1.); 

Contingent liabilities – whether or not a provision should be recorded for any potential liabilities (see note G.3.); 

Leases – In determining the lease term, including the assessment of whether the exercise of extension or termination
options is reasonably certain and the corresponding impact on the selected lease term (see note E.3.); 

Control – whether Millicom, through voting rights and potential voting rights attached to shares held, or by way of
shareholders’ agreements or other factors, has the ability to direct the relevant activities of the subsidiaries it consolidates,
or jointly direct the relevant activities of its joint ventures (see notes A.1., A.2.); 

Discontinued operations and assets held for sale – definition, classification and presentation (see notes A.4., E.4.1.) as
well as measurement of potential provisions related to indemnities;

Deferred tax assets – recognition based on likely timing and level of future taxable profits together with future tax
planning strategies (see notes B.6.3.and G.3.2.); 

Defined benefit obligations – key assumptions related to life expectancies, salary increases and leaving rates, mainly
related to UNE Colombia (see note B.4.3.). 

Estimates 

Estimates are based on historical experience and other factors, including reasonable expectations of future events. These factors are
reviewed in preparation of the financial statements although, due to inherent uncertainties in the evaluation process, actual results
may differ from original estimates. Estimates are subject to change as new information becomes available and may significantly
affect future operating results. Significant estimates have been applied in respect of the following items: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Accounting for property, plant and equipment, and intangible assets in determining fair values at acquisition dates,
particularly for assets acquired in business combinations and sale and leaseback transactions (see notes A.1.and E.2.1.);

Useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (see notes E.1.1., E.2.1.);

Provisions, in particular provisions for asset retirement obligations, legal and tax risks (see note F.4.); 

Revenue recognition (see note B.1.1.); 

Impairment testing including weighted average cost of capital (WACC), EBITDA margins, Capex intensity and long term
growth rates (see note E.1.6.); 

For leases, estimates in determining the incremental borrowing rate for discounting the lease payments in case interest
rate implicit in the lease cannot be determined (see note E.3. ); 

Estimates for defined benefit obligations (see note B.4.3.); 

Accounting for share-based compensation in particular estimates of forfeitures and future performance criteria (see notes
B.4.1., B.4.2.). 

135

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

A. The Millicom Group

The Group comprises a number of holding companies, operating subsidiaries and joint ventures with various combinations of
mobile, fixed-line telephony, cable and wireless Pay TV, Internet and Mobile Financial Services (MFS) businesses. The Group also
holds other small minority investments in other businesses such as micro-insurance (Milvik). 

A.1. Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are all entities which Millicom controls. Millicom controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to variable returns
from its investment in the entity, and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the subsidiary. Millicom has power
over an entity when it has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities, i.e. the activities that
significantly affect the entity’s returns. Generally, control accompanies a shareholding of more than half of the voting rights although
certain other factors (including contractual arrangements with other shareholders, voting and potential voting rights) are
considered when assessing whether Millicom controls an entity. For example, although Millicom holds less than 50 % of the shares in
its Colombian businesses, it holds more than 50 % of shares with voting rights. The contrary may also be true (e.g. Guatemala and
Honduras). In respect of the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras, shareholders’ agreements require unanimous consents for
decisions over the relevant activities of these entities (see also note A.2.2.). Therefore, the Group has joint control over these entities
and accounts for them under the equity method. 

Our main subsidiaries are as follows: 

Entity

Latin America

Country

Activity

December 31,
2019

December
31, 2018

December
31, 2017

In %

In %

In %

Telemovil El Salvador S.A. de C.V................................. El Salvador

Mobile, MFS, Cable, DTH

Millicom Cable Costa Rica S.A. ..................................... Costa Rica

Cable, DTH

Telefonica Celular de Bolivia S.A. ................................ Bolivia

Mobile, DTH, MFS, Cable

Telefonica Celular del Paraguay S.A. .......................... Paraguay

Mobile, MFS, Cable, PayTV

Cable Onda S.A (i)............................................................. Panama

Telefonica Moviles Panama (ii)..................................... Panama

Telefonia Cellular de Nicaragua sa (ii) ....................... Nicaragua

Colombia Móvil S.A. E.S.P. (iii)....................................... Colombia

Cable, PayTV, Internet, DTH,
Fixed-line

Mobile

Mobile

Mobile

UNE EPM Telecomunicaciones S.A.(iii) ...................... Colombia

Fixed-line, Internet, PayTV,
Mobile

100

100

100

100

80

80

100

100

100

100

100

80

—

—

100

100

100

100

—

—

—

50-1 share

50-1 share

50-1 share

50-1 share

50-1 share

50-1 share

Edatel S.A. E.S.P. (iii) .......................................................... Colombia

Fixed-line, Internet, PayTV, Cable

50-1 share

50-1 share

50-1 share

Africa

Sentel GSM S.A.(v) ............................................................ Senegal

Mobile, MFS

MIC Tanzania Public Limited Company (vi) ............. Tanzania

Mobile, MFS

Millicom Tchad S.A. (v) .................................................... Chad

Millicom Rwanda Limited (v)........................................ Rwanda

Mobile, MFS

Mobile, MFS

Zanzibar Telecom Limited (vi)...................................... Tanzania

Mobile, MFS

Unallocated

Millicom International Operations S.A...................... Luxembourg Holding Company

Millicom International Operations B.V. ..................... Netherlands

Holding Company

Millicom LIH S.A. ............................................................... Luxembourg Holding Company

MIC Latin America B.V. .................................................... Netherlands

Holding Company

Millicom Africa B.V............................................................ Netherlands

Holding Company

Millicom Holding B.V. ...................................................... Netherlands

Holding Company

Millicom International Services LLC........................... USA
Millicom Services UK Ltd (vii) ....................................... UK
Millicom Spain S.L. ........................................................... Spain

Services Company
Services Company
Holding Company

136

—

98.5

—

—

98.5

100

100

100

100

100

100

100
100
100

—

100

100

—

85

100

100

100

100

100

100

100
100
100

100

100

100

100

85

100

100

100

100

100

100

100
100
100

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

(i)

Acquisition completed on December 13, 2018. Cable Onda S.A. is fully consolidated as Millicom has the majority of voting shares to direct the relevant
activities. See note A.1.2.. 

(ii)

Companies acquired during the year. See note A.1.2. 

(iii)

Fully consolidated as Millicom has the majority of voting shares to direct the relevant activities. 

(iv) Merged with Airtel Ghana in October 2017 and classified as discontinued operations for the year then ended (see note E.4.2.). Merged entity is accounted
for as a joint venture as from merger date (see note A.2.2.). 

(v)

Companies disposed of in 2018 or 2019. See note A.1.3.

(vi) Change in ownership percentages as a result of the in-country restructuring . See note A.1.2.

(vii) Millicom Services UK Ltd with registered number 08330497 will take advantage of an audit exemption to prepare stand alone financial statements for

the year ended December 31, 2019 as set out within section 479A of the Companies Act 2006.

A.1.1. Accounting for subsidiaries and non-controlling interests 

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to Millicom. If facts and circumstances indicate that
there are changes to one or more of the elements of control, a reassessment is performed to determine if control still exists.
Subsidiaries are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. Transactions with non-controlling interests are accounted for as
transactions with equity owners of the Group. Gains or losses on disposals of non-controlling interests are recorded in equity. For
purchases from non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the
carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary is also recorded in equity. 

A.1.2. Acquisition of subsidiaries and changes in non-controlling interests in subsidiaries 

Scope changes 2019

1. Telefonica CAM Acquisitions

On February 20, 2019, MIC S.A., Telefonica Centroamerica and Telefonica S.A. entered into 3 separate share purchase agreements (the
“Telefonica CAM Acquisitions”) pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, Millicom agreed to purchase
100% of the shares of Telefonica Moviles Panama, S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Panama, from Telefonica Centroamerica
(the “Panama Acquisition”), 100% of the shares of Telefonica de Costa Rica TC, S.A., a company incorporated under the laws of Costa
Rica, from Telefonica (the “Costa Rica Acquisition”) and 100% of the shares of Telefonia Celular de Nicaragua, S.A., a company incorporated
under  the  laws  of  Nicaragua,  from Telefonica  Centroamerica  (the “Nicaragua  Acquisition”). The Telefonica  CAM  Acquisitions  Share
Purchase Agreements contain customary representations and warranties and termination provisions. The consummation of the Costa
Rica Acquisition is still subject to regulatory approvals and is expected to close in H1 2020.

Acquisition related costs for Nicaragua and Panama acquisitions included in the statement of income under operating expenses were
approximately $16 million for the year.

The aggregate purchase price for the Telefonica CAM Acquisitions is $1.65 billion, subject to potential purchase price adjustments.

a) Nicaragua Acquisition

This transaction closed on May 16, 2019 after receipt of the necessary approvals and, since that date, Millicom holds all voting rights
into Telefonia Celular de Nicaragua ("Nicaragua") and controls it. On the same day, Millicom paid an original cash consideration of $437
million, provisionally adjusted to $430 million as of December 31, 2019 and still subject to final price adjustment expected in Q1 2020.
The  purchase  consideration  also  includes  potential  indemnifications  from  the  sellers  (including  potential  tax  contingencies  and
litigations). For the purchase accounting, Millicom determined the provisional fair values of Nicaragua's identifiable assets and liabilities
based on transaction and relative fair values. The purchase accounting is still provisional at December 31, 2019, particularly in respect
of the final price adjustment and the evaluation of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. Management expects to finalize the
purchase accounting in Q1 2020.

137

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

The provisional purchase accounting as at December 31, 2019 is as follows

Intangible assets (excluding goodwill) (i)

Property, plant and equipment (ii)

Right of use assets (iii)

Other non-current assets

Current assets (excluding cash) (iv)

Trade receivables (v)

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets acquired

Lease liabilities (iii)

Other liabilities (vi)

Total liabilities assumed

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net

Acquisition price

Provisional Goodwill

Provisional
Fair values
(100%)

(US$ millions)

131

149

131

2

23

17

7

459

131

118

249

210

430

220

(i)

Intangible assets not previously recognized at the date of acquisition, are mainly customer lists for an amount of $81 million, with estimated useful
lives ranging from 4 to 10 years. In addition, a fair value step-up of $39 million on the spectrum held by Nicaragua has been recognized, with a
remaining useful life of 14 years.

 (ii) A fair value step-up of $39 million has been recognized on property, plant and equipment, mainly on the core network ($25 million) and owned land

and buildings ($8 million).  The expected remaining useful lives were estimated at 6-7 years on average.

(iii)

The Group measured the lease liability at the present value of the remaining lease payments (as defined in IFRS 16) as if the acquired lease were a new
lease at the acquisition date. The right-of-use assets have been adjusted by $7 million to be measured at the same amount as the lease liabilities.

(iv) Current assets include indemnification assets for tax contingencies at fair value for an amount of $11 million - see (v) below.

(v)

The fair value of trade receivables acquired was $17 million.

(vi) Other liabilities include the fair value of certain possible tax contingent liabilities for $1 million and a deferred tax liability of $50 million resulting from

the above adjustments

The goodwill is currently not expected to be tax deductible, and is attributable to expected synergies and convergence with our legacy
fixed business in the country, as well as to the fair value of the assembled work force. For convenience purposes, the acquisition date
was set on May 1, 2019 as there were no material transactions from this date to May 16, 2019. From May 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019,
Nicaragua contributed $144 million of revenue and a net profit of $5 million to the Group. If the acquisition had occurred on January
1, 2019 incremental revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 for the Group would have been $219 million and incremental net
loss for that period would have been $16 million, including amortization of assets not previously recognized of $12 million (net of tax).

Key assumptions used in fixed assets valuation

The following valuation methods and key estimates were used for the valuation of the main classes of fixed assets:

Major class of assets

Valuation method

Key assumption 1

Key assumption 2

Key assumption 3

Spectrum

Customer lists

Land and buildings

Market approach -
Market comparable
transactions

Income approach -

Multi-Period
Excess Earnings

Method

Market approach

Core network

Cost approach

Discount rate : 14%

Terminal growth rate:

Estimated duration: 14

2.5%

years

Discount rate: 14-15%

Monthly Churn rate:
From 1.2% for B2B
to 2.9% for B2C

EBITDA margin: ~ 36%

to 41%

Economic useful life
(range): 10-30 years

Price per square meter:

from $2 to $57

Economic useful life
(range): 5-27 years

Remaining useful life
(minimum) :  1.7
years

N/A

N/A

138

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

b) Panama Acquisition

This transaction closed on August 29, 2019 after receipt of the necessary approvals and, since that date, Cable Onda, which is 80%
owned by Millicom, holds all voting rights in Telefonica Moviles Panama, S.A. ("Panama") and controls it. On the same day, Cable Onda
paid an original cash consideration of $594 million to acquire 100% of the shares of Panama, subject to a final price adjustment expected
in Q1 2020. The purchase consideration also includes potential indemnifications from the sellers (including potential tax contingencies
and litigations). For the purchase accounting, Millicom determined the fair value of Panama's identifiable assets and liabilities based
on transaction and relative fair values. The purchase accounting is still provisional at December 31, 2019, particularly in respect of the
evaluation of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, final price adjustment and their resulting impact
on the current valuation of intangible assets. Management expects to finalize the purchase accounting during the first half of  2020.
No non-controlling interests are recognized at acquisition date as Cable Onda acquired 100% of the shares of Panama. Though, non-
controlling interests are recognized in Panama's results from the date of acquisition. 

139

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

The provisional purchase accounting as at December 31, 2019 is as follows:

Intangible assets (excluding goodwill) (i)

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Other non-current assets

Current assets (excluding cash)

Trade receivables (ii)

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets acquired

Lease liabilities

Other debt and financing

Other liabilities (iii)

Total liabilities assumed

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net

Acquisition price

Provisional Goodwill

Provisional Fair values
(100%)

(US$ millions)

169

110

57

3

23

21

10

391

48

74

101

224

167

594

426

(i)

Intangible assets not previously recognized at the date of acquisition, are mainly customer lists for an amount of $58 million, with estimated useful
lives ranging from 3 to 17 years. In addition, a fair value step-up of $3 million on the spectrum held by Panama has been recognized, with a remaining
useful life of 17 years.

(ii)

The fair value of trade receivables acquired was $21 million.

(iii) Other liabilities include a deferred tax liability of $15 million resulting from the above adjustments

The goodwill is currently not expected to be tax deductible and is attributable to expected synergies and convergence with Cable
Onda, as well as to the fair value of the assembled work force. For convenience purposes, the acquisition date was set on September
1, 2019. From September 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019, Panama contributed $80 million of revenue and a net profit of $6 million to
the Group. If Panama had been acquired on January 1, 2019 incremental revenue for the twelve-month period ended December 31,
2019 for the Group would have been $158 million and incremental net profit for that period would have been $1 million, including
amortization of assets not previously recognized of $3 million (net of tax). 

Key assumptions used in fixed assets valuation

The following valuation methods and key estimates were used for the valuation of the main classes of fixed assets:

Major class of assets

Valuation method

Key assumption 1

Key assumption 2

Key assumption 3

Spectrum

Customer lists

2. Tanzania restructuring

Market approach -
Market comparable
transactions

Income approach -

Multi-Period
Excess Earnings

Method

Discount rate: 9.8%

Terminal growth rate:

Estimated duration: 17

2.9%

years

Discount rate: 9.8-11%

Monthly Churn rate:
From 0.4% for B2C
postpaid to 3.9% for
B2C prepaid

EBITDA margin: ~ 35%

to 39%

In October 2019, with the view of listing the shares of MIC Tanzania Public Limited Company ('MIC Tanzania') on the local stock exchange
(see note H), Millicom completed the restructuring of its investments in different operations in the country. Mainly, MIC Tanzania acquired
all the shares of Zantel, which was partially held by the Government of Zanzibar (15%). In exchange of the contribution of its 15% shares
in Zantel to MIC Tanzania, the Government of Zanzibar received 1.5% of newly issued shares in MIC Tanzania. This restructuring did not
result  in  the  Group  losing  control  in  Zantel  nor  MIC  Tanzania,  and  has  therefore  been  recognized  as  an  equity  transaction.  As  a
consequence, the Group owners’ equity decreased by a net amount of $18 million as a result of the derecognition of the 15% non-
controlling interests in Zantel and the recognition of 1.5% non-controlling interests in MIC Tanzania.

140

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

3. Others

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Group also completed minor additional acquisitions.

Scope changes 2018

1. Cable Onda acquisition

On October 7, 2018, the Company signed an agreement to acquire a controlling 80% stake in Cable Onda, the largest cable and fixed
telecommunications services provider in Panama. The selling shareholders retained a 20% equity stake in the company. The
transaction closed on December 13, 2018 after receipt of necessary approvals, for final cash consideration of $956 million. Millicom
concluded that it controls Cable Onda since closing date and therefore fully consolidates it in its financial statements with a 20%
non-controlling interest.  The deal also includes certain liquidity rights such as call and put options that have been amended as a
result of the acquisition of Telefonica Moviles Panama, S.A.. See note C.7.4. for further details on the accounting treatment of these
options.

For the purchase accounting, Millicom determined the fair value of Cable Onda identifiable assets and liabilities based on
transaction and relative values. The non-controlling interest was measured based on the proportionate share of the fair value of the
net assets of Cable Onda. The exercise has been finalized in December 2019. The main adjustments compared to the provisional fair
values relate to the final valuation of the property, plant and equipment for a net increase of $30 million, as well as its related impact
on the customer list fair value (a decrease of $20 million) and deferred tax liabilities (net increase of $3 million). The remaining
adjustments are linked to reassessment of contingent liabilities and corresponding indemnification assets. As a result, goodwill
decreased by $8 million as follows:

Intangible assets (excluding goodwill) (i)

Property, plant and equipment (ii)

Current assets (excluding cash)(iii)

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets acquired

Non-current liabilities(iv)

Current liabilities

Total liabilities assumed

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net

Transaction costs assumed by Cable Onda (v)

Fair value of non-controlling interest in Cable Onda (20%)

Millicom’s interest in the fair value of Cable Onda (80%)

Acquisition price

Final Goodwill

..

Provisional
Fair values
(100%)

(US$
millions)

Final Fair
values (100%)

(US$ millions)

Changes

(US$
millions)

673

348

54

12

653

378

50

12

1,088

1,094

422

141

563

525

30

111

444

956

512

425

134

559

535

30

113

452

956

504

(20)

30

(4)

—

6

3

(7)

(4)

10

—

2

8

0

(8)

(i)

(ii)

Intangible assets not previously recognized (or partially recognized as a result of previous acquisitions) are trademarks for an amount of $280 million,
with estimated useful lives of 3 years, a customer list for an amount of $350 million, with estimated useful life of 20 years and favorable content
contracts for $19 million, with a useful life of 10 years.

 A net fair value step-up of $30 million has been recognized on property, plant and equipment, mainly on the core network ($11 million).  The expected
remaining useful lives were estimated at 5 years on average.

(iii) Current assets include trade receivables amounting to a fair value of $34 million.

(iv) Non-current liabilities include the deferred tax liability of $161 million resulting from the above adjustments. 

(v)

Transaction costs of $30 million have been assumed and paid by Cable Onda before the acquisition or by Millicom on the closing date. Because of their
relationship with the acquisition, these costs have been accounted for as post-acquisition costs in the Millicom Group statement of income. These,
together with acquisition-related costs of $11 million, have been recorded under operating expenses in the statement of income of the year. 

The completion of the purchase price allocation did not result in any material impact on the statement of income for the years
ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively, in respect of values previously recorded in the provisional purchase
accounting.

141

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

The goodwill, which is not expected to be tax deductible, is attributable to Cable Onda’s strong market position and profitability, as
well as to the fair value of the assembled work force. From December 13, 2018 to December 31, 2018, Cable Onda contributed $17
million of revenue and a net loss of $7 million to the Group. If Cable Onda had been acquired on 1 January 2018 incremental revenue
for the 2018 year would have been $403 million and incremental net loss for that period of $59 million, including amortization of
assets not previously recognized of $85 million (net of tax). 

Key assumptions used in fixed assets valuation

The following valuation methods and key estimates were used for the valuation of the main classes of fixed assets:

Major class of assets

Valuation method

Key assumption 1

Key assumption 2

Key assumption 3

Brands

Customer lists

Property, plant & equipment

Income approach -
Relief-from-Royalty
approach

Income approach -

Multi-Period
Excess Earnings

Method

Cost approach

Discount rate: 10%

Royalty rate: 4.5%

Tax rate: 25%

Discount rate: 10%

Economic useful life
(range): 5-15 years

Yearly Churn rate:
5.8% in average

Remaining useful
life (minimum):
2-8 years

EBITDA margin: ~ 48%

N/A

142

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

A.1.3. Disposal of subsidiaries and decreases in non-controlling interests of subsidiaries 

Chad

On June 26, 2019, the Group completed the disposal of its operations in Chad for a final cash consideration of $110 million. In
accordance with Group practices, the Chad operation has been classified as assets held for sale and discontinued operations as from
June 5, 2019 and prior periods restated. On June 26, 2019, Chad was deconsolidated and a gain on disposal of $77 million was
recognized (see also note E.4.).

Rwanda 

On December 19, 2017, Millicom announced that it has signed an agreement for the sale of its Rwanda operations to subsidiaries of
Bharti Airtel Limited for a final cash consideration of $51 million, including a deferred cash payment due in January 2020 for an
amount of $18 million. The transaction also included earn-outs for $7 million that were not recognized by the Group as management
does not believe these will be triggered. The sale was completed on January 31, 2018. In accordance with Group practices, Rwanda
operations’ assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale on January 23, 2018. Rwanda’s operations also represented a separate
geographical area and did qualify for discontinued operations presentation; results were therefore shown on a single line in the
statements of income under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’ (see also note E.4.).

Senegal 

On July 28, 2017, Millicom announced that it had agreed to sell its Senegal business to a consortium consisting of NJJ, Sofima
(managed by the Axian Group) and Teylium Group. In accordance with Group practices, Senegal operations’ assets and liabilities
were classified as held for sale on February 2, 2017. Senegal’s operations also represented a separate geographical area and did
qualify for discontinued operations. The sale was completed on April 27, 2018 in exchange of a cash consideration of $151 million.
(see also note E.4.)

Ghana merger 

On March 3, 2017, Millicom and Bharti Airtel Limited (Airtel) announced that they had entered into an agreement for Tigo Ghana
Limited and Airtel Ghana Limited to combine their operations in Ghana. In accordance with Group practices, Ghana operations’
assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale on September 30, 2017. Ghana’s operations also represented a separate
geographical area and did qualify for discontinued operations. The transaction was completed on October 12, 2017 (see also note
E.4.). 

Other disposals 

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, Millicom did not dispose of any other significant investments. 

A.1.4. Summarized financial information relating to significant subsidiaries with non-controlling interests 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, Millicom’s subsidiaries with material non-controlling interests were the Group’s operations in
Colombia and Panama. 

Balance sheet – non-controlling interests 

Colombia

Panama

Others

Total

(i) Restated as a result of the finalization of  Cable Onda purchase accounting, see note A.1.2. 

December 31,

2019

2018(i)

(US$ millions)

170

99

2

271

161

105

(16)

251

143

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Profit (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests 

Colombia

Panama

Others

Total

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

11

(6)

—

5

(5)

(8)

(3)

(16)

(13)

—

(4)

(17)

The summarized financial information for material non-controlling interests in our operations in Colombia and Panama is provided
below. This information is based on amounts before inter-company eliminations. 

Colombia 

Revenue

Total operating expenses

Operating profit

Net (loss) for the year

50% non-controlling interest in net (loss)

Total assets (excluding goodwill)

Total liabilities

Net assets

50% non-controlling interest in net assets

Consolidation adjustments

Total non-controlling interest

Dividends and advances paid to non-controlling interest

Net cash from operating activities

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

1,532

(543)

164

23

11

2,256

1,891

365

183

(13)

170

(12)

363

(260)

(67)

—

36

1,661

1,739

(667)

147

(10)

(5)

1,966

1,620

346

173

(12)

161

(2)

348

(270)

(75)

(18)

(15)

(647)

106

(25)

(13)

2,193

1,771

422

211

(15)

197

0

331

(209)

(46)

3

80

144

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Panama

Revenue

Total operating expenses

Operating profit

Net (loss) for the year

20% non-controlling interest in net (loss)

Total assets (excluding Millicom's goodwill in Cable Onda)

Total liabilities

Net assets

20% non-controlling interest in net assets

Consolidation adjustments

Total non-controlling interest

Dividends and advances paid to non-controlling interest

Net cash from operating activities

Net cash from (used in) investing activities (iii)

Net cash from (used in) financing activities (iii)

Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

2019 (ii)

2018 (i)

(US$ millions)

475

(148)

(15)

(31)

(6)

1,866

1,372

494

99

—

99

—

167

(693)

580

—

54

17

(8)

(39)

(39)

(8)

1,082

556

526

105

—

105

—

(2)

12

(3)

—

7

(i)

 (ii)

Cable Onda was acquired on December 13, 2018 and 2018 figures therefore only include results and cash flows from the date of acquisition.

2019 figures include the full year results and cash flows of Cable Onda, as well as 4 months of Telefonica Panama which was consolidated from
September 1, 2019.

 (iii)

In 2019, Cable Onda acquired Telefonica Panama for $594 million (note A.1.2.), financed by issuing a $600 million Senior Notes due 2030 (note C.3.1.)

145

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

A.2. Joint ventures

Joint ventures are businesses over which Millicom exercises joint control as decisions over the relevant activities of each require
unanimous consent of shareholders. Millicom determines the existence of joint control by reference to joint venture agreements,
articles of association, structures and voting protocols of the board of directors of those ventures. 

At December 31, 2019, the equity accounted net assets of our joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana totaled $3,346
million (December 31, 2018: $3,405 million for Guatemala and Honduras only). These net assets do not necessarily represent
statutory reserves available for distribution as these include consolidation adjustments (such as goodwill and identified assets and
assumed liabilities recognized as part of the purchase accounting). Out of these reserves, $142 million (December 31, 2018: $133
million) represent statutory reserves that are unavailable to be distributed to the Group. During the year ended December 31, 2019,
Millicom’s joint ventures paid $237 million (December 31, 2018: $243 million) as dividends or dividend advances to the Company. 

Our main joint ventures are as follows: 

Entity

Comunicaciones Celulares S.A(i).

Navega.com S.A.(i)

Telefonica Celular S.A(i).

Navega S.A. de CV(i)

Bharti Airtel Ghana Holdings B.V.

Country

Activity

December
31, 2019  %
holding

December
31, 2018 %
holding 

Guatemala

Guatemala

Honduras

Honduras

Ghana

Mobile, MFS

Cable, DTH

Mobile, MFS

Cable

Mobile, MFS

55

55

66.7

66.7

50

55

55

66.7

66.7

50

(i) Millicom owns more than 50% of the shares in these entities and has the right to nominate a majority of the directors of each of these entities. However,
key decisions over the relevant activities must be taken by a supermajority vote. This effectively gives either shareholder the ability to veto any decision
and therefore neither shareholder has sole control over the entity. Therefore, the operations of these joint ventures are accounted for under the equity
method. 

The carrying values of Millicom’s investments in joint ventures were as follows: 

Carrying value of investments in joint ventures at December 31 

Honduras operations(i)

Guatemala operations(i)

AirtelTigo Ghana operations

Total

%

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

66.7

55

50

708

2,089

—

2,797

730

2,104

32

2,867

(i)

Includes all the companies under the Honduras and Guatemala groups. 

The table below summarizes the movements for the year in respect of the Group’s joint ventures carrying values: 

146

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Opening balance at January 1, 2018

Adjustments on adoption of IFRS 15 and IFRS 9 (net of tax)

Change in scope

Results for the year

Capital increase

Dividends declared during the year

Currency exchange differences

Closing balance at December 31, 2018

Accounting policy changes

Capital increase

Results for the year

Utilization of past recognized losses

Dividends declared during the year

Currency exchange differences

Closing balance at December 31, 2019

Guatemala(i) Honduras (i)

Ghana(ii)

(US$ millions)

2,145

726

18

—

131

—

(177)

(14)

2,104

—

—

152

—

(170)

2

2,089

5

—

23

3

—

(26)

730

—

—

27

—

(37)

(12)

708

96

0

0

(68)

—

—

3

32

—

5

(40)

(5)

—

8

—

(i)

(ii)

Share of profit (loss) is recognized under ‘Share of profit in the joint ventures in Guatemala and Honduras’ in the statement of income. 

Share of profit (loss) is recognized under ‘Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net’ in the statement of income. 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018 the Group had not incurred obligations, nor made payments on behalf of the Guatemala, Honduras
or Ghana operations. 

A.2.1. Accounting for joint ventures 

Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting and are initially recognized at cost (calculated at fair value if
it was a subsidiary of the Group before becoming a joint venture). The Group’s investments in joint ventures include goodwill (net of
any accumulated impairment loss) on acquisition. 

The Group’s share of post-acquisition profits or losses of joint ventures is recognized in the consolidated statement of income and its
share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognized in reserves. Cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted
against the carrying amount of the investments. When the Group’s share of losses in a joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in
the joint venture, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless the Group has
incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint ventures. 

Gains on transactions between the Group and its joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the joint
ventures. Losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting
policies of joint ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
Dilution gains and losses arising in investments in joint ventures are recognized in the statement of income. 

After application of the equity method, including recognizing the joint ventures’ losses, the Group applies IFRS 9 to determine
whether it is necessary to recognize any additional impairment loss with respect to its net investment in the joint venture. 

A.2.2. Material joint ventures – Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana operations 

Summarized financial information for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 of the Guatemala and Honduras
operations is as follows. This information is based on amounts before inter-company eliminations. 

147

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Guatemala 

Revenue.................................................................................................................................................................................

1,434

1,373

1,328

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................................................................

Operating profit(i)............................................................................................................................................................

Financial income (expenses), net ..................................................................................................................................

Profit before taxes............................................................................................................................................................

Charge for taxes, net..........................................................................................................................................................

Profit for the year .............................................................................................................................................................

Net profit for the year attributable to Millicom.................................................................................................

Dividends and advances paid to Millicom.................................................................................................................

Total non-current assets (excluding goodwill).........................................................................................................

Total non-current liabilities .............................................................................................................................................

Total current assets.............................................................................................................................................................

Total current liabilities.......................................................................................................................................................

Total net assets

Group's share in %

Group's share in USD millions

Goodwill and consolidation adjustments

Carrying value of investment in joint venture

Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................................................................................................

Debt and financing – non-current................................................................................................................................

Debt and financing – current .........................................................................................................................................

Net cash from operating activities................................................................................................................................

Net cash from (used in) investing activities...............................................................................................................

Net cash from (used in) financing activities ..............................................................................................................

Exchange impact on cash and cash equivalents, net ............................................................................................

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents...........................................................................................................

(313)

429

(66)

356

(79)

277

152

209

2,517

1,216

717

251

1,767

55%

972

1,117

2,089

189

1,152

21

588

(205)

(412)

1

(28)

(283)

387

(56)

309

(69)

240

131

211

2,280

981

718

221

1,796

55%

988

1,116

2,104

217

928

—

545

(173)

(455)

(3)

(86)

(295)

352

(60)

305

(74)

230

126

162

2,406

1,052

756

220

1,890

55%

1,040

1,106

2,145

303

995

—

498

(171)

(315)

2

14

(i)

In 2017, operating profit included a provision for impairment of $10 million on the fixed assets related to video surveillance contracts with the Civil
National Police.

Guatemala financing

In 2014, Intertrust SPV (Cayman) Limited, acting as trustee of the Comcel Trust, a trust established and consolidated by Comcel for
the purposes of the transaction, issued $800 million 6.875% Senior Notes to refinance existing local and MIC S.A. corporate debt. The
bond was issued at 98.233% of the principal and has an effective interest rate of 7.168%. The bond is guaranteed by Comcel and
listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.

148

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Honduras 

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

Revenue.................................................................................................................................................................................

Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................................................................

Operating profit................................................................................................................................................................

Financial income (expenses), net ..................................................................................................................................

Profit before taxes............................................................................................................................................................

Charge for taxes, net..........................................................................................................................................................

Profit for the year .............................................................................................................................................................

Net profit for the year attributable to Millicom.................................................................................................

Dividends and advances paid to Millicom.................................................................................................................

Total non-current assets (excluding goodwill).........................................................................................................

Total non-current liabilities .............................................................................................................................................

Total current assets.............................................................................................................................................................

Total current liabilities.......................................................................................................................................................

Total net assets.....................................................................................................................................................................

594

(132)

102

(37)

60

(21)

39

27

28

516

469

312

183

176

586

(133)

91

(29)

52

(18)

34

23

32

506

386

304

226

198

585

(156)

70

(27)

41

(18)

23

15

40

576

407

208

282

95

Group's share in % ..............................................................................................................................................................

66.7%

66.7%

66.7%

Group's share in USD millions ........................................................................................................................................

Goodwill and consolidation adjustments..................................................................................................................

Carrying value of investment in joint venture..........................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................................................................................................

Debt and financing – non-current................................................................................................................................

Debt and financing – current .........................................................................................................................................

Net cash from operating activities................................................................................................................................

Net cash from (used in) investing activities...............................................................................................................

Net cash from (used in) financing activities ..............................................................................................................

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents....................................................................................

117

591

708

40

384

39

169

(77)

(77)

15

132

598

730

25

298

85

147

(87)

(50)

9

63

663

726

16

308

80

152

(74)

(74)

3

Honduras financing

On September 19, 2019, Telefónica Celular, S.A. de C.V. entered into a new credit agreement with Banco Industrial S.A.  and Banco
Pais S.A for an amount up to $185 million,  in tranches of $100 million, $60 million and $25 million. The Loan Agreement has a 10-
year maturity and an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.80% per annum, subject to a floor of minimum 5.25%. The new credit agreement
has been used to consolidate the portion of a syndicated $250 million facility with Scotiabank dated March 27, 2015, and $90 million
credit agreement with Banco Industrial S.A. dated March 20, 2018.

On September 19, 2019,  Navega S.A. de C.V., entered into new facility agreement with Banco Industrial S.A. for an amount of  $20
million and a duration of 10 years. The new agreement bears an annual interest of LIBOR plus 3.80% , subject to a floor of 5.25%. and
will be used to refinance the portion corresponding to it as borrower under the $250 million facility with Scotiabank dated March 27,
2015.

Ghana 

As mentioned in note A.1.3., in 2017 Millicom and Airtel signed a Combination Agreement, whereby both investors decided to
combine their respective subsidiaries in Ghana, namely Tigo Ghana Limited and Airtel Ghana Limited under an existing company –
Bharti Airtel Ghana Holdings B.V. (the ‘JV’ or ‘AirtelTigo Ghana’) both Millicom and Airtel each owning 50%. As part of the transaction,
the government of Ghana retained an option to acquire a 25% stake in the newly combined entity for a period of two years. This
option has never been material and expired unexercised in September 2019.  

On October 12, 2017, both parties announced the completion of the transaction. As consideration received, each party owns 50% of
the equity capital and voting rights of the JV, and Millicom holds a $40 million loan against Tigo Ghana (the “Millicom Note”), which

149

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

shall rank in priority to all other obligations of the joint venture owed to its shareholders. The Millicom Note bears interest and is
classified under ‘other non-current assets’ in the statement of financial position. 

Decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. Therefore, based on IFRS 11,
this agreement results in Millicom and Airtel having joint control over the combined entity, which is a joint venture. Millicom
therefore uses the equity method to account for its investment in the combined entity since October 12, 2017. 

As a consequence, on October 12, 2017, Millicom deconsolidated its investments in Ghana operations and accounted for its
investment in the combined entity under the equity method, initially at fair value of $102 million, resulting in a net gain on the
deconsolidation of these operations amounting to $36 million, including recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated
in equity of $79 million. The net gain has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’. 

AirtelTigo Ghana 

Revenue.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Depreciation and amortization..........................................................................................................................................

Operating loss ........................................................................................................................................................................

Financial income (expenses), net ......................................................................................................................................

Loss before taxes ..................................................................................................................................................................

Charge for taxes, net ..............................................................................................................................................................

Loss for the period ...............................................................................................................................................................

Net loss for the period attributable to Millicom....................................................................................................

Dividends and advances paid to Millicom.....................................................................................................................

Total non-current assets (excluding goodwill).............................................................................................................

Total non-current liabilities..................................................................................................................................................

Total current assets.................................................................................................................................................................

Total current liabilities ...........................................................................................................................................................

Total net assets.........................................................................................................................................................................

Group's share in % ..................................................................................................................................................................

Group's share in USD millions.............................................................................................................................................

Goodwill and consolidation adjustments ......................................................................................................................

Unrecognised losses ..............................................................................................................................................................

Carrying value of investment in joint venture..............................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................................................................................................

Debt and financing – non-current ....................................................................................................................................

Debt and financing – current..............................................................................................................................................

Net cash from operating activities....................................................................................................................................

Net cash from (used in) investing activities...................................................................................................................

Net cash from (used in) financing activities ..................................................................................................................

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ...............................................................................................................

2019

(US$ millions)

2018

(US$
millions)

2017

(US$
millions)

142

(69)

(72)

(77)

(123)

—

(123)

(40)

—

168

245

42

187

(223)

50%

(111)

90

(22)

—

5

245

27

(5)

—

(6)

(11)

187

(110)

(100)

(42)

(135)

—

(135)

(68)

—

277

277

71

134

(63)

50%

(31)

63

0

32

19

276

17

(19)

(8)

42

15

58

(11)

(1)

(10)

(12)

—

(12)

(6)

—

184

214

60

106

(76)

50%

(38)

134

0

96

15

145

—

13

—

(3)

10

A.2.3. Impairment of investment in joint ventures 

While no impairment triggers were identified for the Group’s investments in joint ventures in 2019, according to its policy,
management have completed an impairment test for its joint ventures in Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana (up to 2018 for Ghana as
investment is nil as of December 31, 2019). 

The Group’s investments in Guatemala and Honduras operations were tested for impairment by assessing their recoverable amount
(using a value in use model based on discounted cash flows) against their carrying amounts. The cash flow projections used were
extracted from financial budgets approved by management and the Board covering a period of five years. In respect of Guatemala

150

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

and Honduras, cash flows beyond this period have been extrapolated using a perpetual growth rate of 1.1%–1.2% (2018: 3.2%–
3.0%). Discount rates used in determining recoverable amounts were 9.5% and 9.7%, respectively (2018: 11.0% and 10.3%). For
Ghana, in 2018, management used a perpetual growth rate of 3.8% and a discount rate of 14.4%.

For the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and as a result of the impairment testing described above, management
concluded that none of the Group’s investments in joint ventures should be impaired. 

Sensitivity analysis was performed on key assumptions within the impairment tests. The sensitivity analysis determined that
sufficient headroom exists from realistic changes to the assumptions that would not impact the overall results of the testing.  

151

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

A.3. Investments in associates

Millicom’s investments in  Helios Towers Africa Ltd (HTA) and in the African online business (AIH) became listed companies during 2019,
and Millicom resigned from its board of directors' positions in both companies, having as an effect the loss of its significant influence.
Both investments are now accounted for as equity instruments (see note C.7.3.). Millicom has significant influence over other immaterial
associates as shown below. 

The Group’s associates are as follows: 

Entity

Africa

Country

Activity(ies)

% holding

% holding

December
31, 2019

December
31, 2018

Helios Towers Africa Ltd (HTA)(i)............................................... Mauritius

Africa Internet Holding GmbH (AIH)(i) ................................... Germany

Holding of Tower infrastructure
company

Online marketplace, retail and
services

West Indian Ocean Cable Company Limited (WIOCC) ..... Republic of

Mauritius

Telecommunication carriers’ carrier

—

—

9.1

22.83

10.15

9.1

Latin America

MKC Brilliant Holding GmbH (LIH)

Germany

Online marketplace, retail and
services

35.0

35.0

Unallocated

Milvik AB ........................................................................................... Sweden

Other

11.4

12.3

(i) See note C.7.3..

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the carrying value of Millicom’s main associates was as follows: 

Carrying value of investments in associates at December 31 

African Internet Holding GmbH (AIH)...........................................................................................................................................................

Helios Tower Africa Ltd (HTA)...........................................................................................................................................................................

Milvik AB..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

West Indian Ocean Cable Company Limited (WIOCC) ...........................................................................................................................

Total

The summarized financial information for the Group’s main material associates is provided below. 

Summary of statement of financial position of associates at December 31,  

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

—

—

11

14

25

38

105

13

14

169

Total current assets ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total non-current assets .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total assets.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total current liabilities .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total non-current liabilities................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total liabilities ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total net assets.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Millicom’s carrying value of its investment in HTA and AIH...................................................................................................................................................

Millicom’s carrying value of its investment in other associates............................................................................................................................................

Millicom’s carrying value of its investment in associates........................................................................................................................................................

2018 (i)

473

717

1,190

343

627

969

221

142

27

169

152

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

(i) The summarized financial information in 2018 includes HTA and AIH. For 2019, Millicom does not disclose such information as its remaining associates are
immaterial to the Group.

Profit (loss) from other joint ventures and associates 

In 2019, the loss shown under this caption in the statement of income mainly relates to the net losses recognised by our joint
venture in Ghana. For further details refer to note A.2.. 

2018 (i)

2017 (i)

Revenue...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Operating expenses ............................................................................................................................................................................................

Operating profit (loss) ........................................................................................................................................................................................

Net loss for the year.............................................................................................................................................................................................

Millicom’s share of results from HTA and AIH.............................................................................................................................................

Millicom’s share of results from other associates......................................................................................................................................

Millicom’s share of results from other joint ventures (Ghana) .............................................................................................................

Millicom’s share of results from other joint ventures and associates ......................................................................................

511

(459)

(214)

(327)

(66)

(2)

(68)

(136)

449

(321)

(148)

(220)

(34)

(45)

(6)

(85)

(i) The summarized financial information in 2018 and 2017 includes HTA and AIH. For 2019, Millicom does not disclose such information as its remaining

associates are immaterial to the Group.

A.3.1. Accounting for investments in associates 

The Group accounts for associates in the same way as it accounts for joint ventures. 

A.3.2. Acquisitions and disposals of interests in associates 

 Milvik AB (BIMA) 

On December 19, 2017, Millicom announced that it had sold a portion of its ownership stake in BIMA - a leading emerging market
insurance player - (from 20.4% to 12.0% – on a fully diluted basis) to Kinnevik and a new investor, with the latter contributing $97
million in the micro-insurance business. As a result of the transaction, Millicom received $24 million in cash and recognized a gain on
disposal of $21 million. In addition, and as a consequence of the subsequent capital increase made by the new investor, the Group
recognized a gain on dilution of $11 million. Both gains have been recorded under the caption "Income (loss) from other joint
ventures and associates, net", in the statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2017. Both transactions were carried out
at the same fair value on an arm’s length basis. 

MKC Brilliant Holding GmbH (LIH) 

Millicom’s 35.0% investment in LIH has been fully impaired in two stages (by $40 million in 2016 and $48 million in 2017) mainly as a
result of the decrease in fair value of LIH’s investment in the Global Fashion Group and the results the annual impairment test
conducted in 2017. The impairment test performed in 2019 confirms this conclusion. These losses were recorded under the caption
'Income (loss) from other joint ventures and associates, net' in the year ended December 31, 2017.  

A.4. Discontinued operations

A.4.1. Classification of discontinued operations 

Discontinued operations are those which have identifiable operations and cash flows (for both operating and management
purposes) and represent a major line of business or geographic area which has been disposed of, or are held for sale. Revenue and
expenses associated with discontinued operations are presented retrospectively in a separate line in the consolidated statement of
income. Millicom determined that the loss of path to control of operations by the termination of a contractual arrangement (e.g.
termination without exercise of an unconditional call option agreement giving path to control, as occurred with the Guatemala and
Honduras operations) does not require presentation as a discontinued operation. 

A.4.2. Millicom’s discontinued operations 

In accordance with IFRS 5, the Group’s businesses in Chad, Senegal, Tigo Ghana and Tigo Rwanda have been classified as assets held
for sale (respectively on June 5, 2019, February 2, 2017, September 28, 2017 and January 23, 2018) and their results were showed as

153

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

discontinued operations for all years presented in these financial statements. The statement of income comparative figures
presented in the notes to these consolidated financial statements have therefore been restated accordingly and when necessary. For
further details, refer to note E.4. 

B. Performance

B.1. Revenue

Millicom’s revenue comprises sale of services from its mobile business (including Mobile Financial Services - MFS) and its cable and
other fixed services, as well as related devices and equipment. Recurring revenue consists of monthly subscription fees, airtime and
data usage fees, interconnection fees, roaming fees, TV services, B2B contracts, MFS commissions and fees from other
telecommunications services such as data services, short message services and other value added services. 

Revenue from continuing operations by category 

Mobile .....................................................................................................................................................................................

Cable and other fixed services .......................................................................................................................................

Other .......................................................................................................................................................................................

Service revenue.................................................................................................................................................................

Telephone and equipment and other .........................................................................................................................

Total revenue......................................................................................................................................................................

Revenue from continuing operations by country or operation (i)

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

2,150

1,928

52

4,130

206

4,336

2,126

1,565

43

3,734

212

3,946

2,147

1,551

38

3,737

199

3,936

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

Colombia................................................................................................................................................................................

1,532

1,661

1,739

Paraguay.................................................................................................................................................................................

Bolivia......................................................................................................................................................................................

El Salvador .............................................................................................................................................................................

Tanzania..................................................................................................................................................................................

Nicaragua...............................................................................................................................................................................

Costa Rica...............................................................................................................................................................................

Panama ...................................................................................................................................................................................

Other operations.................................................................................................................................................................

609

639

386

382

157

153

475

2

679

614

405

399

13

155

17

5

662

555

422

384

13

153

—

7

Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................

4,336

3,946

3,936

(i)

The revenue figures above are shown after intercompany eliminations. 

B.1.1. Accounting for revenue 

Revenue recognition 

Revenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for
transferring goods or services to a customer. 

The Group applies the following practical expedients foreseen in IFRS 15:

•

No adjustment to the transaction price for the means of a financing component whenever the period between the transfer
of a promised good or service to a customer and the associated payment is one year or less; when the period is more than
one year the financing component is adjusted, if material.

154

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

•

•

•

Disclosure in the Group Financial Statements the transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations only
for contracts that have an original expected duration of more than one year (e.g. unsatisfied performance obligations for
contracts that have an original duration of one year or less are not disclosed).

Application of the practical expedient not to disclose the price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations, if the
consideration from a customer corresponds to the value of the entity’s performance obligation to the customer (i.e, if
billing corresponds to accounting revenue).

Application of the practical expedient to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when
incurred if the amortization period of the asset that otherwise would have been recognized is one year or less.

Post-paid connection fees are derived from the payment of a non-refundable / one-time fee charged to customer to connect to the
network (e.g. connection / installation fee). Usually, it does not represent a distinct good or service, and therefore does not give rise
to a separate performance obligation and revenue is recognized over the minimum contract duration. However, if the fee is paid by a
customer to get the right to receive goods or services without having to pay this fee again over his tenure with the Group (e.g. the
customer can readily extend his contract without having to pay the same fee again), it is accounted for as a material right and
revenue should be recognized over the customer retention period. 

Post-paid mobile / cable subscription fees are recognized over the relevant enforceable/subscribed service period (recurring
monthly access fees that do not vary based on usage). The service provision is usually considered as a series of distinct services that
have the same pattern of transfer to the customer. Remaining unrecognized subscription fees, which are not refunded to the
customers, are fully recognized once the customer has been disconnected. 

Prepaid scratch / SIM cards are services where customers purchase a specified amount of airtime or other credit in advance. Revenue
is recognized as the credit is used. Unused credit is carried in the statement of financial position as a contract liability. Upon
expiration of the validity period, the portion of the contract liability relating to the expiring credit is recognized as revenue, since
there is no longer an obligation to provide those services. 

Telephone and equipment sales are recognized as revenue once the customer obtains control of the good. That criteria is fulfilled
when the customer has the ability to direct the use and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from that good. 

Revenue from provision of Mobile Financial Services (MFS) is recognized once the primary service has been provided to the
customer. 

Customer premise equipment (CPE) are provided to customers as a prerequisite to receive the subscribed Home services and shall
be returned at the end of the contract duration. Since CPEs provided over the contract term do not provide benefit to the customer
on their own, they do not give rise to separate performance obligations and therefore are accounted for as part of the service
provided to the customers. 

Bundled offers are considered arrangements with multiple deliverables or elements, which can lead to the identification of separate
performance obligations. Revenue is recognized in accordance with the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that
reflects the relative standalone selling price of the performance obligation (e.g. sale of telecom services, revenue over time + sale of
handset, revenue at a point in time). 

Principal-Agent, some arrangements involve two or more unrelated parties that contribute to providing a specified good or service
to a customer. In these instances, the Group determines whether it has promised to provide the specified good or service itself (as a
principal) or to arrange for those specified goods or services to be provided by another party (as an agent). For example,
performance obligations relating to services provided by third-party content providers (i.e., mobile Value Added Services or “VAS”) or
service providers (i.e., wholesale international traffic) where the Group neither controls a right to the provider’s service nor controls
the underlying service itself are presented net because the Group is acting as an agent. The Group generally acts as a principal for
other types of services where the Group is the primary obligor of the arrangement. In cases the Group determines that it acts as a
principal, revenue is recognized in the gross amount, whereas in cases the Group acts as an agent revenue is recognized in the net
amount. 

Revenue from the sale of cables, fiber, wavelength or capacity contracts, when part of the ordinary activities of the operation, is
recognized as recurring revenue. Revenue is recognized when the cable, fiber, wavelength or capacity has been delivered to the
customer, based on the amount expected to be received from the customer. 

Revenue from operating lease of tower space is recognized over the period of the underlying lease contracts. Finance leases revenue
is apportioned between lease of tower space and interest income. 

Significant judgments 

The determination of the standalone selling price for contracts that involve more than one performance obligation may require
significant judgment, such as when the selling price of a good or service is not readily observable.

155

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

The Group determines the standalone selling price of each performance obligation in the contract in accordance to the prices that
the Group would apply when selling the same services and/or telephone and equipment included in the obligation to a similar
customer on a standalone basis. When standalone selling price of services and/or telephone and equipment are not directly
observable, the Group maximizes the use of external input and uses the expected cost plus margin approach to estimate the
standalone selling price. 

B.2. Expenses

The cost of sales and operating expenses incurred by the Group can be summarized as follows: 

Cost of sales 

Direct costs of services sold ............................................................................................................................................

Cost of telephone, equipment and other accessories...........................................................................................

Bad debt and obsolescence costs.................................................................................................................................

(878)

(230)

(93)

(799)

(229)

(90)

(881)

(217)

(71)

Cost of sales.........................................................................................................................................................................

(1,201)

(1,117)

(1,169)

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

Operating expenses, net 

Marketing expenses...........................................................................................................................................................

Site and network maintenance costs ..........................................................................................................................

Employee related costs (B.4.) ..........................................................................................................................................

External and other services .............................................................................................................................................

Rentals and (operating) leases (i) ..................................................................................................................................

Other operating expenses...............................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

(402)

(245)

(496)

(204)

(1)

(257)

(391)

(192)

(500)

(181)

(152)

(201)

(448)

(178)

(434)

(163)

(151)

(156)

Operating expenses, net...............................................................................................................................................

(1,604)

(1,616)

(1,531)

(i)

Decrease is due to IFRS 16 application - see further explanations above in "New and amended IFRS accounting standards" section

The other operating income and expenses incurred by the Group can be summarized as follows: 

Other operating income (expenses), net 

Notes

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

Income from tower deal transactions

C.3.4.

Impairment of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment ..........................

E.1., E.2.

Gain (loss) on disposals of intangible assets and property, plant and

equipment ......................................................................................................................................

Loss on disposal of equity investments.....................................................................................

C.7.3.

Other income (expenses)................................................................................................................

Other operating income (expenses), net.............................................................................

5

(8)

—

(32)

1

(34)

61

(6)

7

—

13

75

63

(12)

1

—

17

69

B.2.1. Accounting for cost of sales and operating expenses 

Cost of sales 

Cost of sales is recorded on an accrual basis. 

156

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Incremental costs of obtaining a contract 

Incremental costs of obtaining a contract, including dealer commissions, are capitalized as Contract Costs in the statement of
financial position and amortized in operating expenses over the expected benefit period, which is based on the average duration of
contracts with customer (see practical expedient in note B.1.1.).

Operating leases - until 2018 year-end

Operating leases were all leases that did not qualify as finance leases. Operating lease payments were recognized as expenses in the
consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

B.3. Segmental information

Management determines operating and reportable segments based on information used by the chief operating decision maker
(CODM) to make strategic and operational decisions from both a business and geographic perspective. The Group’s risks and rates of
return are predominantly affected by operating in different geographical regions. The Group has businesses in two main regions:
Latin America ("Latam") and Africa. The Latam figures below include Honduras and Guatemala as if they are fully consolidated by the
Group, as this reflects the way management reviews and uses internally reported information to make decisions. Honduras and
Guatemala are shown under the Latam segment. The joint venture in Ghana is not reported as if fully consolidated. Revenue,
operating profit (loss), EBITDA and other segment information for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, were as
follows: 

Latin
America

Africa

Unallocated

Guatemala
and
Honduras(vii)

Eliminations
and  
Transfers

Total

(US$ millions)

Year ended December 31, 2019

Mobile revenue ................................................................

Cable and other fixed services revenue ..................

Other revenue ..................................................................

Service revenue (i)...........................................................

Telephone and equipment  and other

revenue (i).....................................................................

Revenue.............................................................................

Operating profit (loss) ................................................

Add back:

3,258

2,197

60

5,514

449

5,964

1,006

Depreciation and amortization..................................

1,435

Share of profit in joint ventures in Guatemala

and Honduras..............................................................

Other operating income (expenses), net................

EBITDA (ii).........................................................................

EBITDA from discontinued operations ....................

EBITDA incl discontinued operations .................

Capital expenditure (iii).................................................

Changes in working capital and others (iv) ...........

Taxes paid...........................................................................

Operating free cash flow (v) ....................................

Total Assets (vi) ..............................................................

Total Liabilities...............................................................

—

2

2,443

—

2,443

(1,040)

(86)

(225)

1,093

13,821

8,374

—

—

—

—

—

—

(94)

9

—

42

(43)

—

(43)

(9)

(52)

(8)

(112)

3,715

3,977

(1,480)

(277)

(8)

(1,766)

(243)

(2,009)

(540)

(444)

—

(8)

(992)

—

(992)

261

(18)

129

(619)

(5,465)

(2,119)

—

—

—

—

—

—

179

—

(179)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,150

1,928

52

4,130

206

4,336

575

1,100

(179)

34

1,530

(3)

1,527

(846)

(143)

(114)

425

(151)

(965)

12,856

10,176

372

9

1

382

—

382

24

99

—

(2)

122

(3)

119

(58)

14

(10)

64

936

909

157

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Latin
America

Africa

Unallocated

Guatemala
and
Honduras(vii)

Eliminations
and  
Transfers

Total

(US$ millions)

Year ended December 31, 2018 (viii)

Mobile revenue ................................................................

Cable and other fixed services revenue ..................

Other revenue ..................................................................

Service revenue (i)...........................................................

Telephone and equipment revenue (i)....................

Revenue.............................................................................

Operating profit (loss) ................................................

Add back:

3,214

1,808

48

5,069

415

5,485

995

Depreciation and amortization..................................

1,133

Share of profit in joint ventures in Guatemala

and Honduras..............................................................

Other operating income (expenses), net................

EBITDA (ii).........................................................................

EBITDA from discontinued operations ....................

EBITDA incl discontinued operations .................

Capital expenditure (iii).................................................

Changes in working capital and others (iv) ...........

Taxes paid...........................................................................

Operating free cash flow (v) ....................................

Total Assets (vi) ..............................................................

Total Liabilities...............................................................

—

(51)

2,077

—

2,077

(872)

(42)

(264)

899

11,751

6,127

388

10

1

398

—

399

25

80

—

(3)

102

44

146

(59)

28

(24)

91

839

905

—

—

—

—

—

—

(47)

5

—

(2)

(44)

—

(44)

(2)

13

(6)

(39)

(1,475)

(253)

(6)

(1,734)

(203)

(1,937)

(488)

(416)

—

(19)

(922)

—

(922)

225

(12)

142

(568)

—

—

—

—

—

—

154

—

(154)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2,126

1,565

43

3,734

212

3,946

640

803

(154)

(75)

1,213

44

1,257

(708)

(13)

(153)

383

2,752

2,953

(5,219)

(1,814)

190

(650)

10,313

7,521

158

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Year ended December 31, 2017 (viii)

Mobile revenue

Cable and other fixed services revenue

Other revenue

Service revenue (i)

Telephone and equipment revenue (i)

Total Revenue

Operating profit (loss)

Add back:

Depreciation and amortization

Share of profit in joint ventures in Guatemala

and Honduras

Other operating income (expenses), net

EBITDA (ii)

EBITDA from discontinued operations

EBITDA incl discontinued operations

Capital expenditure (iii)

Changes in working capital and others (iv)

Taxes paid

Operating free cash flow (v)

Total Assets (vi)

Total Liabilities

Latin
America

Africa

Unallocated

Guatemala
and
Honduras(vii)

Eliminations
and  
Transfers

Total

(US$ millions)

3,283

1,755

40

5,078

363

5,441

899

1,174

—

(49)

2,024

—

2,024

(855)

(53)

(239)

877

374

9

2

385

1

386

28

81

—

(11)

97

115

212

(99)

(6)

(18)

89

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5)

6

—

10

12

—

12

(1)

(10)

1

2

10,411

5,484

1,482

1,673

598

1,465

(1,510)

(213)

(4)

(1,727)

(165)

(1,892)

(431)

(450)

—

(18)

(898)

—

(898)

237

27

124

(511)

(5,420)

(1,961)

—

—

—

—

—

—

140

—

(140)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1

2,393

(478)

2,147

1,551

38

3,737

199

3,936

632

812

(140)

(69)

1,236

115

1,351

(718)

(43)

(132)

459

9,464

6,183

(i)

(ii)

Service revenue is Group revenue related to the provision of ongoing services such as monthly subscription fees, airtime and data usage fees,
interconnection fees, roaming fees, mobile finance service commissions and fees from other telecommunications services such as data services, SMS
and other value-added services excluding telephone and equipment sales. Revenues from other sources comprises rental, sub-lease rental income and
other non recurring revenues. The Group derives revenue  from the transfer of goods and services over time and at a point in time. Refer to the table
below. 

EBITDA is operating profit excluding impairment losses, depreciation and amortization and gains/losses on the disposal of fixed assets. EBITDA is used
by the management to monitor the segmental performance and for capital management. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the application of
IFRS 16 had a positive impact on EBITDA as compared to what our results would have been if  we had continued to follow the IAS 17 standard.

(iii) Cash spent for capex excluding spectrum and licenses of $59 million (2018: $61 million; 2017: $53 million) and cash received on tower deals of $22

million (2018: $141 million; 2017: $161 million). 

(iv) Changes in working capital and others include changes in working capital as stated in the cash flow statement, as well as share-based payments

expense and non-cash bonuses. 

(v) Operating Free Cash Flow is EBITDA less cash capex (excluding spectrum and license costs) less change in working capital, other non-cash items (share-

based payment expense and non-cash bonuses) and taxes paid. 

(vi)

Segment assets include goodwill and other intangible assets. 

(vii)

Including eliminations for Guatemala and Honduras as reported in the Latam segment. 

(viii) Restated as a result of classification of certain of our African operations as discontinued operations (see notes A.4. and E.4.). 

159

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Revenue from contracts with customers from continuing operations: 

Twelve months ended December 31, 2019

Twelve months ended December 31, 2018

$ millions

Mobile

Timing of
revenue
recognition

Over time

Mobile Financial Services

Point in time

Cable and other fixed services

Over time

Other

Service Revenue

Over time

Telephone and equipment

Point in time

Revenue from contracts with
customers

Latin
America

Africa

Total Group

Latin
America

Africa

Total Group

1,747

31

1,919

51

3,748

206

3,954

261

112

9

1

382

—

382

2,007

143

1,928

52

4,130

206

1,701

37

1,556

42

3,336

212

4,336

3,548

280

108

10

1

398

—

399

1,981

145

1,565

43

3,734

212

3,946

B.4. People

Number of permanent employees 

Continuing operations(i)..................................................................................................................................................

Joint ventures (Guatemala, Honduras and Ghana).................................................................................................

Discontinued operations..................................................................................................................................................

Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

2017

17,687

4,688

—

22,375

16,725

4,416

262

21,403

14,134

4,326

667

19,127

(i)

Emtelco headcount are excluded from this disclosure and any internal reporting because their costs are classified as direct costs and not employee
related costs. 

Notes

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

Wages and salaries ............................................................................................................................

Social security .....................................................................................................................................

Share based compensation ...........................................................................................................

Pension and other long-term benefit costs .............................................................................

Other employees related costs.....................................................................................................

Total .......................................................................................................................................................

B.4.1.

B.4.2.

(358)

(68)

(27)

(4)

(39)

(496)

(346)

(60)

(21)

(7)

(67)

(500)

(308)

(56)

(22)

(8)

(41)

(434)

B.4.1. Share-based compensation 

Millicom shares granted to management and key employees includes share-based compensation in the form of long-term share
incentive plans. Since 2016, Millicom has two types of annual plans, a performance share plan and a deferred share plan. The
different plans are further detailed below. 

160

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Cost of share based compensation 

2016 incentive plans

2017 incentive plans

2018 incentive plans

2019 incentive plans

Total share based compensation

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

—

(7)

(8)

(14)

(27)

(4)

(8)

(11)

—

(21)

(6)

(12)

—

—

(22)

Deferred share plan (unchanged since 2014, except for vesting schedule) 

Until 2018 deferred awards plan, participants were granted shares based on past performance, with 16.5% of the shares vesting on
January 1 of each of year one and two, and the remaining 67% on 1 January of year three. Beginning with the 2019 plan, while all
other  guidelines remain the same, shares vest with 30% on January 1 of each of year one and two, and the remaining 40% on 1
January of year three. Vesting is conditional upon the participant remaining employed with Millicom at each vesting date. The cost
of this long-term incentive plan, which is not conditional on performance conditions, is calculated as follows: 

Fair value (share price) of Millicom’s shares at grant date x number of shares expected to vest. 

Performance share plan (issued in 2015) 

Under this plan, shares granted did vest in full in 2019, subject to performance conditions, 62.5% based on Absolute Total
Shareholder Return (TSR) and 37.5% based on actual vs budgeted EBITDA minus CAPEX minus Change in Working Capital (Free Cash
Flow). As the TSR measure is a market condition, the fair value of the shares in the performance share plan requires consideration of
potential adjustments for future market-based conditions at grant date. 

For this, a specific valuation had been performed at grant date based on the probability of the TSR conditions being met (and to
which extent) and the expected payout based upon leaving conditions. 

The Free Cash Flows (FCF) condition is a non-market measure which had been considered together with the leaving estimate and
based initially on a 100% fulfillment expectation. The reference share price for 2015 performance share plan is the same share price
as the share price for the deferred share plan.  

Performance share plan (for plans issued in 2016 and 2017) 

Shares granted under this performance share plan vest at the end of the three-year period, subject to performance conditions, 25%
based on Positive Absolute Total Shareholder Return (Absolute TSR), 25% based on Relative Total Shareholder Return (Relative TSR)
and 50% based on budgeted Earnings Before Interest Tax Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) minus Capital Expenditure
(Capex) minus Change in Working Capital (CWC) (Free Cash Flow). 

As the TSRs measures are market conditions, the fair value of the shares in the performance share plan requires consideration of
potential adjustments for future market-based conditions at grant date. 

For this, a specific valuation had been performed at grant date based on the probability of the TSR conditions being met (and to
which extent) and the expected payout based upon leaving conditions. 

The Free Cash Flows (FCF) condition is a non-market measure which had been considered together with the leaving estimate and
based initially on a 100% fulfillment expectation. The reference share price for this condition is the same share price as the share
price for the deferred share plan above. 

Performance share plan (for plans issued from 2018) 

Shares granted under this performance share plan vest at the end of the three-year period, subject to performance conditions, 25%
based on Relative Total Shareholder Return (“Relative TSR”), 25% based on the achievement of the Service Revenue target measured
on a 3-year CAGRs from year one to year three of the plan (“Service Revenue”) and 50% based on the achievement of the Operating
Free Cash Flow (“Operating Free Cash Flow”) target measured on a 3-year CAGRs from year one to year three of the plan.  

For the performance share plans, and in order to calculate the fair value of the TSR portion of those plans, it is necessary to make a
number of assumptions which are set out below. The assumptions have been set based on an analysis of historical data as at grant
date. 

161

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Assumptions and fair value of the shares under the TSR portion(s)

Risk-free  
rate %

Dividend
yield %

Share price
volatility(i) %

Award term
(years)

Share fair
value (in US$)

Performance share plan 2019 (Relative TSR) ..........................................

Performance share plan 2018 (Relative TSR) ..........................................

Performance share plan 2017 (Relative TSR) ..........................................

Performance share plan 2017 (Absolute TSR) ........................................

Performance share plan 2016 (Relative TSR) ..........................................

Performance share plan 2016 (Absolute TSR) ........................................

Performance share plan 2015 (Absolute TSR) ........................................

Executive share plan 2015 – Component A ............................................

Executive share plan 2015 – Component B ............................................

(0.24)

(0.39)

(0.40)

(0.40)

(0.65)

(0.65)

(0.32)

(0.32)

(0.32)

3.01

3.21

3.80

3.80

3.49

3.49

2.78

N/A

N/A

26.58

30.27

22.50

22.50

30.00

30.00

23.00

23.00

23.00

2.93

2.93

2.92

2.92

2.61

2.61

2.57

2.57

2.57

49.79

57.70

27.06

29.16

43.35

45.94

32.87

53.74

29.53

(i)

Historical volatility retained was determined on the basis of a three-year historic average. 

The cost of the long-term incentive plans which are conditional on market conditions is calculated as follows: 

Fair value (market value) of shares at grant date (as calculated above) x number of shares expected to vest. 

The cost of these plans is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity (share compensation reserve), over the
period in which the performance and/or employment conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees
become fully entitled to the award. Adjustments are made to the expense recorded for forfeitures, mainly due to management and
employees leaving Millicom. Non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair
value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of the Group’s best estimate of the number of
equity instruments that will ultimately vest. 

No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market
condition. These are treated as vested, regardless of whether or not the market conditions are satisfied, provided that all other
performance conditions are satisfied. Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is
recognized as if the terms had not been modified. In addition, an expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total
fair value of the share based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of
modification. 

Plan awards and shares expected to vest 

Initial shares granted

Additional shares granted(i)

Revision for forfeitures

Revision for cancellations

Total before issuances

Shares issued in 2017

Shares issued in 2018

Shares issued in 2019

2019 plans

2018 plans

2017 plans

2016 plans

Performa
nce plan

Deferred
plan

Performa
nce plan

Deferred
plan

Performa
nce plan

Deferred
plan

Performa
nce plan

Deferred
plan

(number of shares)

257,601

320,840

237,196

262,317

279,807

438,505

200,617

287,316

—

20,131

—

3,290

2,868

29,406

—

—

(17,182)

(9,198)

(27,494)

(26,860)

(40,946)

(88,437)

(49,164)

(78,253)

—

—

(4,728)

—

—

—

—

—

240,419

331,773

204,974

238,747

241,729

379,474

151,453

209,063

—

—

—

—

—

(97)

—

—

(2,686)

(1,214)

(1,733)

(18,747)

(2,724)

(99,399)

(752)

(43,579)

(150)

(24,294)

(3,109)

(54,971)

(19,143)

(82,486)

(149,487)

(163,751)

Shares still expected to vest

240,269

307,479

201,768

165,029

219,862

194,903

Estimated cost over the vesting period (US$

millions)

11

18

12

14

10

20

—

8

—

12

(i) Additional shares granted represent grants made for new joiners and/or as per CEO contractual arrangements. 

162

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

B.4.2. Pension and other long-term employee benefit plans 

Pension plans 

The pension plans apply to employees who meet certain criteria (including years of service, age and participation in collective
agreements). 

Pension and other similar employee related obligations can result from either defined contribution plans or defined benefit plans. A
defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. No further
payment obligations exist once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expenses
when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as assets to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments
is available. 

Defined benefit pension plans define an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent
on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. The liability recognized in the statement of financial position
in respect of the defined benefit pension plan is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the statement of financial
position date less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains or losses and past service
costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries. The present value of the defined benefit
obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows, using an appropriate discount rate based on maturities
of the related pension liability. 

Re-measurement of net defined benefit liabilities are recognized in other comprehensive income and not reclassified to the
statement of income in subsequent years. 

Past service costs are recognized in the statement of income on the earlier of the date of the plan amendment or curtailment, and
the date that the Group recognizes related restructuring costs. 

Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit asset/liability. 

Long-service plans 

Long-service plans apply for Colombian subsidiary UNE employees with more than five years of service whereby additional bonuses
are paid to employees that reach each incremental length of service milestone (from five to 40 years). 

Termination plans 

In addition, UNE has a number of employee defined benefit plans. The level of benefits provided under the plans depends on
collective employment agreements and Colombian labor regulations. There are no defined assets related to the plans, and UNE
make payments to settle obligations under the plans out of available cash balances. 

At December 31, 2019, the defined benefit obligation liability amounted to $59 million (2018: $60 million) and payments expected in
the plans in future years totals $106 million (2018: $111 million). The average duration of the defined benefit obligation at
December 31, 2019 is 6 years (2018: 7 years). The termination plans apply to employees that joined UNE prior to December 30, 1996.
The level of payments depends on the number of years in which the employee has worked before retirement or termination of their
contract with UNE. 

Except for the UNE pension plan described above, there are no other significant defined benefits plans in the Group. 

B.4.3. Directors and executive management

The remuneration of the members of the Board of Directors comprises an annual fee and shares. Director remuneration is proposed
by the Nomination Committee and approved by the shareholders at their Annual General Meeting (AGM). 

Remuneration charge for the Board (gross of withholding tax) 

Chairperson...........................................................................................................................................................................

Other members of the Board..........................................................................................................................................

Total (i) ...................................................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

2017

(US$ ’000)

366

1,557

1,923

169

774

943

233

889

1,122

(i)

Cash compensation converted from SEK to USD at exchange rates on payment dates for 2017 and 2018, in 2019 cash compensation was denominated
in USD. Share based compensation based on the market value of Millicom shares on the corresponding AGM date (2019: in total 19,483 shares; 2018: in
total 6,591 shares; 2017: in total 8,731 shares). Net remuneration comprised 73% in shares and 27% in cash (SEK) (2018: 51% in shares and 49% in cash;
2017: 52% in shares and 48% in cash). 

163

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Shares beneficially owned by the Directors

Chairperson............................................................................................................................................................................................................

Other members of the Board...........................................................................................................................................................................

Total (i) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

(number of shares)

5,814

32,279

38,093

8,554

15,333

23,887

The remuneration of executive management of Millicom comprises an annual base salary, an annual bonus, share based
compensation, social security contributions, pension contributions and other benefits. Bonus and share based compensation plans
(see note B.4.1.) are based on actual and future performance. Share based compensation is granted once a year by the
Compensation Committee of the Board. 

If the employment of Millicom’s senior executives is terminated, severance of up to 12 months’ salary is potentially payable. 

The annual base salary and other benefits of the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and the Executive Vice Presidents (Executive team) are
proposed by the Compensation Committee and approved by the Board. 

Remuneration charge for the Executive Team 

CEO

CFO

(US$ ’000)

Executive
Team (8
members)(iii)

2019

Base salary .............................................................................................................................................................................

Bonus.......................................................................................................................................................................................

Pension ...................................................................................................................................................................................

Other benefits ......................................................................................................................................................................

Termination benefits..........................................................................................................................................................

Total before share based compensation...............................................................................................................

Share based compensation(i)(ii) in respect of 2019 LTIP ......................................................................................

Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................

1,167

1,428

279

50

—

2,924

5,625

8,549

654

626

98

260

—

1,639

1,576

3,215

3,498

2,098

798

1,521

863

8,779

5,965

14,743

Remuneration charge for the Executive Team 

CEO

CFO

(US$ ’000)

Executive
Team (9
members)

2018

Base salary .............................................................................................................................................................................

Bonus.......................................................................................................................................................................................

Pension ...................................................................................................................................................................................

Other benefits ......................................................................................................................................................................

Termination benefits..........................................................................................................................................................

Total before share based compensation...............................................................................................................

Share based compensation(i)(ii) in respect of 2018 LTIP ......................................................................................

Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................

1,112

1,492

247

66

—

2,918

5,027

7,945

673

557

101

63

—

1,393

1,567

2,960

3,930

2,445

962

805

301

8,444

4,957

13,401

164

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Remuneration charge for the Executive team 

2017

Base salary

Bonus

Pension

Other benefits

Total before share based compensation

Share based compensation(i)(ii) in respect of 2017 LTIP

Total

CEO

CFO

(US$ ’000)

Executive
team  
(9 members)

1,000

707

150

64

1,921

2,783

4,704

648

455

97

15

1,215

1,492

2,707

3,822

1,590

628.5

1,192.5

7,233

5,202

12,435

(i)
(ii)

See note B.4.1. 
Share awards of 102,122 and 135,480 were granted in 2019 under the 2019 LTIPs to the CEO, and Executive Team (2018: 80,264 and 112,472,
respectively; 2017: 61,724 and 167,371, respectively). 

(iii) Other Executives’ compensation includes Daniel Loria, former CHRO and Rodrigo Diehl, EVP Strategy. 

Share ownership and unvested share awards granted from Company equity plans to the Executive team 

2019

Share ownership (vested from equity plans and otherwise acquired) ...........................................................

Share awards not vested ..................................................................................................................................................

2018

Share ownership (vested from equity plans and otherwise acquired) ...........................................................

Share awards not vested ..................................................................................................................................................

CEO

Executive
team

Total

(number of shares)

190,577

236,211

122,310

172,485

136,306

334,193

84,782

339,726

326,883

570,404

207,092

512,211

B.5. Other non-operating (expenses) income, net

Non-operating items mainly comprise changes in fair value of derivatives and the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on the
results of the Group. 

Change in fair value of derivatives (see note C.7.2.)

Change in fair value in investment in Jumia (C.7.3.)

Change in fair value in investment in HT (C.7.3.)

Change in value of put option liability (C.7.4.)

Exchange gains (losses), net

Other non-operating income (expenses), net

Total

Foreign exchange gains and losses 

Year ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

—

(38)

312

(25)

(32)

10

227

(1)

—

—

—

(40)

2

(39)

(22)

—

—

—

21

—

(2)

Transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using
exchange rates prevailing at the transaction dates. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such
transactions, and on translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency at

165

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

year-end exchange rates, are recognized in the consolidated statement of income, except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash
flow hedges. 

B.6. Taxation

B.6.1. Income tax expense 

Tax mainly comprises income taxes of subsidiaries and withholding taxes on intragroup dividends and royalties for use of Millicom
trademarks and brands. Millicom operations are in jurisdictions with income tax rates of 10% to 35%levied on either revenue or
profit before income tax (2018: 10% to 37%; 2017: 10% to 40%). Income tax relating to items recognized directly in equity is
recognized in equity and not in the consolidated statement of income. 

Income tax charge 

Income tax (charge) credit

Withholding tax...................................................................................................................................................................

Other income tax relating to the current year .........................................................................................................

Adjustments in respect of prior years..........................................................................................................................

Total

Deferred tax (charge) credit

Origination and reversal of temporary differences ................................................................................................

Effect of change in tax rates............................................................................................................................................

Tax income (expense) before valuation allowances...............................................................................................

Effect of valuation allowances........................................................................................................................................

Total

Adjustments in respect of prior years..........................................................................................................................

Tax (charge) credit on continuing operations ..........................................................................................................

Tax (charge) credit on discontinuing operations ....................................................................................................

Total tax (charge) credit ................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

(56)

(88)

(7)

(151)

58

(8)

50

(9)

41

(10)

31

(120)

(2)

(122)

(64)

(82)

1

(145)

32

(10)

22

(8)

14

19

33

(112)

(4)

(116)

(74)

(81)

(21)

(176)

15

19

34

(28)

6

8

14

(162)

4

(158)

166

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Reconciliation between the tax expense and tax at the weighted average statutory tax rate is as follows: 

Income tax calculation 

2019

Discontinue
d
operations

Continuin
g
operation
s

Total

Continuing
operations

2018

Discontinue
d
operations

(US$ millions)

Total

Continuing
operations

2017

Discontinue
d
operations

Total

Profit before tax....................

218

59

277

119

(29)

90

171

56

227

Tax at the weighted
average statutory
rate.......................................

Effect of:

Items taxed at a

different rate ....................

Change in tax rates on

deferred tax
balances.............................

Expenditure not

deductible and
income not taxable........

Unrelieved

withholding tax...............

Accounting for

associates and joint
ventures .............................

Movement in deferred
tax on unremitted
earnings .............................

Unrecognized deferred

tax assets ...........................

Recognition of
previously
unrecognized
deferred tax assets .........

Adjustments in respect

of prior years ....................

Total tax (charge)

(37)

(11)

(48)

(1)

(8)

(37)

(56)

36

9

(20)

11

(17)

—

—

9

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1)

(8)

(28)

(56)

36

9

(20)

11

(17)

(1)

7

(10)

(59)

(64)

5

(2)

(8)

—

20

—

(1)

(10)

(12)

(22)

—

7

(11)

—

(10)

19

(2)

(61)

—

(64)

—

—

5

(2)

(64)

(73)

17

1

—

—

5

—

—

—

(11)

19

(59)

(73)

17

1

(2)

(10)

(29)

(12)

(41)

—

—

—

20

1

(13)

13

10

4

14

(3)

(158)

9.7%

69.6%

credit ..................................

(120)

(2)

(122)

(112)

(4)

(116)

(162)

Weighted average

statutory tax rate ............

Effective tax rate...................

17.0%

55.0%

17.3%

44.0%

0.8%

94.1%

1.1%

128.9%

5.8%

94.7%

B.6.2. Current tax assets and liabilities 

Current tax assets and liabilities for current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to
the taxation authorities. The tax rate and tax laws used to compute the amount are those enacted or substantively enacted by the
statement of financial position date. 

B.6.3. Deferred tax 

Deferred tax is calculated using the liability method on temporary differences at the statement of financial position date between
the tax base of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount for financial reporting purposes. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except where the deferred tax liability arises from the
initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the
transaction, affects neither accounting, nor taxable profit or loss. 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for all temporary differences including unused tax credits and tax losses, to the extent that it is
probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences can be utilized, except where the
deferred tax assets relate to deductible temporary differences from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is

167

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

not a business combination, and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither accounting, nor taxable profit or loss. It is probable
that taxable profit will be available when there are sufficient taxable temporary differences relating to the same tax authority and
the same taxable entity which are expected to reverse in the same period as the expected reversal of the deductible temporary
difference. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each statement of financial position date and reduced to the extent that it
is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to utilize them. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed
at each statement of financial position date and are recognized to the extent it is probable that future taxable profit will enable the
asset to be recovered. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rate expected to apply in the year when the assets are realized or liabilities
settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial position date.
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset where legally enforceable set off rights exist and the deferred taxes relate to
the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority. 

Deferred tax 

Fixed assets

Unused tax
losses

Unremitted
earnings

Other

Offset

Total

(US$ millions)

Balance at December 31, 2017 ...............................

(Charge)/credit to income statement ......................

Change in scope ..............................................................

Accounting policy changes .........................................

Exchange differences.....................................................

Balance at December 31, 2018 ...............................

Deferred tax assets..........................................................

Deferred tax liabilities....................................................

Balance at December 31, 2018 ...............................

(Charge)/credit to income statement ......................

Change in scope ..............................................................

Transfers to assets held for sale..................................

Exchange differences.....................................................

Balance at December 31, 2019 ...............................

Deferred tax assets..........................................................

Deferred tax liabilities....................................................

Balance at December 31, 2019 ...............................

32

(18)

(192)

—

—

(178)

76

(254)

(178)

41

(82)

—

2

(217)

84

(301)

(217)

52

(3)

—

—

(5)

44

44

—

44

(15)

5

—

—

34

34

—

34

(32)

(2)

—

—

—

(34)

—

(34)

(34)

8

—

—

—

(26)

—

(26)

(26)

72

56

8

4

(6)

134

134

—

134

(3)

4

(3)

(2)

130

134

(4)

130

Deferred tax assets have not been recognized in respect of the following deductible temporary differences: 

—

—

—

—

—

—

(52)

52

—

—

—

—

—

—

(52)

52

—

124

33

(184)

4

(11)

(34)

202

(236)

(34)

31

(73)

(3)

—

(79)

200

(279)

(79)

At December 31, 2019......................................................................................................................

At December 31, 2018......................................................................................................................

92

92

4,705

4,886

126

134

4,923

5,112

Fixed assets

Unused tax
losses

Other

Total

(US$ millions)

168

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Unrecognized tax losses carryforward related to continuing operations expire as follows: 

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

Expiry:

Within one year....................................................................................................................................................................

Within one to five years ....................................................................................................................................................

After five years .....................................................................................................................................................................

No expiry................................................................................................................................................................................

Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................

1

2

493

4,209

4,705

0

3

493

4,390

4,886

39

494

—

4,311

4,844

With effect from 2017, Luxembourg tax losses incurred may be carried forward for a maximum of 17 years. Losses incurred before
2017 may be carried forward without limitation of time. 

At December 31, 2019, Millicom had $697 million of unremitted earnings of Millicom operating subsidiaries for which no deferred
tax liabilities were recognized (2018: $584 million; 2017: $842 million). Except for intragroup dividends to be paid out of 2019 profits
in 2020 for which deferred tax of $26 million (2018: $34 million; 2017 $32 million) has been provided, it is anticipated that intragroup
dividends paid in future periods will be made out of profits of future periods. 

B.7. Earnings per share

Basic earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing the net profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the Company
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, plus the weighted average number of dilutive
potential shares. 

Net profit/(loss) used in the earnings (loss) per share computation 

Basic and Diluted

Net profit (loss) attributable to equity holders from continuing operations................................................

Net profit (loss) attributable to equity holders from discontinuing operations ..........................................

Net profit attributable to all equity holders to determine the basic earnings (loss)  per

share..................................................................................................................................................................................

93

57

149

23

(33)

(10)

28

59

87

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

Weighted average number of shares in the earnings (loss) per share computation 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares) for basic earnings

(loss) per share................................................................................................................................................................

101,144

100,793

100,384

Potential incremental shares as a result of share options

—

—

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares) adjusted for

2019

2018

2017

(thousands of shares)

the effect of dilution

C. Capital structure and financing

C.1. Share capital, share premium and reserves

101,144

100,793

100,384

Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a
deduction from the proceeds. 

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s share capital, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable
incremental costs, is shown under Treasury shares and deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the

169

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

shares are canceled, reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of
any directly attributable incremental costs and the related income tax effects is included in equity attributable to the Company’s
equity holders. 

Share capital, share premium 

Authorized and registered share capital (number of shares)...................................................................................................

133,333,200

133,333,200

Subscribed and fully paid up share capital (number of shares)..............................................................................................

101,739,217

101,739,217

Par value per share ..................................................................................................................................................................................

Share capital (US$ millions)..................................................................................................................................................................

Share premium (US$ millions).............................................................................................................................................................

Total (US$ millions)...............................................................................................................................................................................

1.50

153

480

633

1.50

153

482

635

2019

2018

Other equity reserves 

As of January 1, 2017 ..................................................

Share based compensation .........................................

Issuance of shares – 2014, 2015, 2016 LTIPs ..........

Remeasurements of post-employment

benefit obligations ....................................................

Cash flow hedge reserve movement .......................

Currency translation movement................................

As of December 31, 2017...........................................

Share based compensation .........................................

Issuance of shares –2015, 2016, 2017 LTIPs ...........

Cash flow hedge reserve movement .......................

Currency translation reserved recycled to

statement of income ................................................

Currency translation movement................................

As of December 31, 2018...........................................

Share based compensation .........................................

Issuance of shares –2016, 2017, 2018, 2019

LTIPs ................................................................................

Cash flow hedge reserve movement .......................

Currency translation movement................................

Effect of restructuring in Tanzania ............................

As of December 31, 2019...........................................

Legal reserve

Equity
settled
transaction
reserve

Hedge
reserve

Currency
translation
reserve

Pension
obligation
reserve

Total

(US$ millions)

(4)

—

—

—

4

—

—

—

—

(1)

—

—

(1)

—

—

(16)

—

—

(18)

(616)

—

—

—

—

85

(531)

—

—

—

—

(68)

(599)

—

—

—

(2)

9

(593)

(1)

—

—

(2)

—

—

(3)

—

—

—

—

—

(3)

—

—

—

—

—

(2)

(562)

22

(18)

(2)

4

85

(472)

22

(22)

1

—

(67)

(538)

29

(25)

(16)

(2)

9

(544)

16

—

—

—

—

—

16

—

—

—

—

—

16

—

—

—

—

—

16

43

22

(18)

—

—

—

46

22

(22)

—

—

—

47

29

(25)

—

—

—

52

170

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

C.1.1. Legal reserve 

If Millicom International Cellular S.A. reports an annual net profit on a non-consolidated basis, Luxembourg law requires
appropriation of an amount equal to at least 5% of the annual net profit to a legal reserve until such reserve equals 10% of the issued
share capital. This reserve is not available for dividend distribution. No appropriation was required in 2018 or 2019 as the 10%
minimum level was reached in 2011 and maintained each subsequent year. 

C.1.2. Equity settled transaction reserve 

The cost of LTIPs is recognized as an increase in the equity-settled transaction reserve over the period in which the performance and/
or service conditions are rendered. When shares under the LTIPs vest and are issued the corresponding reserve is transferred to share
premium. 

C.1.3. Hedge reserve 

The effective portions of changes in value of cash flow hedges are recorded in the hedge reserve (see note C.1. ). 

C.1.4. Currency translation reserve 

In the financial statements, the relevant captions in the statements of financial position of subsidiaries without US dollar functional
currencies are translated to US dollars using the closing exchange rate. Statements of income or statement of income captions
(including those of joint ventures and associates) are translated to US dollars at monthly average exchange rates during the year. The
currency translation reserve includes foreign exchange gains and losses arising from these translations. When the Group disposes of
or loses control or significant influence over a foreign operation, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are recognized in
the consolidated statement of income as part of gain or loss on sale or loss of control and/or significant influence.  

C.2. Dividend distributions

On May 2, 2019, a dividend distribution of $2.64 per share from Millicom’s retained profits at December 31, 2018, was approved by
the shareholders at the AGM and paid in equal portions in May and November 2019. 

On May 4, 2018, a dividend distribution of $2.64 per share from Millicom’s retained profits at December 31, 2017, was approved by
the shareholders at the AGM and paid in equal portions in May and November 2018. 

On May 4, 2017, a dividend distribution of $2.64 per share from Millicom’s retained profits at December 31, 2016, was approved by
the shareholders at the AGM and distributed in May 2017. 

The ability of the Company to make dividend payments is subject to, among other things, the terms of indebtedness, legal
restrictions and the ability to repatriate funds from Millicom’s various operations. At December 31, 2019, $306 million (December 31,
2018: $324 million; December 31, 2017: $345 million) of Millicom’s retained profits represent statutory reserves that are unavailable
to be distributed to owners of the Company. 

171

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

C.3. Debt and financing

Debt and financing by type (i) 

Note

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

Debt and financing due after more than one year

Bonds.......................................................................................................................................................................................

Banks .......................................................................................................................................................................................

Finance leases (ii) ................................................................................................................................................................

Other financing (iii) ............................................................................................................................................................

Total non-current financing ............................................................................................................................................

Less: portion payable within one year ........................................................................................................................

Total non-current financing due after more than one year.........................................................................

Debt and financing due within one year

Bonds.......................................................................................................................................................................................

Banks .......................................................................................................................................................................................

Total current debt and financing ..............................................................................................................................

Add: portion of non-current debt payable within one year................................................................................

Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................

C.3.1.

C.3.2.

C.3.4.

C.3.1.

C.3.2.

4,067

1,805

—

43

5,915

(129)

5,786

46

11

57

129

186

2,501

1,324

353

113

4,291

(168)

4,123

—

289

289

168

458

Total debt and financing...............................................................................................................................................

5,972

4,580

(i)

See note D.1.1 for further details on maturity profile of the Group debt and financing. 

(ii) Finance lease liabilities were included in  Debt and Financing until 31 December 2018, but were reclassified to lease liabilities on January 1, 2019 when
adopting the new leasing standard. See above in the "New and amended IFRS accounting standards" and below in notes C.4. and E.4. for further
information about the change in accounting policy for leases.

(iii)

In July 2018, the Company issued a COP144,054.5 million /$50 million bilateral facility with IIC (Inter-American Development Bank) for a USD indexed
to COP Note. The note bears interest at 9.450% p.a.. This COP Note is used as net investment hedge of the net assets of our operations in Colombia. 

Debt and financing by location 

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

Millicom International Cellular S.A. (Luxembourg)..................................................................................................................................

2,773

Colombia.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Paraguay..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Bolivia .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Panama ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Tanzania...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Chad..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Costa Rica................................................................................................................................................................................................................

El Salvador ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

827

502

350

918

186

—

148

268

1,770

1,016

504

317

261

201

64

148

299

Total debt and financing ................................................................................................................................................................................

5,972

4,580

Debt and financings are initially recognized at fair value, net of directly attributable transaction costs. They are subsequently
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method or at fair value. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into
account any discount or premium on acquisition and any fees or costs that are an integral part of the effective interest rate. Any
difference between the initial amount and the maturity amount is recognized in the consolidated statement of income over the
period of the borrowing. Borrowings are classified as current liabilities, unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer
settlement of the liability for at least 12 months from the statement of financial position date. 

172

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

C.3.1. Bond financing 

Bond financing 

SEK Variable Rate Notes ............................................

USD 6.625% Senior Notes ........................................

USD 6.000% Senior Notes ........................................

USD 6.250% Senior Notes ........................................

USD 5.125% Senior Notes ........................................

USD 6.750% Senior Notes ........................................

USD 5.875% Senior Notes ........................................

PYG 9.250% Notes.......................................................

PYG 8.750% Notes  (tranche A)...............................

PYG 9.250% Notes (tranche B)................................

PYG 10.000% Notes (tranche C) .............................

PYG 10.000% Notes ....................................................

BOB 4.750% Notes ......................................................

BOB 4.050% Notes ......................................................

BOB 4.850% Notes ......................................................

BOB 3.950% Notes ......................................................

BOB 4.300% Notes ......................................................

BOB 4.300% Notes ......................................................

BOB 4.700% Notes ......................................................

BOB 5.300% Notes ......................................................

BOB 5.000% Notes ......................................................

BOB 4.600% Notes ......................................................

UNE Bond 1 (tranches A and B)..............................

UNE Bond 2 (tranches A and B)..............................

UNE Bond 3 (tranche A) ............................................

UNE Bond 3 (tranche B).............................................

UNE Bond 3 (tranche C) ............................................

USD 4.500% Senior Notes ........................................

Cable Onda Bonds 5.750% ......................................

Total bond financing...............................................

(i)

STIBOR – Swedish Interbank Offered Rate. 

(1) SEK Notes 

Note

Country

Maturity

1 Luxembourg

2 Luxembourg

3 Luxembourg

4 Luxembourg

5 Luxembourg

6 Paraguay

6 Paraguay

6 Paraguay

6 Paraguay

6 Paraguay

6 Paraguay

6 Paraguay

7 Bolivia

7 Bolivia

7 Bolivia

7 Bolivia

7 Bolivia

7 Bolivia

7 Bolivia

7 Bolivia

7 Bolivia

7 Bolivia

8 Colombia

8 Colombia

8 Colombia

8 Colombia

8 Colombia

9 Panama

9 Panama

2024

2026

2025

2029

2028

2022

2027

2026

2024

2026

2029

2029

2020

2020

2023

2024

2029

2022

2024

2026

2026

2024

2020

2023

2024

2026

2036

2030

2025

Interest Rate
%

STIBOR (i) +
2.350%

6.625%

6.000%

6.250%

5.125%

6.750%

5.875%

9.250%

8.750%

9.250%

10.000%

10.000%

4.750%

4.050%

4.850%

3.950%

4.300%

4.300%

4.700%

5.300%

5.000%

4.600%

CPI + 5.10%

CPI + 4.76%

9.350%

CPI+4.15%

CPI+4.89%

4.500%

5.750%

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

211

495

492

742

492

—

296

2

18

8

10

4

30

4

57

36

21

26

32

13

61

40

46

46

49

78

38

584

184

4,113

—

495

491

—

493

297

—

—

—

—

—

—

59

7

71

43

23

30

35

13

0

0

46

46

49

78

39

—

184

2,501

On May 15, 2019, MIC S.A. completed its offering of  a  SEK 2 billion floating rate senior unsecured sustainability bond due 2024. The
bond carries a floating coupon of 3-month Stibor+235bps which we swapped with various banks to hedge its interest rate exposure,
pursuant to which it will effectively pay fixed-rate coupons in US dollars between 4.990% and 4.880% (see D.1.2.). The bond has been
listed and commenced trading on the Nasdaq Stockholm sustainable bond list on June 12, 2019. Millicom is using the net proceeds of
the bond in accordance with the Sustainability Bond Framework which includes both environmental and social investments such as
in energy efficiencies, and the expansion of its fixed and mobile networks. Cost of issuance of  $2.4 million is amortized over the five
year life of the bond (the effective interest rate is 0.200%)

(2) USD 6.625% Senior Notes 

On October 16, 2018, the MIC S.A. issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2026. The Notes bear
interest at 6.625% p.a., payable semiannually in arrears on each interest payment date. Proceeds were used to finance Cable Onda’s

173

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

acquisition (Note A.1.2.). Costs of issuance of $6 million is amortized over the eight-year life of the notes (the effective interest rate is
6.750%). 

(3) USD 6.000% Senior Notes 

On March 17, 2015, MIC S.A. issued a $500 million 6.000% fixed interest rate notes repayable in ten years, to repay the El Salvador 8.000%
senior notes and for general corporate purposes. The notes have an effective interest rate of 6.132%. A  total amount of $8.6 million of
withheld and upfront costs are being amortized over the ten-year life of the bond. On April 8, 2019, the Group obtained consents from
the holders of its $500 million 6.000% notes to amend certain provisions of the indenture governing the notes. MIC S.A. paid a cash
payment of $1 million (equal to $2.50 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes to holders of the Notes).

(4) USD 6.250% Senior Notes 

On March 25, 2019, MIC S.A. issued $750 million of  6.250% notes due 2029. The notes bear interest at 6.250% p.a., payable semi-annually
in arrears on March 25 and September 25 of each year, starting on September 25, 2019. The net proceeds were used to finance, in part,
the completed Telefonica CAM Acquisitions (see note A.1.2.). Costs of issuance of  $8.2 million are amortized over the ten-year life of
the notes (the effective interest rate is 6.360%). 

(5) USD 5.125% Senior Notes 

On September 20, 2017, MIC S.A. issued a $500 million, ten-year bond due January 2028, with an interest rate of 5.125%. Costs of issuance
of $7 million are amortized over the ten year life of the notes (effective interest rate is 5.240%). 

(6) PYG Notes 

In April 2019, Telefónica Celular del Paragua S.A.E. issued $300 million 5.875% senior notes due 2027. The notes bear interest at 5.875%
p.a., payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, starting on October 15, 2019. The net proceeds were
used to finance the purchase of the Telecel 6.750% 2022 notes. Costs of issuance of $4 million are amortized over the eight-year life of
the notes (the effective interest rate is 6.000%).

In June, 2019, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E. issued notes in three series under its PYG 300 billion program as follows: Series A
for PYG 115 billion (approximately $18 million), with a fixed annual interest rate of 8.750%, maturing in June 2024, series B for PYG 50
billion (approximately $8 million) with a fixed annual interest rate of 9.250%, maturing in May 2026 and series C for PYG 65 billion
(approximately $10 million) with a fixed annual interest rate of 10.000%, maturing in May 2029. On December 27, 2019, under the same
program, they issued PYG. 35 billion (Approximately $5.4 million) in two tranches: (i) PYG 10 billion (approximately $1.5 million)   which
bears a fixed annual interest rate of 9.250% and matures on December 30, 2026; and (ii) PYG 25 billion (approximately $3.9 million)
which bears a fixed annual interest rate of 10.000% and matures on December 24, 2029. 

(7) BOB Notes 

In May 2012, Telefónica Celular de Bolivia S.A. issued BOB 1.36 billion of notes repayable in installments until April 2, 2020. Distribution
and other transaction fees of BOB5 million reduced the total proceeds from issuance to BOB 1.32 billion ($191 million). The bond has
a 4.750% per annum coupon with interest payable semi-annually in arrears in May and November each year. The effective interest rate
is 4.790%. These bonds are listed on the Bolivia Stock Exchange.

In  November  2015,  they  issued  BOB696  million  (approximately  $100  million)  of  notes  in  two  series,  series  A  for  BOB104.4  million
(approximately $15 million), with a fixed annual interest rate of 4.050%, maturing in August 2020 and series B for BOB591.6 million
(approximately $85 million) with a fixed annual interest rate of 4.850%, maturing in August 2023. The bond has coupon with interest
payable semi-annually in arrears in March and September during the first two years, thereafter each February and August. The effective
interest rate is 4.840%. These bonds are listed on the Bolivia Stock Exchange.

On August 11, 2016, Telefónica Celular de Bolivia S.A.. issued a new bond for a total amount of BOB522 million consisting of two tranches
(approximately $50 million and $25 million, respectively). Tranche A  and B bear fixed interest at 3.950% and 4.300%, and will mature
in June 2024 and June 2029, respectively. These bonds are listed on the Bolivia Stock Exchange.

On October 12, 2017, they placed approximately $80 million of local currency bonds in three tranches, which will mature in 2022, 2024
and 2026 with a 4.300% , 4.700% and 5.300% respectively. These bonds are listed on the Bolivia Stock Exchange.

On July 3, 2019 they issued two bonds one for  BOB 420 million (approximately $61 million) with a 5.000% coupon maturing on August
2026 and  another one for BOB 280 million (approximately $40 million) with a 4.600% coupon maturing on August 2024. Interest
payments is semiannual and both bonds are listed on the Bolivia Stock Exchange.

(8) UNE Bonds 

In  March  2010,  UNE  issued  a  COP300  billion  (approximately  $126  million)  bond  consisting  of  two  tranches  with  five  and  ten-year
maturities. Interest rates are either fixed or variable depending on the tranche. Tranche A bears variable interest, based on CPI, in
Colombian peso and paid in Colombian peso. Tranche B bears variable interest, based on fixed term deposits, in Colombian peso and

174

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

paid in Colombian peso. UNE applied the proceeds to finance its investment plan. Tranche A matured in March 2015 and tranche B will
mature in March 2020. 

In May 2011, UNE issued a COP300 billion (approximately $126 million) bond consisting of two equal tranches with five and twelve-
year maturities. Interest rates are variable and depend on the tranche. Tranche A had variable interest, based on CPI, in Colombian peso
and paid in Colombian peso. Tranche B bears variable interest, based on CPI, in Colombian peso and paid in Colombian peso. UNE
applied the proceeds to finance its investment plan. Tranche A matured in October 2016 and tranche B will mature in October 2023. 

In May 2016, UNE issued a COP540 billion bond (approximately $176 million) consisting of three tranches (approximately $52 million,
$83 million and $41 million respectively). Interest rates are either fixed or variable depending on the tranche. Tranche A bears fixed
interest at 9.350%, while tranche B and C bear variable interest, based on CPI, (respective margins of CPI + 4.150% and CPI + 4.890%),
in Colombian peso. UNE applied the proceeds to finance its investment plan and repay one bond (COP150 billion tranche). Tranches
A, B and C will mature in May 2024, May 2026 and May 2036, respectively. 

(9) Cable Onda Bonds 

On August 4, 2015, Cable Onda issued local bonds in Panama for a total amount of $185 million. These bonds are listed on the Panama
Stock Exchange and bear a fixed annual interest of 5.750% and are due on August 4, 2025. The bonds were assumed by Millicom as
part of the acquisition of Cable Onda. See note A.1.2. for further details on the acquisition. 

On November 1, 2019, Cable Onda issued $600 million aggregate principal amount of 4.500% senior notes due 2030 payable in U.S.
dollars, registered with the Superintendencia del Mercado de Valores de Panamá and listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and
on the Panamá Stock Exchange.  The Notes bear interest from November 1, 2019 at a rate of 4.500% per annum, payable on January
30, 2020 for the first payment and thereafter semiannually in arrears on each interest payment date. The proceeds were used to fund
the Panama Acquisition and to refinance certain local financing. Costs of issuance of  $16 million, which include an original issue discount
(OID) is amortized over the ten-year life of the notes (the effective interest rate is 4.690%). 

C.3.2. Bank and Development Financial Institution financing 

Note

Country

Maturity range

Interest rate

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

Fixed rate loans

PYG Long-term loans ...............................................

1 Paraguay

USD - Long-term loans ............................................

2 Panama

BOB Long-term loans...............................................

3 Bolivia

Variable rate loans

USD Long-term loans...............................................

4 Costa Rica

USD Long-term loans...............................................

Chad

2020-2026

2024

2023-2025

2023

2019

USD Long-term loans...............................................

5 Tanzania

2020-2025

TZS Long-term loans................................................

5 Tanzania

USD Short-term loans..............................................

8 Luxembourg

USD Long-term loans...............................................

8 Luxembourg

COP Long-term loans...............................................

6 Colombia

USD Long-term loans...............................................

6 Colombia

2025

2019

2024

2025-2030

2024

USD Credit Facility / Senior Unsecured Term
Loan Facility.................................................................

7 El Salvador

2021-2023

Other Long-term loans............................................

Various

Total Bank and Development Financial
Institution financing .............................................

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Variable

Variable

Variable

Variable

Variable

Libor + 3.00%

Variable

Variable

Variable

Various

166

150

31

148

—

171

14

—

298

274

295

268

—

180

24

20

148

1

90

—

250

—

277

298

274

51

1,817

1,613

1.

Paraguay 

In October 2015, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E. entered into a five -year loan facility with Banco Itau for PGY 257,700 million
(approximately $40 million) which bears a fixed annual interest rate. The final maturity of the loan is on September 10,  2020.

On July 4, 2017, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E executed a five-year loan agreement with the IPS (Instituto de Prevision Social)
and the Inter-American Development Bank, who acts as a guarantor, for a total amount of PYG $367,000 million (approximately $66

175

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

million). The loan, denominated in PYG  with the final maturity in 2022. The guarantee under this facility is counter-guaranteed by
MICSA.

In July 2018, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E. executed a seven-year loan with Regional Bank for PYG  115,000 million (approximately
$18 million with a final maturity in 2025.

On January 2, 2019, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E. obtained a seven-year loan from BBVA Bank for PYG 177,000 million which is
due on November, 26, 2025.

On September 25, 2019, Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E. executed an amended and restated agreement with Banco Continental
S.A.E.C.A.,  to consolidate three existing loans, for a PYG 370,000 million (approximately $57 million). The new loan has a maturity of 7
years. 

2.

Panama

On August 27, 2019,  Cable Onda  S.A  entered into two credit agreements, one with Banco Nacional de Panama S.A , for $75 million
which bears a fixed interest and has a 5 year duration and another one with the Bank of Nova Scotia (Sucursal Panama) for $75 million
with a fixed interest and a five year duration to finance and refinance working capital and capital expenditures.

3.

Bolivia 

In June 2018, Telefónica Celular de Bolivia S.A.. entered into a two tranche loan agreement with Banco BISA S.A  for  BOB 69.6 million
(approximately $10 million) each, with a fixed interest rate. The loans have a term of 7 years. 

In November 19, they executed a new loan with Banco de Crédito de Bolivia S.A for Bs. 78,000,000 (approximately$11 million), with
semiannual payments and a fixed interest rate. The loan has a term of 4 years. 

4.

Costa Rica 

In April 2018, Millicom Cable Costa Rica S.A. entered into a $150 million variable rate  syndicated loan with Citibank as agent.

In June 2018, Millicom Cable Costa Rica S.A. entered into a cross currency swap to hedge part of the principal of the loan against
interest rate and currency risks. Interest rate and currency swap agreements had been made on $35 million of the principal amount
and interest rate swaps for an additional $35 million.  

5.

Tanzania 

On June 4, 2019, MIC Tanzania Public Limited Company entered into a syndicated loan facility agreement with the Standard Bank of
South Africa acting as an agent and a consortium of banks acting as the original lenders, for $174.75 million (tranche A) and TZS103,000
million (tranche B - approximately $45 million) which bears variable interests: for Tranche A Libor plus a margin and for Trance B T-Bill
rate plus a margin. The facility agreement has an all asset debenture securing the whole amount, as well as a pledge over the shares of
the immediate holding company of the borrower.  The Facility was amended and restated on December 12, 2019 and has a maturity
of  66 months. It is a stand-alone facility with an all asset debenture and a pledge on the shares of the immediate holding company of
the borrower.  .Margin and balance between USD and TSZ tranches may vary depending on the syndication demands. 

6. Colombia 

In December 20, 2019, our operation in Colombia executed an amendment to the $300 million loan between Colombia Móvil S.A. E.S.P.
as borrower and UNE EPM Telecomunicaciones S.A., as guarantor with a consortium of banks to extend the maturity for 5 years (now
due on December 20, 2024) and lower the applicable margin.

7. EL Salvador

On April 15, 2016, Telemovil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V. executed a senior unsecured term loan facility up to $50 million maturing in April
2021 and bearing variable interest per annum, which was restated and amended as of May 30, 2017, for a second tranche of $50 million.
This facility is guaranteed by MICSA..  Later on, in January 2018, Telemovil El Salvador entered into a second amended and restated
agreement with Scotiabank for a  third tranche of $50 million with variable rate and with a 5-year bullet repayment, also guaranteed
by MICSA.  

In addition, they executed an interest rate swap with Scotiabank to fix interest rates for up to $100 million of the outstanding debt.

On June 3, 2016, Telemovil El Salvador, S.A. de C.V. executed a $30 million credit facility with Citibank N.A., for general corporate purposes
maturing in June 2021 and bearing variable interest rate per annum. The facility is guaranteed by MICSA.. 

In March 2018, Telemovil El Salvador executed a $100 million credit facility with DNB at a  variable rate  facility with DNB and Nordea
with a 5-year bullet repayment.The facility is guaranteed by MICSA.. 

176

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

8. Luxembourg 

On April 24, 2019, MICSA. entered into a $300 million term facility agreement arranged by DNB Bank ASA, Sweden Branch and Nordea
Bank Abp, Filial i Sverige. This facility has a variable interest rate and is fully drawn as at December 31, 2019 and is due on April 2024.

Right of set-off and derecognition 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of financial position if
there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognized amounts and an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realize the
assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously. 

A financial asset (or a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognized when: 

•

•

Rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or 

Rights to receive cash flows from the asset or obligations to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay have been
transferred to a third party under a “pass-through” arrangement; and the Group has either transferred substantially all the risks
and rewards of the asset or the control of the asset. 

When rights to receive cash flows from an asset have been transferred or a pass-through arrangement concluded, an evaluation is
made if and to what extent the risks and rewards of ownership have been retained. When the Group has neither transferred nor
retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of the asset, nor transferred control of the asset, the asset is recognized to the
extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset. In that case, the Group also recognizes an associated liability. The
transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has
retained. Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the
original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay. 

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or canceled, or expires. When an existing
financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are
substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as the derecognition of the original liability and the recognition
of a new liability. The difference in the respective carrying amounts is recognized in the statement of income. 

C.3.3. Interest and other financial expenses 

The Group’s interest and other financial expenses comprised the following: 

Year ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

Interest expense on bonds and bank financing ......................................................................................................

Interest expense on (finance) leases............................................................................................................................

Early redemption charges................................................................................................................................................

Others......................................................................................................................................................................................

Total interest and other financial expenses ........................................................................................................

(348)

(157)

(10)

(47)

(564)

(234)

(91)

(4)

(37)

(367)

(246)

(65)

(43)

(35)

(389)

C.3.4. Finance leases - until December 31, 2018

As at December 31, 2018, Millicom’s finance leases mainly consisted of long-term lease of tower space from tower companies or
competitors on which Millicom locates its network equipment. 

Finance lease liabilities were included in Debt and Financing until December 31, 2018, but were reclassified to lease liabilities on
January 1, 2019 in the process of adopting the new lease standard: IFRS 16. See above in the "New and amended IFRS accounting
standards" and notes C.4. and E.4. for further information. 

Finance lease liabilities 

Under IAS 17, leases which transferred substantially all risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item to the lessee
were capitalized at the inception of the lease. The amount capitalized was the lower of the fair value of the asset or the present value
of the minimum lease payments. 

Lease payments were allocated between finance charges (interest) and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate
of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges were recorded as interest expenses in the statement of income. 

177

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

The sale and leaseback of towers and related site operating leases and service contracts were accounted for in accordance with the
underlying characteristics of the assets, and the terms and conditions of the lease agreements. When sale and leaseback agreements
were concluded, the portions of assets that will not be leased back by Millicom were classified as assets held for sale as completion
of their sale was highly probable. Asset retirement obligations related to the towers were classified as liabilities directly associated
with assets held for sale. On transfer to the tower companies, the portion of the towers leased back were accounted for as operating
leases or finance leases according to the criteria set out above. The portion of towers being leased back represented the dedicated
part of each tower on which Millicom’s equipment was located and was derived from the average technical capacity of the towers.
Rights to use the land on which the towers were located were accounted for as operating leases, and costs of services for the towers
were recorded as operating expenses. The gain on disposal was recognized upfront for the portion of towers that is not leased back,
and was deferred and recognized over the term of the lease for the portion leased back. 

Finance lease liabilities at December 31, 2018 

Country

Maturity

2018

(US$ millions)

Lease of tower space.......................................................................................................... Tanzania

2029/2030

Lease of tower space.......................................................................................................... Colombia Movil

Lease of poles ....................................................................................................................... Colombia (UNE)

Lease of tower space.......................................................................................................... Paraguay

Lease of tower space.......................................................................................................... El Salvador

2032

2032

2030

2026

Other finance lease liabilities.......................................................................................... various

various

Total finance lease liabilities .......................................................................................

112

83

99

27

26

6

353

Tower Sale and Leaseback  

In 2017 and 2018, the Group announced agreements to sell and leaseback wireless communications towers in Paraguay, Colombia
and El Salvador. Total gain on sale recognized in 2019 was $5 million (2018: $61 million, 2017: $63 million) and cash received from
these sales were $22 million, $141 million and $161 million, respectively.

C.3.5. Guarantees and pledged assets 

Guarantees 

Financial guarantee contracts issued by the Group are those contracts that require a payment to be made to reimburse the holder
for a loss it incurs because the specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the terms of a debt instrument.
Financial guarantee contracts are recognized initially as a liability at fair value, adjusted for transaction costs that are directly
attributable to the issuance of the guarantee. Subsequently, the liability is measured at the higher of the best estimate of the
expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date and the amount recognized, less cumulative
amortization. 

Liabilities to which guarantees are related are recorded in the consolidated statement of financial position under Debt and financing,
and liabilities covered by supplier guarantees are recorded under Trade payables or Debt and financing, depending on the
underlying terms and conditions. 

Maturity of guarantees 

At December 31, 2019

At December 31, 2018

Terms

Outstanding exposure
(i)

0-1 year..................................................

1-3 years ................................................

3-5 years ................................................

Total .......................................................

29

134

300

464

Maximum exposure(ii)

Outstanding exposure
(i)

(US$ millions)

Maximum exposure(ii)

29

134

300

464

133

281

212

626

133

281

212

626

(i)

(ii)

The outstanding exposure represents the carrying amount of the related liability at December 31. 

The maximum exposure represents the total amount of the Guarantee at December 31. 

178

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Pledged assets 

As at December 31, 2019, the Group’s share of total debt and financing secured by either pledged assets, pledged deposits issued to
cover letters of credit, or guarantees issued was $464 million (December 31, 2018: $626 million). Assets pledged by the Group over
these debts and financings amounted to $1 million at December 31, 2019 (December 31, 2018: $2 million). The remainder
represented primarily guarantees issued by Millicom S.A. to guarantee financings raised by other Group operating entities. 

In addition to the above, on June 4, 2019, MIC Tanzania Public Limited Company entered into a loan facility agreement which was
further amended and restated in December 12, 2019, with the Standard Bank of South Africa acting as an agent and a consortium of
banks acting as the original lenders. The facility agreement, maturing in 2025, has an all asset debenture securing the whole amount,
as well as a pledge over the shares of the immediate holding company of the borrower. 

C.3.6. Covenants 

Millicom’s financing facilities are subject to a number of covenants including net leverage ratio, debt service coverage ratios, or debt
to earnings ratios, among others. In addition, certain of its financings contain restrictions on sale of businesses or significant assets
within the businesses. At December 31, 2019, there were no breaches of financial covenants. 

C.4. Lease liability

As a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 'Leases', and as of December 31, 2019 (see above in the "New and amended IFRS accounting
standards") lease liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position as follows:

Current

Non Current

Total Lease liability .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

December 31,
2019

(US$ millions)

97

967

1,063

As permitted under IFRS 16, Millicom has elected not to recognize a lease liability for short term leases (leases with an expected term
of 12 months or less) or for leases of low value assets. Payments associated with short-term leases of equipment and vehicles and all
leases of low-value assets are rather recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in the statement of income. Short-term leases
are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets comprise IT equipment and small items of office furniture. In
addition, certain variable lease payments are not permitted to be recognized as lease liabilities and are expensed as incurred. 

The expenses relating to payments not included in the measurement of the lease liability are disclosed in operating expenses (note
B.3.) and are as follows:

Expense relating to short-term leases (included in cost of sales and operating expenses)

2019
(US$ millions)

(5)

The total cash outflow for leases in 2019  was $236 million. Lease liabilities split by maturity and future cash outflows are disclosed in
note D.5..

At December 31, 2019, the Group has not committed to any material leases which had not yet commenced and has no material lease
contracts with variable lease payments. 

The Group's leasing activities and how these are accounted for

The Group leases various lands, sites, towers (including those related to towers sold and leased back), offices, warehouses, retail
stores, equipment and cars. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods but may have extension options as described
below. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease
agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Through December 31, 2018, leases of property, plant and equipment were classified as either finance or operating leases. See note
C.3.4. for further details on existing finance leases as of December 31, 2018. Payments made under operating leases (net of any
incentives received from the lessor) were charged to the statement of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

179

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

From January 1, 2019, leases are recognized as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset
is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the reduction of the liability and finance cost. The finance
cost is charged to the statement of income over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the
remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life and
the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value
of the following lease payments:

•

•

•

•

•

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable

variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate

amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees

the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and

payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. As it is generally impracticable to determine that rate,
the Group uses the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds
necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions. The incremental
borrowing rate applied can have a significant impact on the net present value of the lease liability recognized under IFRS 16. 

The Group determines the incremental borrowing rate by country and by considering the risk-free rate, the country risk, the industry
risk, the credit risk and the currency risk, as well as the lease and payment terms and dates.

The Group is also exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included
in the lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease
liability is adjusted against the right-of-use asset by discounting the revised lease payments using either the initial discount rate or a
revised discount rate. The initial discount rate is used if future lease payments are reflecting market or index rates or if they are in
substance fixed. The discount rate is revised, if a change in floating interest rates occurs. The Group reassess the variable payment
only when there is a change in cash flows resulting from a change in the reference index or rate and not at each reporting date.

According to IFRS 16, lease  term  is defined as the non-cancellable period for which a lessee has the right to use an underlying asset,
together with both: (a) periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option;
and (b) periods covered by an option to terminate if the lessee is reasonably certain not to exercise that option. The  assessment of
such options is performed at the commencement of a lease.  As part of the assessment, Millicom introduced the 'time horizon
concept': the reasonable term under which the company expects to use a leased asset considering economic incentives,
management decisions, business plans and the fast-paced industry Millicom operates in. The assessment must be focused on the
economic incentives for Millicom to exercise (or not) an option to early terminate/extend a contract. The Group has decided to work
on the basis the lessor will generally accept a renewal/not early terminate a contract, as there is an economic incentive to maintain
the contractual relationship.

Millicom considered the specialized nature of most of its assets under lease, the low likelihood the lessor can find a third party to
substitute Millicom as a lessee and past practice to conclude that, the lease term can go beyond the notice period when there is
more than an insignificant penalty for the lessor not to renew the lease. This analysis requires judgment and has a significant impact
on the lease liability recognized under IFRS 16.

Under IFRS 16, the accounting for sale and leaseback transactions has changed as the underlying sale transaction needs to be first
analyzed using the guidance of IFRS 15. The seller/lessee recognizes a right-of-use asset in the amount of the proportional original
carrying amount that relates to the right of use retained. Accordingly, only the proportional amount of gain or loss from the sale
must be recognized. The impact from sale and leaseback transactions was not material for Millicom Group as of the date of initial
application.

Finally, the Group has taken the additional following decisions when adopting the standard:

•

•

Non-lease components are capitalized (IFRS16.15)

Intangible assets are out of IFRS 16 scope (IFRS16.4)

C.5. Cash and deposits

C.5.1. Cash and cash equivalents 

180

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Cash and cash equivalents in USD.................................................................................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents in other currencies.........................................................................................................................................

Total cash and cash equivalents.................................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

834

330

1,164

229

299

528

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less. 

Cash deposits with bank with maturities of more than three months that generally earn interest at market rates are classified as time
deposits. 

C.5.2. Restricted cash 

Mobile Financial Services ..................................................................................................................................................................................

Others.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Restricted cash....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

150

5

155

155

3

158

Cash held with banks related to MFS which is restricted in use due to local regulations is denoted as restricted cash. 

181

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

C.5.3. Pledged deposits 

Pledged deposits represent contracted cash deposits with banks that are held as security for debts at corporate or operational entity
level. Millicom is unable to access these funds until either the relevant debt is repaid or alternative security is arranged with the
lender. 

At December 31, 2019, there were no non-current pledged deposits (2018: nil). 

At December 31, 2019, current pledged deposits amounted to $1 million (2018: $2 million). 

C.6. Net financial obligations

Net financial obligations (i) 

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

Total debt and financing (i) ..............................................................................................................................................................................

Lease liabilities (i) .................................................................................................................................................................................................

Gross financial obligations ...........................................................................................................................................................................

5,972

1,063

7,036

Less:

Cash and cash equivalents ...............................................................................................................................................................................

(1,164)

Pledged deposits..................................................................................................................................................................................................

Time deposits related to bank borrowings.................................................................................................................................................

Net financial obligations at the end of the year .................................................................................................................................

Add (less) derivatives related to debt (note D.1.2.)..................................................................................................................................

Net financial obligations including derivatives related to debt.................................................................................................

(1)

(1)

5,870

(17)

5,853

4,580

—

4,580

(528)

(2)

—

4,051

—

4,051

(i) 

As at December 31, 2018, Debt and financing included finance lease liabilities of $353 million. As at December 31, 2019, and as a result of the
application of IFRS 16, these are now shown in a separate line under Lease liabilities.

Assets

Liabilities from financing activities

Cash and cash
equivalents

Other

Bond and bank
debt and financing

Finance lease
liabilities(i)

Lease
liabilities(i)

Net financial obligations as at January 1, 2018...

Cash flows................................................................................

Scope Changes ......................................................................

Additions/ acquisitions.......................................................

Interest accretion..................................................................

Foreign exchange movements ........................................

Transfers to/from assets held for sale............................

Transfers ...................................................................................

Other non-cash movements.............................................

Net financial obligations as at December 31,

2018.....................................................................................
Cash flows................................................................................

Scope changes.......................................................................

Recognition / Remeasurement........................................

Change in accounting policy............................................

Interest accretion..................................................................

Foreign exchange movements ........................................

Transfers to/from assets held for sale............................

Transfers ...................................................................................

Other non-cash movements.............................................

619

(72)

7

—

—

(33)

6

—

—

528

638

16

—

—

—

(8)

(9)

—

—

Net financial obligations as at December 31,

2019.....................................................................................

1,164

2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2

3,420

621

267

—

11

(84)

9

3

(19)

4,227

1,743

74

—

—

8

(16)

(53)

3

(14)

5,972

365

(17)

—

44

—

(21)

(8)

(11)

—

353

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(353)

—

—

(i) As from January 1, 2019 and as a result of the application of IFRS 16, finance leases are now shown under lease liabilities.

182

Total

3,164

676

260

44

11

(72)

(4)

(9)

(19)

4,051

998

236

109

545

8

(14)

(52)

3

(14)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(107)

178

109

545

—

(6)

(8)

353

—

1,063

5,870

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

C.7. Financial instruments

i) Equity and debt instruments 

Classification 

From January 1, 2018, and the application of IFRS 9, the Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories: 

•

•

those to be measured subsequently at fair value either through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI), or through profit or loss,
and 

those to be measured at amortized cost.

The classification depends on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash
flows.  

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity
instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable election at the time of
initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI). 

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes. 

Measurement 

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value
through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs
of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss. 

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely
payment of principal and interest.  

Debt instruments 

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model for managing the asset and the cash flow
characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the group classifies its debt instruments:  

•

•

•

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments
of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance
income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss
and presented in other gains / (losses), together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as a
separate line item in the consolidated statement of income. 

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash
flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken
through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue and foreign exchange gains and losses
which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously
recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in ‘Other non-operating (expenses) income, net’.
Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign
exchange gains and losses and impairment expenses are presented as ‘Other non-operating (expenses) income, net’ in the
consolidated statement of income.

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment
that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net within ‘Other non-operating (expenses)
income, net’ in the period in which it arises. 

Equity instruments 

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. The Group does not hold equity instruments for trading.
Where the Group’s management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no
subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends
from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Group’s right to receive payments is
established. 

Otherwise, changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in ‘Other non-operating (expenses) income, net’ in the
consolidated statement of income as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments
measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value. 

183

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Impairment 

From January 1, 2018, the Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its financial assets
carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant
increase in credit risk. 

For trade receivables, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be
recognized from initial recognition of the trade receivables.  

The provision is recognized in the consolidated statement of income within Cost of sales. 

ii) Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities 

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at
fair value at each subsequent closing date. The method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative
is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as
either: 

a) Hedges of the fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge); or 

b) Hedges of a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow

hedge). 

For transactions designated and qualifying for hedge accounting, at the inception of the transaction, the Group documents the
relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for
undertaking various hedging transactions. This is done in reference to the Group Financial Risk Management Policy as last updated
and approved by the Audit Committee in late 2018. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an
ongoing basis (quarterly), of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes
in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. 

The full fair value of a hedging instrument is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the period to maturity of the hedged
item is more than 12 months and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12
months. Trading derivatives are classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining period to maturity of the hedged item is
less than 12 months. 

The change in fair value of hedging instruments that are designed and qualify as fair value hedges is recognized in the statement of
income as finance costs or income. The change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk hedged is recorded as part of
the carrying value of the hedged item and is also recognized in the statement of income as finance costs or income. 

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in
other comprehensive income. Gains or loss relating to any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the statement of income
within Other non-operating (expenses) income, net. Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to the statement of income in
the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss. 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative
gain or loss existing in equity at that time is recycled to the statement of income within Other non-operating (expenses) income, net. 

When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately
transferred to the statement of income within Other non-operating (expenses) income, net. 

C.7.1. Fair value measurement hierarchy 

Millicom uses the following fair value measurement hierarchy: 

Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is,
as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices). 

Level 3 – Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs). 

The Group enters into derivative financial instruments with various counterparties, principally financial institutions with investment
grade ratings. Interest rate swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts are valued using valuation techniques, which employ the
use of markets observable data. The most frequently applied valuation techniques include forward pricing and swap models using
present value calculations. The models incorporate various inputs including the credit quality of counterparties, foreign exchange
spot and forward rates, yield curves of the respective currencies, interest rate curves and forward curves. 

184

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

C.7.2. Fair value of financial instruments 

The fair value of Millicom’s financial instruments are shown at amounts at which the instruments could be exchanged in a current
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The fair value of all financial assets and all financial
liabilities, except debt and financing approximate their carrying value largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.
The fair values of all debt and financing have been estimated by the Group, based on discounted future cash flows at market interest
rates.

Fair values of financial instruments at December 31,  

Carrying value

Fair value(i)

Note

2019

2018 (ii) (iii)

2019

2018 (ii) (iii)

(US$ millions)

Financial assets

Derivative financial instruments .................................................................

Other non-current assets...............................................................................

Trade receivables, net .....................................................................................

Amounts due from non-controlling interests, associates and
joint venture partners.....................................................................................

G.5.

Prepayments and accrued income ............................................................

Supplier advances for capital expenditures ...........................................

Equity Investment ............................................................................................

Other current assets ........................................................................................

Restricted cash ..................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents............................................................................

Total financial assets........................................................................................

Current..................................................................................................................

Non-current ........................................................................................................

Financial liabilities

C.5.2.

C.5.1.

Debt and financing(i) ......................................................................................

C.3.

Lease liabilities...................................................................................................

Trade payables...................................................................................................

Payables and accruals for capital expenditure.......................................

Derivative financial instruments .................................................................

Put option liability............................................................................................

C.7.4.

Amounts due to non-controlling interests, associates and joint
venture partners ...............................................................................................

G.5.

Accrued interest and other expenses .......................................................

Other liabilities ..................................................................................................

Total financial liabilities ..................................................................................

Current..................................................................................................................

Non-current ........................................................................................................

(i)

Fair values are measured with reference to Level 1 (for listed bonds) or 2.

—

66

371

68

156

22

371

181

155

1,164

2,554

2,449

104

5,972

1,063

289

348

17

264

498

432

399

9,282

2,045

7,237

—

87

343

73

129

25

—

124

158

528

1,467

1,341

126

4,580

—

282

335

—

239

483

381

399

6,698

2,330

4,370

—

66

371

68

156

22

371

181

155

1,164

2,554

2,449

104

6,229

1,063

289

348

17

264

498

432

399

9,538

2,045

7,493

—

87

343

73

129

25

—

124

158

528

1,467

1,341

126

4,418

—

282

335

(1)

239

483

381

399

6,536

2,329

4,208

(ii) As at December 31, 2018, Debt and financing included finance lease liabilities of $353 million. As at December 31, 2019, and as a result of the

application of IFRS 16, these are now shown in a separate line under Lease liabilities.

(iii) The consolidated statement of financial position at December 31, 2018 has been restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting

(note A.1.2.).

185

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

C.7.3. Equity investments

As at December 31, 2019, Millicom has the following investments in equity instruments:

Investment in Jumia............................................................................................................................................................................................

Investment in HT ..................................................................................................................................................................................................

Equity investment - total................................................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

32

338

371

—

—

—

Jumia Technologies AG (“Jumia”)

Jumia indirectly owns a number of companies that provide online services and online marketplaces in certain countries in Africa. 

In January 2019, Millicom was diluted in the capital of  the company following the entry of a new investor. This triggered the recognition
of a net dilution gain of $7 million in January 2019. In addition, during Q1 2019, in preparation of  Jumia's IPO, Millicom relinquished
its  seat  on  the  board  of  directors,  which  resulted  in  the  loss  of  the  Group's  significant  influence  over  Jumia.  As  a  result,  Millicom
derecognized its investment in associate in Jumia and recognized it as a financial asset (equity instrument) at fair value under IFRS 9.
On April 11, 2019, Jumia completed its IPO at the offer price per share of $14.5 and shares started trading on the NYSE on April 12, 2019.

As a result, as of March 31, 2019, a net gain of $30 million had been recognized and reported under ‘Income (loss) from associates, net’.
Post IPO, Millicom holds 6.31% of the outstanding shares of Jumia.

At December 31, 2019, the closing price of a Jumia share was $6.73, which values Millicom's investment at $32 million (level 1). The
changes in fair value of $(38) million for the year ended December 31, 2019 is shown under 'Other non-operating (expenses) income,
net' (see note B.5).

Helios Towers plc (“HT”)

In October 2019, Helios Towers plc (a company inserted as the holding company of HTA just prior to IPO) completed its IPO on the
London Stock Exchange at a price of GBP 1.15 per share valuing the company at enterprise value of approximately $2.0 billion and a
market capitalization of $1.45 billion. 

As part of the listing process, on October 17, 2019, Millicom first was diluted as HT management exercised their IPO option rights (~4%).
This event triggered the recognition of a non-cash dilution loss of $3 million recorded under ‘Income/(loss) from other joint ventures
and associates’.

On the same day, Millicom resigned from its board of directors seats, which resulted in the loss of the Group's significant influence over
HT. As a result, as from that date, Millicom derecognized its investment in associate in HT and recognized it as a financial asset at fair
value under IFRS 9. The derecognition of the investment in associate and recognition of the equity investment in HT at a fair value of
$292  million  triggered  the  recognition  of  a  net  non-cash  P&L  gain  of  $208  million  recorded  under ‘Other  non-operating  income
(expense), net’. Fair value was determined using the IPO reference share price of GBP1.15.

As a result of the IPO and the subsequent exercise of the overallotment option, Millicom disposed of a portion of its ownership (in total
~20%) yielding $57 million in gross proceeds and $25 million in net proceeds after fees and Millicom's share in tax escrow of $30 million
which has been deducted in full from the gain given the high level of uncertainties used in assessing the potential tax liability. These
disposals did trigger a loss of $32 million, as a result of the tax escrow and transaction fees, and are recorded under ‘Other operating
income (expenses), net’.

Post-IPO and overallotment option exercise, Millicom holds a 16.2% stake which, as at December 31, 2019, is valued at $338 million
(level 1) using a closing share price of GBP 1.58. The gain on derecognition and changes in fair value of $312 million for the year ended
December 31, 2019 is shown under 'Other non-operating (expenses) income, net' (see note B.5).

186

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

C.7.4. Call and put options 

Cable Onda call and put options 

As part of the acquisition of Cable Onda, shareholders agreed on certain put and call options as follows:  

The put option to acquire the remaining 20% non-controlling interest in Cable Onda became exercisable 42 months after the closing
date (December 13, 2018) or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events. In that respect, Millicom determined that, as the put
option could be exercised under certain change of control events which could be outside the control of Millicom, the option meets
the criteria under IAS 32 for recognition as a liability and corresponding equity decrease. The put option liability was payable in
Millicom's shares or in cash at the discretion of the partner. Therefore, Millicom recorded a liability for the put option at acquisition
completion date of $239 million representing the present value of the redemption amount. As of December 31, 2018, the
redemption price has been valued as being 20% of the equity value implied by the transaction. Any future change in the redemption
price will be recorded in the Group's statement of income. 

Millicom also received an unconditional call option which became exercisable either 42 months after December 13, 2018 closing
date or if Millicom's partners’ shareholdings fall below 10%.  The call option exercise price was at fair market value. Finally, Millicom
received an unconditional call option exercisable until December 13, 2019, at a price equal to the purchase price in the transaction,
plus interest at 10% per annum. The fair values of both call options were assessed as not material at December 31, 2018. 

As a consequence of the Telefonica Panama acquisition, on August 29, 2019 the shareholders agreed to amend the call and put
options in respect of the remaining 20% non-controlling interest that were set as part of the acquisition of Cable Onda. 

First, the parties agreed to new unconditional call and put options to acquire the remaining 20% non-controlling interest in Cable
Onda becoming exercisable at any time from July 2022, both, at fair market value. 

Second, they also agreed on 'Transaction Price' call and put options conditional to the occurrence of certain events, such as change
of control of Millicom or at any time if Millicom's non-controlling partners’ shareholdings fall below 10%, and becoming exercisable
on the date of the Telefonica Panama closing (August 29, 2019) and extending until July 2022. The put and call options are
exercisable at the purchase price in the Cable Onda transaction (enterprise value of $1.46 billion), plus interest at 5% per annum
(put) and at 10% per annum (call), respectively. 

Millicom determined that, both the new unconditional put option and 'Transaction Price' put option could be exercised under
events which are outside the control of Millicom. The options are payable in Millicom's shares or in cash at the discretion of the
partner and therefore also meet the criteria under IAS 32 for recognition as a liability and a corresponding equity decrease - which is
the same conclusion as for previous put option for which a liability had already been recognized at acquisition date in 2018. The put
option liability is now valued at the higher of fair market value and Transaction Price plus interest at 5% per annum and is payable in
Millicom's shares or in cash at the discretion of the partner.  

As of December 31, 2019, the value of the 'Transaction Price' put option is lower than fair market value, and therefore the Group
recognized the put option liability at the higher of both valuations at $264 million (see  note B.5). The Group is required to re-value
the liability each reporting date and any further change in the value of the put option liability will be recorded in the Group's
statement of income. Both call options are currently not exercisable and therefore no value at December 31, 2019.

D. Financial risk management

Exposure to interest rate, foreign currency, non-repatriation, liquidity, capital management and credit risks arise in the normal course
of Millicom’s business. Each year Group Treasury revisits and presents to the Audit committee updated Treasury and Financial Risks
Management policies. The Group analyzes each of these financial risks individually as well as on an interconnected basis and defines
and implements strategies to manage the economic impact on the Group’s performance in line with its Financial Risk Management
policy. These policies were last reviewed in late 2018. As part of the annual review of the above mentioned risks, the Group agrees to
a strategy over the use of derivatives and natural hedging instruments ranging from raising debt in local currency (where the
Company targets to reach 40% of debt in local currency over the medium term) to maintain a combination of up to 75/25% mix
between fixed and floating rate debt or agreeing to cover up to six months forward of operating costs and capex denominated in
non-functional currencies through a rolling and layering strategy. Millicom’s risk management strategies may include the use of
derivatives to the extent a market would exist in the jurisdictions where the Group operates. Millicom’s policy prohibits the use of
such derivatives in the context of speculative trading. 

Accounting policies for derivatives is further detailed in note C.7. On December 31, 2019 and 2018 fair value of derivatives held by
the Group can be summarized as follows: 

187

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

Derivatives

Cash flow hedge derivatives ............................................................................................................................................................................

Net derivative asset (liability)......................................................................................................................................................................

(17)

(17)

—

—

D.1. Interest rate risk

Debt and financing issued at floating interest rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. Debt and financing issued at
fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. The Group’s exposure to risk of changes in market interest rates relate to
both of the above. To manage this risk, the Group’s policy is to maintain a combination of fixed and floating rate debt with target
that more than 75%  of the debt be at fixed rate. The Group actively monitors borrowings against this target. The target mix between
fixed and floating rate debt is reviewed periodically. The purpose of Millicom’s policy is to achieve an optimal balance between cost
of funding and volatility of financial results, while taking into account market conditions as well as our overall business strategy. At
December 31, 2019, approximately 76% of the Group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate of interest or for which variable rates have been
swapped for fixed rates with interest rate swaps (2018: 68%). 

D.1.1. Fixed and floating rate debt

Financing at December 31, 2019  

1 year

1–2 years

2–3 years

3–4 years

4–5 years

>5 years

Total

Amounts due within:

Fixed rate financing.......................

Weighted average nominal

interest rate.................................

Floating rate financing .................

Weighted average nominal

interest rate.................................

Total....................................................

Weighted average nominal

interest rate.................................

118

6.32%

68

2.97%

186

5.10%

117

5.46%

38

1.77%

155

4.55%

Financing at December 31, 2018  

(US$ millions)

118

5.01%

27

1.41%

145

4.34%

332

7.24%

185

3.25%

517

5.81%

431

5.44%

654

4.26%

1,085

4.73%

3,428

5.81%

457

0.96%

3,884

5.24%

4,543

5.86%

1,429

1.52%

5,972

4.82%

1 year

1–2 years

2–3 years

3–4 years

4–5 years

>5 years

Total

Amounts due within:

(US$ millions)

Fixed rate financing.......................

140

162

137

436

204

2,036

3,116

Weighted average nominal

interest rate.................................

Floating rate financing .................

Weighted average nominal

interest rate.................................

Total....................................................

Weighted average nominal

interest rate.................................

6.35%

318

10.28%

458

6.59%

175

5.89%

337

6.64%

266

2.73%

403

6.61%

133

0.49%

570

4.10%

263

4.41%

468

6.47%

309

1.13%

2,345

6.34%

1,465

1.98%

4,580

9.08%

6.23%

4.06%

5.18%

4.28%

5.76%

4.95%

A 100 basis point fall or rise in market interest rates for all currencies in which the Group had borrowings at December 31, 2019
would increase or reduce profit before tax from continuing operations for the year by approximately $14 million (2018: $15 million). 

188

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

D.1.2. Interest rate swap contracts 

From time to time, Millicom enters into currency and interest rate swap contracts to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest
rates and currency fluctuations in accordance with its Financial Risk Management policy. Details of these arrangements are provided
below. 

Currency and interest rate swap contracts 

MIC S.A. entered into swap contracts in order to hedge the foreign currency and interest rate risks in relation to the SEK 2 billion (~
$211 million) senior unsecured sustainability bond issued in May 2019 (note C.3.1.). These swaps are accounted for as cash flow
hedges as the timing and amounts of the cash flows under the swap agreements match the cash flows under the SEK bond. Their
maturity date is May 2024. The hedging relationship is highly effective and related fluctuations are recorded through other
comprehensive income. At  December 31, 2019, the fair values of the swaps amount to a liability of $0.2 million. 

Our operations in El Salvador and Costa Rica also entered into several swap agreements in order to hedge foreign currency and
interest rate risks on certain long term debts. These swaps are accounted for as cash flow hedges and related fair value changes are
recorded through other comprehensive income. At  December 31, 2019, the fair values of these swaps amount to liabilities of  $17
million. 

Interest rate and currency swaps are measured with reference to Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy 

There are no other derivative financial instruments with a significant fair value at December 31, 2019.

189

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

D.2. Foreign currency risks

The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures in the countries in which it operates. Foreign
exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. 

Millicom seeks to reduce its foreign currency exposure through a policy of matching, as far as possible, assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies, or entering into agreements that limit the risk of exposure to currency fluctuations against the
US dollar reporting currency. In some cases, Millicom may also borrow in US dollars where it is either commercially more
advantageous for joint ventures and subsidiaries to incur debt obligations in US dollars or where US dollar denominated borrowing
is the only funding source available to a joint venture or subsidiary. In these circumstances, Millicom accepts the remaining currency
risk associated with financing its joint ventures and subsidiaries, principally because of the relatively high cost of forward cover,
when available, in the currencies in which the Group operates. 

D.2.1. Debt denominated in US dollars and other currencies 

Debt denomination at December 31 

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

Debt denominated in US dollars ....................................................................................................................................................................

3,535

2,572

Debt denominated in currencies of the following countries

Colombia.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Chad..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Tanzania...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Bolivia .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Paraguay..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

El Salvador(i) ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................

Panama(i) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Luxembourg (COP denominated)..................................................................................................................................................................

Costa Rica................................................................................................................................................................................................................

531

—

14

350

206

268

918

43

107

718

62

112

306

207

299

261

43

—

Total debt denominated in other currencies........................................................................................................................................

Total debt...............................................................................................................................................................................................................

2,437

5,972

2,008

4,580

(i) El Salvador's official unit of currency is the U.S. dollar, while Panama uses the U.S. dollar as legal tender. Our local debt in both countries is therefore
denominated in U.S. dollars but presented as local currency (LCY).

At December 31, 2019, if the US dollar had weakened/strengthened by 10% against the other functional currencies of our operations
and all other variables held constant, then profit before tax from continuing operations would have increased/decreased by $17
million (2018: $53 million). This increase/decrease in profit before tax would have mainly been as a result of the conversion of the
USD-denominated net debts in our operations with functional currencies other than the US dollar. 

D.2.2. Foreign currency swaps 

See note D.1.2. Interest rate swap contracts. 

D.3. Non-repatriation risk

Most of Millicom’s operating subsidiaries and joint ventures generate most of the revenue of the Group and in the currency of the
countries in which they operate. Millicom is therefore dependent on the ability of its subsidiaries and joint venture operations to
transfer funds to the Company. 

Although foreign exchange controls exist in some of the countries in which Millicom Group companies operate, none of these
controls currently significantly restrict the ability of these operations to pay interest, dividends, technical service fees, royalties or
repay loans by exporting cash, instruments of credit or securities in foreign currencies. However, existing foreign exchange controls
may be strengthened in countries where the Group operates, or foreign exchange controls may be introduced in countries where
the Group operates that do not currently impose such restrictions. If such events were to occur, the Company’s ability to receive
funds from the operations could be subsequently restricted, which would impact the Company’s ability to make payments on its
interest and loans and, or pay dividends to its shareholders. As a policy, all operations which do not face restrictions to deposit funds

190

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

offshore and in hard currencies should do so for the surplus cash generated on a weekly basis. The Company and its subsidiaries
make use of notional and physical cash pooling arrangements in hard currencies to the extent permitted. 

In addition, in some countries it may be difficult to convert large amounts of local currency into foreign currency because of limited
foreign exchange markets. The practical effects of this may be time delays in accumulating significant amounts of foreign currency
and exchange risk, which could have an adverse effect on the Group. This is a relatively rare case for the countries in which the Group
operates. 

Lastly, repatriation most often gives raise to taxation, which is evidenced in the amount of taxes paid by the Group relative to the
Corporate Income Tax reported in its statement of income. 

D.4. Credit and counterparty risk

Financial instruments that subject the Group to credit risk include cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits, letters of credit,
trade receivables, amounts due from joint venture partners and associates, supplier advances and other current assets and
derivatives. Counterparties to agreements relating to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits and letters of credit
are significant financial institutions with investment grade ratings. Management does not believe there are significant risks of non-
performance by these counterparties and maintain a diversified portfolio of banking partners. Allocation of deposits across banks
are managed such that the Group’s counterparty risk with a given bank stays within limits which have been set, based on each
bank’s credit rating. 

A large portion of revenue of the Group is comprised of prepaid products and services. For postpaid customers, the Group follows
risk control procedures to assess the credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and
other factors. Accounts receivable also comprise balances due from other telecom operators. Credit risk of other telecom operators is
limited due to the regulatory nature of the telecom industry, in which licenses are normally only issued to credit-worthy companies.
The Group maintains a provision for expected credit losses of trade receivables based on its historical credit loss experience. 

As the Group has a large number of internationally dispersed customers, there is generally no significant concentration of credit risk
with respect to trade receivables, except for certain B2B customers (mainly governments). See note F.1. 

D.5. Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Group
has significant indebtedness but also has significant cash balances. Millicom evaluates its ability to meet its obligations on an
ongoing basis using a recurring liquidity planning tool. This tool considers the operating net cash flows generated from its
operations and the future cash needs for borrowing, interest payments, dividend payments and capital and operating expenditures
required in maintaining and developing its operating businesses. 

The Group manages its liquidity risk through use of bank overdrafts, bank loans, bonds, vendor financing, Export Credit Agencies
and Development Finance Institutions (DFI) loans. Millicom believes that there is sufficient liquidity available in the markets to meet
ongoing liquidity needs. Additionally, Millicom is able to arrange offshore funding. Millicom has a diversified financing portfolio with
commercial banks representing about 26% of its gross financing (2018: 34%), bonds 58% (2018: 54%), Development Finance
Institutions 1% (2018: 4%) and leases 15% (2018: 8%). 

191

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Maturity profile of net financial liabilities at December 31, 2019

Less than 1
year

1 to 5 years

>5yrs

Total

Total debt and financing.................................................................................................................

Lease liability.......................................................................................................................................

Cash and equivalents .......................................................................................................................

Pledged deposits (related to back borrowings) .....................................................................

Refundable deposit

Derivative financial instruments ..................................................................................................

Net cash (debt) including derivatives related to debt ..................................................

Future interest commitments related to debt and financing............................................

Future interest commitments related to leases......................................................................

Trade payables (excluding accruals) ...........................................................................................

(186)

(97)

1,164

1

—

(17)

865

(308)

(157)

(510)

Other financial liabilities (including accruals) .........................................................................

(1,052)

Derivative instruments

Put option liability .............................................................................................................................

Trade receivables ...............................................................................................................................

Other financial assets .......................................................................................................................

Net financial liabilities..................................................................................................................

(17)

(264)

371

602

(469)

Maturity profile of net financial liabilities at December 31, 2018  

(US$ millions)

(1,902)

(490)

(3,884)

(476)

—

—

—

—

(2,392)

(1,088)

(476)

—

(337)

—

—

—

104

—

—

—

—

(4,361)

(106)

(295)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5,972)

(1,063)

1,164

1

—

(17)

(5,888)

(1,502)

(928)

(510)

(1,388)

(17)

(264)

371

707

(4,189)

(4,762)

(9,420)

Total debt and financing(i) .............................................................................................................

Cash and equivalents .......................................................................................................................

Pledged deposits (related to back borrowings) .....................................................................

Net cash (debt) including derivatives related to debt

Future interest commitments related to debt and financing

Trade payables (excluding accruals)

Other financial liabilities (including accruals)

Put option liability

Trade receivables

Other financial assets .......................................................................................................................

Less than 1
year

1 to 5 years

>5yrs

Total

(458)

528

2

72

(248)

(478)

(1,212)

(239)

343

181

(US$ millions)

(1,778)

(2,345)

(4,580)

—

—

(1,778)

(786)

—

(135)

—

—

126

—

—

(2,345)

(77)

—

—

—

—

—

528

2

(4,051)

(1,111)

(478)

(1,347)

(239)

343

306

Net financial liabilities..................................................................................................................

(1,582)

(2,573)

(2,422)

(6,577)

(i)

As at December 31, 2018, Debt and financing included finance lease liabilities of $353 million. As at December 31, 2019, and as a result of the
application of IFRS 16, these are now shown in a separate line under Lease liabilities.

D.6. Capital management

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure a strong credit rating and solid capital ratios in order to
support its business and maximize shareholder value. 

The Group manages its capital structure with reference to local economic conditions and imposed restrictions such as debt
covenants. To maintain or adjust its capital structure, the Group may make dividend payments to shareholders, return capital to
shareholders through share repurchases or issue new shares. At December 31, 2019, Millicom is rated at one notch below investment
grade by the independent rating agencies Moody’s (Ba1 negative) and Fitch (BB+ stable). The Group primarily monitors capital using
net financial obligations to EBITDA. 

192

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

The Group reviews its gearing ratio (net financial obligations divided by total capital plus net financial obligations) periodically. Net
financial obligations includes interest bearing debt and lease liabilities, less cash and cash equivalents (included restricted cash) and
pledged and time deposits related to bank borrowings. Capital represents equity attributable to the equity holders of the parent. 

Net financial obligations to EBITDA 

Note

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

Net financial obligations (i) .............................................................................................................................................

EBITDA ....................................................................................................................................................................................

C.6.

B.3.

Net financial obligations to EBITDA (ii) .......................................................................................................................

5,870

1,530

3.84

4,051

1,213

3.34

(i)

As at December 31, 2018, Net financial obligations included finance lease liabilities of $353 million. As at December 31, 2019, Net financial
obligations also include Lease liabilities recognized under IFRS 16.

(ii) Ratio is above 3x on an IFRS basis. However, covenants are calculated on proportionate net financial obligations/EBITDA, including Guatemala and

Honduras, which show results below 3x.

Gearing ratio 

Net financial obligations (i) .............................................................................................................................................

Equity ......................................................................................................................................................................................

Net financial obligations and equity............................................................................................................................

Gearing ratio.........................................................................................................................................................................

C.6.

C.1.

5,870

2,410

8,280

0.71

4,051

2,542

6,593

0.61

Note

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

(i)

Same comment as (i) in the table above.

E. Long-term assets

E.1. Intangible assets

Millicom’s intangible assets mainly consist of goodwill arising from acquisitions, customer lists acquired through acquisitions,
licenses and rights to operate and use spectrum. 

E.1.1. Accounting for intangible assets 

Intangible assets acquired in business acquisitions are initially measured at fair value at the date of acquisition, and those which are
acquired separately are measured at cost. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development costs, are not
capitalized but expensed to the statement of income in the expense category consistent with the function of the intangible assets.
Subsequently intangible assets are carried at cost, less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. 

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful economic lives using the straight-line method and
assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization period and the
amortization method for intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at least at each financial year end. Changes in
expected useful lives or the expected beneficial use of the assets are accounted for by changing the amortization period or method,
as appropriate, and treated as changes in accounting estimates. 

Amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in the consolidated statement of income in the expense
category consistent with the function of the intangible assets. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquisition over the Group’s share in the fair value of identifiable assets less liabilities
and contingent liabilities of the acquired subsidiary, at the date of the acquisition. If the fair value or the cost of the acquisition can
only be determined provisionally, then goodwill is initially accounted for using provisional values. Within 12 months of the
acquisition date, any adjustments to the provisional values are recognized. This is done when the fair values and the cost of the
acquisition have been finally determined. Adjustments to provisional fair values are made as if the adjusted fair values had been
recognized from the acquisition date. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets, net. Goodwill on
acquisition of joint ventures or associates is included in investments in joint ventures and associates. Following initial recognition,

193

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

goodwill is measured at cost, less any accumulated impairment losses. Gains or losses on the disposal of an entity include the
carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit (or group of cash-generating units) and part of the operation within that unit is
disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when
determining the gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed of in this manner is measured, based on the relative values of the
operation disposed and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained. 

Licenses 

Licenses are recorded at either historical cost or, if acquired in a business combination, at fair value at the date of acquisition. Cost
includes cost of acquisition and other costs directly related to acquisition and retention of licenses over the license period. These
costs may include estimates related to fulfillment of terms and conditions related to the licenses such as service or coverage
obligations, and may include up-front and deferred payments. 

Licenses have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.
Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the licenses over their estimated useful lives. 

The terms of licenses, which have been awarded for various periods, are subject to periodic review for, among other things, rate
setting, frequency allocation and technical standards. Licenses are initially measured at cost and are amortized from the date the
network is available for use on a straight-line basis over the license period. Licenses held, subject to certain conditions, are usually
renewable and generally non-exclusive. When estimating useful lives of licenses, renewal periods are included only if there is
evidence to support renewal by the Group without significant cost. 

Trademarks and customer lists 

Trademarks and customer lists are recognized as intangible assets only when acquired or gained in a business combination. Their
cost represents fair value at the date of acquisition. Trademarks and customer lists have indefinite or finite useful lives. Indefinite
useful life trademarks are tested for impairment annually. Finite useful life trademarks are carried at cost, less accumulated
amortization. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the trademarks and customer lists over
their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives for trademarks and customer lists are based on specific characteristics of the
market in which they exist. Trademarks and customer lists are included in Intangible assets, net. 

Estimated useful lives are: 

Estimated useful lives

Trademarks ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Customer lists .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Years

1 to 15

4 to 20

Programming and content rights 

Programming and content master rights which are purchased or acquired in business combinations which meet certain criteria are
recorded at cost as intangible assets. The rights must be exclusive, related to specific assets which are sufficiently developed, and
probable to bring future economic benefits and have validity for more than one year. Cost includes consideration paid or payable
and other costs directly related to the acquisition of the rights, and are recognized at the earlier of payment or commencement of
the broadcasting period to which the rights relate. 

Programming and content rights capitalized as intangible assets have a finite useful life and are carried at cost, less accumulated
amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost
of the rights over their estimated useful lives. 

Non-exclusive and programming and content rights for periods less than one year are expensed over the period of the rights. 

Indefeasible rights of use 

There is no universally-accepted definition of an indefeasible rights of use (IRU). These agreements come in many forms. However,
the key characteristics of a typical arrangement include: 

•

•

•

The right to use specified network infrastructure or capacity; 

For a specified term (often the majority of the useful life of the relevant assets); 

Legal title is not transferred; 

194

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

•

•

A number of associated service agreements including operations and maintenance (O&M) and co-location agreements. These
are typically for the same term as the IRU; and 

Any payments are usually made in advance. 

IRUs are accounted for either as a lease, or service contract based on the substance of the underlying agreement. 

IRU arrangements will qualify as a lease if, and when: 

•

•

•

•

The purchaser has an exclusive right for a specified period and has the ability to resell (or sublet) the capacity; and 

The capacity is physically limited and defined; and 

The purchaser bears all costs related to the capacity (directly or not) including costs of operation, administration and
maintenance; and 

The purchaser bears the risk of obsolescence during the contract term. 

If all of these criteria are not met, the IRU is treated as a service contract. 

An IRU of network infrastructure (cables or fiber) is accounted for as a right of use asset (see E.3.), while capacity IRU (wavelength) is
accounted for as an intangible asset. 

The costs of an IRU recognized as service contract is recognized as prepayment and amortized in the statement of income as
incurred over the duration of the contract. 

E.1.2. Impairment of non-financial assets 

At each reporting date Millicom assesses whether there is an indication that a non-financial asset may be impaired. If any such
indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for a non-financial asset is required, an estimate of the asset’s recoverable
amount is made. The recoverable amount is determined based on the higher of its fair value less cost to sell, and its value in use, for
individual assets, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups
of assets. 

Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its
recoverable amount. Where no comparable market information is available, the fair value, less cost to sell, is determined based on
the estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market conditions for
the time value of money and risks specific to the asset. The foregoing analysis also evaluates the appropriateness of the expected
useful lives of the assets. Impairment losses related to assets of continuing operations are recognized in the consolidated statement
of income in expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset. 

At each reporting date an assessment is made as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses
may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. Other than for goodwill, a
previously recognized impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimate used to determine the asset’s
recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If so, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its
recoverable amount. The increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of
depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in profit or loss. 

After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any
residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life. 

E.1.3. Movements in intangible assets 

On May 20, 2019 the Group renewed 10MHz of the 1900 MHz spectrum in Colombia for a period of 10 years for an amount of $47
million (payable in five installments from June 2019 to February 2023) and an obligation to build 45 sites during the 20-month
period following the renewal (approximately $20 million cost, that will be capitalized once the sites are built). In December 2019, the
company substituted its coverage obligation by agreeing to pay the corresponding amount of $20 million in cash in 6 installments
between January to June 2020. As a result, Management recognized an addition to spectrum assets and a liability for $20 million.

On July 9, 2019, the Tanzania Communications Regulatory Authority ('TCRA') issued a notice to cancel the license of Telesis, a
subsidiary of Millicom in Tanzania that shared its 4G spectrum with Tigo and Zantel operations in the country. The net carrying value
of the Telesis' license amounting to $8 million has therefore been impaired during Q3 2019. As a consequence and in order to
continue providing 4G services in the country,  our operation in Tanzania had to purchase spectrum in the 800MHz band from the
TCRA for a period of 15 years and for an amount of $12 million.

195

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

In December 2019, Millicom's wholly-owned subsidiary Telemovil El Salvador S.A. de C.V. ('Telemovil') acquired spectrum in 50Mhz
AWS band and paid an advance of $14 million. On January 8, 2020, Telemovil made a final payment of $20 million and started
operating the spectrum.

In December 2019, Tigo Colombia participated in an auction launched by the Ministerio de Tecnologias de la Informacion y las
Comunicaciones (MINTIC), and acquired licenses granting the right to use a total of 40 MHz in the 700 MHz band. The 20-year license
will expire in 2040. As a result of this auction,Tigo Colombia has strengthened its spectrum position, which also includes 55 MHz in
the 1900 band and 30 MHz of AWS. Tigo Colombia  agreed to a total notional consideration of COP$2.45 billion (equivalent to
approximately US$736 million), of which approximately 45% is to be met by coverage obligations implemented by 2025. 

The remaining 55% is payable in cash with an initial payment of approximately US$39 million to be made in Q1 2020, with the
remainder payable in 12 annual installments beginning in 2026 and ending in 2037. The final permission to operate in 700 MHz will
be given in February 2020.

Movements in intangible assets in 2019

Goodwill

Licenses

Customer
Lists

IRUs

Trademar
k

Other (i)

Total

(US$ millions)

Opening balance, net..................................................

Change in scope ..............................................................

1,069

650

Additions ............................................................................

Amortization charge ......................................................

Impairment........................................................................

Disposals, net....................................................................

Transfers..............................................................................

Transfer to/from held for sale (see note E.3)..........

Exchange rate movements ..........................................

Closing balance, net ....................................................

Cost or valuation..............................................................

Accumulated amortization and impairment ........

—

—

—

—

—

—

(7)

1,711

1,711

—

Net........................................................................................

1,711

318

139

101

(55)

(8)

—

(5)

(18)

(8)

465

922

(458)

465

371

141

—

(37)

—

—

—

—

(1)

473

691

(218)

473

89

10

—

(14)

—

—

23

—

—

107

214

(107)

107

282

—

—

(99)

—

—

—

—

—

183

325

(142)

183

218

20

101

(67)

—

—

15

(3)

(4)

279

806

(527)

279

2,346

959

202

(272)

(8)

—

33

(21)

(21)

3,219

4,670

(1,451)

3,219

Movements in intangible assets in 2018

Goodwill

Licenses

Customer
Lists

IRUs

Trademar
k

Other (i)

Total

(US$ millions)

33

350

—

(11)

—

—

—

—

(1)

371

561

(190)

371

105

—

2

(14)

—

—

1

—

(5)

89

176

(87)

89

10

280

—

(8)

—

—

—

—

—

282

325

(43)

282

194

23

91

(65)

—

—

(16)

—

(9)

218

646

(428)

218

1,265

1,157

158

(145)

(6)

—

(15)

(12)

(55)

2,346

3,423

(1,077)

2,346

Opening balance, net ..................................................

Change in scope...............................................................

Additions.............................................................................

Amortization charge.......................................................

Impairment ........................................................................

Disposals, net ....................................................................

Transfers ..............................................................................

Transfer to/from held for sale (iii) ...............................

Exchange rate movements...........................................

Closing balance, net.....................................................

Cost or valuation ..............................................................

Accumulated amortization and impairment .........

599

504

—

—

(6)

—

—

—

(28)

1,069

1,069

—

Net ........................................................................................

1,069

(i)

Other includes mainly software costs 

324

—

66

(48)

—

—

—

(12)

(12)

318

646

(328)

318

196

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

E.1.4. Cash used for the purchase of intangible assets 

Cash used for intangible asset additions 

Additions..........................................................................................

Change in accruals and payables for intangibles ..............

Cash used for additions ...........................................................

202

(32)

171

158

(10)

148

130

3

133

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

E.1.5. Goodwill 

Allocation of Goodwill to cash generating units (CGUs), net of exchange rate movements and after impairment 

Panama (see note A.1.2.)(i)................................................................................................................................................................................

El Salvador ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................

Costa Rica................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Paraguay..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Colombia.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Tanzania (see note E.1.6.)...................................................................................................................................................................................

Nicaragua (see note A.1.2) ................................................................................................................................................................................

Other.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

930

194

123

50

181

12

217

3

504

194

116

54

183

12

4

3

Total..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

1,711

1,069

(i) Restated as a result of the finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting. (note A.1.2.).
E.1.6. Impairment testing of goodwill 

Goodwill from CGUs is tested for impairment at least each year and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. 

Goodwill arising on business combinations is allocated to each of the Group’s CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit
from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units or
groups of units. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is allocated: 

•

•

Represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes; and 

Is not larger than an operating segment. 

Impairment is determined by assessing the value-in-use and, if appropriate, the fair value less costs to sell of the CGU (or group of CGUs),
to which goodwill relates. 

Impairment testing at December 31, 2019  

Goodwill was tested for impairment by assessing the recoverable amount against the carrying amount of the CGU based on discounted
cash flows. The recoverable amounts are based on value-in-use. The value-in-use is determined based on the method of discounted
cash flows. The cash flow projections used (operating profit margins, income tax, working capital, capex and license renewal cost) are
extracted from business plans approved by management and presented to the Board, usually covering a period of five years. This
planning horizon reflects industry practice in the countries where the Group operates and stage of development or redevelopment of
the business in those countries. Cash flows beyond this period are extrapolated using a perpetual growth rate. When value-in-use results
are lower than the carrying values of the CGUs, management determines the recoverable amount by using the fair value less cost of
disposal (FVLCD) of the CGUs. FVLCD is usually determined by using recent offers received from third parties (Level 1).

For the year ended December 31, 2019, management concluded no impairment should be recorded in the Group consolidated financial
statements.

Impairment testing at December 31, 2018  

197

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

For the year ended December 31, 2018, management concluded that our previously independent Zantel CGU, part of the Africa segment,
should be impaired. Hence, in accordance with IAS 36, an impairment loss of $6 million has been allocated to the amount of goodwill
allocated to the CGU to reduce the carrying amount of this operation to its value in use. The impairment has been classified within the
caption "Other operating income (expenses), net", in the Group’s statement of income.

Key assumptions used in value in use calculations

The process of preparing the cash flow projections considers the current market condition of each CGU, analyzing the macroeconomic,
competitive, regulatory and technological environments, as well as the growth opportunities of the CGUs. Therefore, a growth target
is defined for each CGU, based on the appropriate allocation of operating resources and the capital investments required to achieve
the target. The foregoing forecasts could differ from the results obtained through time; however, the Company prepares its estimates
based on the current situation of each of the CGUs. Relevance of budgets used for the impairment test is also reviewed annually,
management performing regressive analysis between actual figures and budget/5YP used for previous year impairment test.

The cash flow projections for all CGUs is most sensitive to the following key assumptions: 

•

•

•

•

EBITDA margin is determined by dividing EBITDA by total revenues.

CAPEX intensity is determined by dividing CAPEX by total revenues.

Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) less inflation rates are used as perpetual growth rate.

Weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) is used to discount the projected cash flows.

 The most significant estimates used for the 2019 and 2018 impairment test are shown below:

CGU

Average EBITDA
margin (%) (i)

Average CAPEX
intensity (%) (i)

Perpetual growth
rate (%)

WACC rate after tax
(%)

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

Bolivia..................................................

Chad (see note A.1.3).....................

Colombia ...........................................

Costa Rica ..........................................

El Salvador.........................................

Nicaragua (see note A.1.2)...........

Panamá (see note A.1.2)...............

Paraguay ............................................

Tanzania .............................................

42.0

n/a

34.1

36.3

33.4

33.7

42.6

46.9

31.2

43.1

26.7

32.1

41.2

42.2

41.0

n/a

50.4

37.1

18.4

n/a

17.7

23.3

15.2

16.2

14.8

16.0

12.2

17.0

15.9

19.3

19.9

15.7

49.6

n/a

17.3

18.5

1.5

n/a

1.9

1.9

0.8

2.0

1.5

1.6

1.5

3.0

2.6

2.9

3.1

1.6

3.6

n/a

3.0

4.6

2019

10.7

n/a

8.6

10.1

10.7

10.9

8.3

9.0

14.4

2018

10.2

14.8

8.9

10.2

11.7

10.1

n/a

9.8

14.4

(i) Average is computed over the period covered by the plan (5 years)

Sensitivity analysis to changes in assumptions

Management performed a sensitivity analysis on key assumptions within the test. The following maximum increases or decreases,
expressed in percentage points, were considered for all CGUs: 

Reasonable changes in key assumptions (%)

Financial variables

WACC rates .................................

Perpetual growth rates ..........

Operating variables

EBITDA margin ..........................

CAPEX intensity ........................

+/-1

+/-1

+/-2

+/-1

The sensitivity analysis shows a comfortable headroom between the recoverable amounts and the carrying values for all CGUs at
December 31, 2019, except of our Nicaragua CGU.

198

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

In respect of Nicaragua CGU, taken individually, the below changes in key assumptions would trigger a potential impairment, which
would mainly be due to the under-performance of our legacy fixed business in the country as well as the current political and economic
turmoil:

Sensitivity analysis

Potential
impairment

In %

US$ millions

Financial variables

WACC rate

Perpetual growth rate

Operating variables

EBITDA margin

+1

-1

-2

Combining changes in variables

WACC rate and Perpetual growth rate.......

+1 and -1

32

18

1

63

E.2. Property, plant and equipment

E.2.1. Accounting for property, plant and equipment 

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at either historical cost, or the lower of fair value and present value of the future
minimum lease payments for assets under finance leases, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment. Historical
cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to acquisition of items. The carrying amount of replaced parts is derecognized. 

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the remaining
life of the license associated with the assets, unless the renewal of the license is contractually possible. 

Estimated useful lives

Duration

Buildings .............................................................................................................................. 40 years or lease period, if shorter

Networks (including civil works) ................................................................................. 5 to 15 years or lease period, if shorter

Other ..................................................................................................................................... 2 to 7 years

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The assets’ residual value and useful life is reviewed, and adjusted if
appropriate, at each statement of financial position date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable
amount if its carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. 

Construction in progress consists of the cost of assets, labor and other direct costs associated with property, plant and equipment
being constructed by the Group, or purchased assets which have yet to be deployed. When the assets become operational, the
related costs are transferred from construction in progress to the appropriate asset category and depreciation commences. 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, when it is probable
that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
Ongoing routine repairs and maintenance are charged to the statement of income in the financial period in which they are incurred. 

Costs of major inspections and overhauls are added to the carrying value of property, plant and equipment and the carrying amount
of previous major inspections and overhauls is derecognized. 

Equipment installed on customer premises which is not sold to customers is capitalized and amortized over the customer contract
period. 

A liability for the present value of the cost to remove an asset on both owned and leased sites (for example cell towers) and for assets
installed on customer premises (for example set-top boxes), is recognized when a present obligation for the removal exists. The
corresponding cost of the obligation is included in the cost of the asset and depreciated over the useful life of the asset, or lease
period if shorter. 

199

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost
of that asset when it is probable that such costs will contribute to future economic benefits for the Group and the costs can be
measured reliably.

E.2.2. Movements in tangible assets 

Movements in tangible assets in 2019  

Opening balance, net....................................................................

Change in scope ................................................................................

Change in accounting policy ........................................................

Additions ..............................................................................................

Impairments/reversal of impairment, net ................................

Disposals, net ......................................................................................

Depreciation charge.........................................................................

Asset retirement obligations.........................................................

Transfers................................................................................................

Transfer from/(to) assets held for sale (see note E.4) ............

Exchange rate movements ............................................................

Closing balance, net ......................................................................

Cost or valuation................................................................................

Accumulated amortization and impairment...........................

Net at December 31, 2019 ..........................................................

Movements in tangible assets in 2018 

Network
Equipment (ii)

Land and
Buildings

Construction
in Progress

(US$ millions)

2,455

190

(307)

87

—

(8)

(588)

14

444

(61)

(25)

2,201

6,644

(4,443)

2,201

175

44

—

4

—

(1)

(13)

5

4

(14)

(2)

202

360

(158)

202

284

14

—

612

—

(6)

—

—

(537)

(7)

(5)

355

355

—

355

Network
equipment(ii)

Land and
buildings

Construction
in progress

(US$ millions)

Opening balance, net....................................................................

2,399

Change in Scope (iii).........................................................................

Additions ..............................................................................................

Impairments/reversal of impairment, net ................................

Disposals, net ......................................................................................

Depreciation charge.........................................................................

Asset retirement obligations.........................................................

Transfers................................................................................................

Transfers from/(to) assets held for sale  

(see note E.4.)(iv) ..........................................................................

Exchange rate movements ............................................................

Closing balance, net ......................................................................

Cost or valuation................................................................................

Accumulated amortization and impairment...........................

Net at December 31, 2018 ..........................................................

253

62

1

(24)

(631)

14

551

(45)

(124)

2,455

6,663

(4,207)

2,455

147

41

1

—

(2)

(11)

1

9

(3)

(8)

175

270

(95)

175

206

32

626

—

(2)

—

—

(568)

(2)

(8)

284

284

—

284

Other(i)

Total

156

3,071

7

(1)

16

1

(3)

(110)

—

64

(5)

(1)

125

476

(351)

125

255

(307)

719

1

(19)

(711)

19

(24)

(88)

(34)

2,883

7,834

(4,952)

2,883

Other(i)

Total

128

2,880

60

7

—

—

(43)

—

14

(2)

(7)

156

573

(417)

156

386

696

1

(29)

(685)

15

6

(52)

(147)

3,071

7,790

(4,719)

3,071

(i)

(ii)

Other mainly includes office equipment and motor vehicles. 

As a result of the application of IFRS 16 finance leases were reclassified to lease liabilities on January 1, 2019. See above in the "New and amended IFRS
accounting standards" and notes C.4. and E.4. for further information. The net carrying amount of network equipment under finance leases at
December 31, 2018 were $307 million. 

200

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

(iii) Restated after finalization of the Cable Onda purchase accounting. See note  A.1.2.

Borrowing costs capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were not significant. 

E.2.3. Cash used for the purchase of tangible assets 

Cash used for property, plant and equipment additions 

Additions................................................................................................................................................................................

Change in advances to suppliers ..................................................................................................................................

Change in accruals and payables for property, plant and equipment............................................................

Finance leases(i)...................................................................................................................................................................

Cash used for additions.................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

719

1

17

(1)

736

698

2

(25)

(43)

632

824

(8)

26

(192)

650

(i)

As a result of the application of IFRS 16 finance leases were reclassified to lease liabilities on January 1, 2019. See above in the "New and amended IFRS
accounting standards" and notes C.4. and E.4. for further information.

E.3. Right of use assets (as from January 1, 2019 after the application of IFRS 16)

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: 

•

•

•

•

the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability 

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received 

any initial direct costs, and 

restoration costs

Refer to note C.4. for further details on lease accounting policies. 

Movements in right of use assets in 2019 

Right-of-use assets

Land and
buildings

Sites rental

Tower rental

(US$ millions)

Other
network
equipment

Capacity

Other

Total

Opening balance, net

Change in scope...........................

Additions ........................................

Modifications ................................

Impairments ..................................

Disposals.........................................

Depreciation..................................

Transfers..........................................

Transfers to/from assets

held for sale ..............................

Exchange rate movements.......

Closing balance, net

Cost of valuation ..........................

Accumulated depreciation

and impairment ......................

Net at December 31, 2019

154

—

25

6

(1)

(4)

(35)

—

(1)

—

145

177

(32)

145

67

43

4

(2)

—

(4)

(16)

—

(5)

(2)

87

103

(16)

87

623

121

67

7

—

(1)

(86)

1

(3)

(7)

720

900

(180)

720

201

9

1

1

—

—

—

(2)

—

—

—

8

11

(3)

8

—

12

2

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

14

16

(2)

14

4

—

1

—

—

—

(2)

—

—

—

3

8

(5)

3

856

177

102

11

(1)

(10)

(141)

1

(9)

(10)

977

1,216

(238)

977

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

E.4. Assets held for sale

If Millicom decides to sell subsidiaries, investments in joint ventures or associates, or specific non-current assets in its businesses,
these items qualify as assets held for sale if certain conditions are met. 

E.4.1. Classification of assets held for sale 

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as assets held for sale and stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value
less costs to sell if their carrying amount is expected to be recovered principally through sale, not through continuing use. Liabilities
of disposal groups are classified as Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale. 

E.4.2. Millicom’s assets held for sale 

The following table summarizes the nature of the assets and liabilities reported under assets held for sale and liabilities directly
associated with assets held for sale as at December 31, 2019 and 2018: 

Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale ($ millions)

Towers Paraguay (see note E.4.1.) ..................................................................................................................................................................

Towers Colombia (see note E.4.1.)..................................................................................................................................................................

Towers El Salvador (see note E.4.1.) ...............................................................................................................................................................

Towers Zantel ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

Other.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total assets of held for sale...........................................................................................................................................................................

Towers Paraguay...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale........................................................................................................

Net assets held for sale / book value........................................................................................................................................................

Chad

As at December 31,

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

—

2

1

1

—

5

—

—

5

2

—

1

—

—

3

—

—

3

As mentioned in note A.1.3., on June 26, 2019, the Group completed the disposal of its operations in Chad for a cash consideration of
$110 million. On the same date, Chad was deconsolidated and a gain on disposal of $77 million, net of costs of disposal of $4 million,
was recognized. Foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity of $8 million have also been recycled in the statement of
income accordingly. The resulting net gain of $70 million has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the period from discontinued
operations, net of tax’.  The operating net loss of the operation for the period from January 1, 2019 to June 26, 2019 was $5 million. 

The assets and liabilities deconsolidated on the date of the disposal were as follows:

Assets and liabilities held for sale ($ millions)

Intangible assets, net

Property, plant and equipment, net

Right of use assets

Other non-current assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets of disposal group held for sale

Non-current financial liabilities

Current liabilities

Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale

Net assets held for sale at book value

June 26, 2019

18

89

9

8

34

9

168

8

131

140

28

202

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Senegal 

As mentioned in note A.1.3. Millicom announced that it had agreed to sell its Senegal business to a consortium consisting of NJJ,
Sofima (managed by the Axian Group) and Teylium Group. The sale was completed on April 27, 2018 in exchange of a final cash
consideration of $151 million. The operations in Senegal were deconsolidated from that date resulting in a net gain on disposal of $6
million, including the recycling of foreign currency exchange losses accumulated in equity since the creation of the local operations.
This gain has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, net of tax’. 

The assets and liabilities were transferred to assets held for sale in relation to our operations in Senegal as at February 7, 2017 and
therefore classified as held for sale as at December 31, 2017. 

The table below shows the assets and liabilities deconsolidated at the date of the disposal: 

Assets and liabilities held for sale

Intangible assets, net ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Property, plant and equipment, net...............................................................................................................................................................................................

Other non-current assets....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Current assets .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total assets of disposal group held for sale ...........................................................................................................................................................................

Non-current financial liabilities ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

Current liabilities....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale............................................................................................................................................................................

Net assets / book value ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

April 27,
2018

(US$
millions)

40

126

2

56

3

227

8

73

81

146

Rwanda 

As mentioned in note A.1.3. on December 19, 2017, Millicom announced that it has signed an agreement for the sale of its Rwanda
operations to subsidiaries of Bharti Airtel Limited.for a final cash consideration of $51 million, including a deferred cash payment due
in January 2020 for an amount of $18 million. The transaction also included earn-outs for $7 million that were not recognized by the
Group. The sale was completed on January 31, 2018. On that day, Millicom's operations in Rwanda have been deconsolidated and no
material loss on disposal was recognized (its carrying value was aligned to its fair value less costs of disposal as of December 31,
2017). However, a loss of $32 million was recognized in 2018 corresponding to the recycling of foreign currency exchange losses
accumulated in equity since the creation of the local operation. This loss has been recognized under ‘Profit (loss) for the year from
discontinued operations, net of tax’.  

The table below shows the assets and liabilities deconsolidated at the date of the disposal: 

Assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale

Intangible assets, net ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Property, plant and equipment, net...............................................................................................................................................................................................

Other non-current assets....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Current assets .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Cash and cash equivalents.................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total assets of disposal group held for sale ...........................................................................................................................................................................

Non-current financial liabilities ........................................................................................................................................................................................................

Current liabilities....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Total liabilities of disposal group held for sale............................................................................................................................................................................

Net assets / book value ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

January 31,
2018

(US$
millions)

12

53

4

14

2

85

11

28

40

46

203

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

In accordance with IFRS 5, the Group’s businesses in Chad(Q2 2018), Rwanda (Q1 2018), Ghana (Q3 2017) and Senegal (Q1 2017) had
been classified as assets held for sale and their results were classified as discontinued operations. Comparative figures of the
statement of income have therefore been represented accordingly. Financial information relating to the discontinued operations for
the year ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 is set out below. Figures shown below are after intercompany eliminations. 

Results from discontinued operations  

Revenue..................................................................................................................................................................................

Cost of sales ..........................................................................................................................................................................

Operating expenses...........................................................................................................................................................

Other expenses linked to the disposal of discontinued operations.................................................................

Depreciation and amortization .....................................................................................................................................

Other operating income (expenses), net ...................................................................................................................

Gain/(loss) on disposal of discontinued operations...............................................................................................

Operating profit (loss)....................................................................................................................................................

Interest income (expense), net ......................................................................................................................................

Other non-operating (expenses) income, net..........................................................................................................

Profit (loss) before taxes ...............................................................................................................................................

Credit (charge) for taxes, net...........................................................................................................................................

Net Profit/(loss) from discontinuing operations ...............................................................................................

Cash flows from discontinued operations

Cash from (used in) operating activities, net

Cash from (used in) investing activities, net

Cash from (used in) financing activities, net

F. Other assets and liabilities

F.1. Trade receivables

Year ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

50

(14)

(29)

(10)

(11)

—

74

61

(2)

—

59

(2)

57

189

(51)

(83)

(10)

(27)

(9)

(29)

(21)

(6)

(2)

(29)

(4)

(33)

440

(130)

(188)

(7)

(67)

(4)

38

81

(28)

4

56

4

60

Year ended December 31,

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

(8)

5

7

(38)

8

11

(1)

(25)

8

Millicom’s trade receivables mainly comprise interconnect receivables from other operators, postpaid mobile and residential cable
subscribers, as well as B2B customers. The nominal value of receivables adjusted for impairment approximates the fair value of trade
receivables. 

Gross trade receivables ......................................................................................................................................................................................

Less: provisions for expected credit losses .................................................................................................................................................

Trade receivables, net......................................................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

636

(265)

371

592

(249)

343

204

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Aging of trade receivables

2019:

Telecom operators

Own customers

Others

Total

2018:

Telecom operators

Own customers

Others

Total

Neither past
due nor
impaired

Past due (net of
impairments)

30–90 days

>90 days

Total

(US$ millions)

23

177

40

241

17

158

36

210

9

63

15

88

9

69

17

95

8

29

5

43

14

19

5

37

40

270

60

371

39

246

58

343

Trade receivables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest
method, less provision for expected credit losses. The Group recognizes an allowance for expected credit losses (ECLs) applying a
simplified approach in calculating the ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognizes a loss
allowance based on lifetime of ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its
historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment. The
provision for expected credit losses is recognized in the consolidated statement of income within Cost of sales. 

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active
market. They are included in current assets, except for those maturing more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period.
These are classified within non-current assets. Loans and receivables are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest
method. Gains and losses are recognized in the statement of income when the loans and receivables are derecognized or impaired,
as well as through the amortization process. 

F.2. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. Net
realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. 

Inventories 

Telephone and equipment...............................................................................................................................................................................

SIM cards .................................................................................................................................................................................................................

IRUs............................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Other.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Inventory at December 31,............................................................................................................................................................................

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

18

3

3

9

32

26

4

3

6

39

F.3. Trade payables

Trade payables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest
method where the effect of the passage of time is material. 

From time to time, the Group enters into agreements to extend payment terms with various suppliers, and with factoring companies
when such payments are discounted. The corresponding amount pending payment as of December 31, 2019, is recognized in Trade
payables for an amount of $40 million (2018: $26 million). 

205

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

F.4. Current and non-current provisions and other liabilities

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, if it is probable
that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be
made of the amount of the obligation. Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example under an
insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. 

The expense relating to any provision is presented in the statement of income net of any reimbursement. If the effect of the time
value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, risks specific to
the liability. Where discounting is used, increases in the provision due to the passage of time are recognized as interest expenses. 

F.4.1. Current provisions and other liabilities 

Current 

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

Deferred revenue .................................................................................................................................................................................................

Customer deposits...............................................................................................................................................................................................

Current legal provisions.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Tax payables...........................................................................................................................................................................................................

Customer and MFS distributor cash balances ...........................................................................................................................................

Withholding tax on payments to third parties..........................................................................................................................................

Other provisions ...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Other current liabilities(i) ..................................................................................................................................................................................

Total..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

77

14

36

74

141

15

3

113

474

(i) Includes 36 million (2018: 36 million) of tax risk liabilities not related to income tax. 
F.4.2. Non-current provisions and other liabilities 

Non-current 

Non-current legal provisions ...........................................................................................................................................................................

Long-term portion of asset retirement obligations.................................................................................................................................

Long-term portion of deferred income on tower sale and leasebacks recognized under IAS 17 ..........................................

Long-term employment obligations ............................................................................................................................................................

Accruals and payables in respect of spectrum and license acquisitions .........................................................................................

Other non-current liabilities.............................................................................................................................................................................

18

96

68

71

61

68

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

85

15

27

68

147

17

7

126

492

8

77

85

68

41

71

Total..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

383

351

206

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

F.5. Assets and liabilities related to contract with customers

Contract assets, net 

Long-term portion

Short-term portion

Less: provisions for expected credit losses

Total

Contract liabilities 

Long-term portion

Short-term portion

Total

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

6

37

(2)

41

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

1

81

82

3

35

(1)

37

1

86

87

The Group recognized revenue for $87 million in 2019 (2018: $45 million) that was included in the contract liability balance at the
beginning of the year.  

The transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations (unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied) as at December 31,
2019 is $61 million ($60 million is expected to be recognized as revenue in the 2020 financial year and the remaining $1 million in
the 2021 financial year or later) (i). 

This amount does not consider contracts that have an original expected duration of one year or less, neither contracts in which consideration

(i)
from a customer corresponds to the value of the entity’s performance obligation to the customer (i.e. billing corresponds to accounting revenue). 
Contract costs, net (i) 

Net at January 1

Contract costs capitalized

Amortisation of contract costs

Net at December 31

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

4

7

(6)

5

(i)

Incremental costs of obtaining a contract are expensed when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that Millicom otherwise would have
recognized is one year or less. 
G. Additional disclosure items

G.1. Fees to auditors

Audit fees ...............................................................................................................................................................................

Audit related fees................................................................................................................................................................

Tax fees ...................................................................................................................................................................................

Other fees ..............................................................................................................................................................................

Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................

6.8

1.3

0.1

0.6

8.8

6.7

0.4

0.2

0.6

7.7

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

4

4

(4)

4

4.7

0.3

0.2

0.7

5.9

207

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

G.2. Capital and operational commitments

Millicom has a number of capital and operational commitments to suppliers and service providers in the normal course of its
business. These commitments are mainly contracts for acquiring network and other equipment, and leases for towers and other
operational equipment. 

G.2.1. Capital commitments 

At December 31, 2019, the Company and its subsidiaries had fixed commitments to purchase network equipment, land and
buildings, other fixed assets and intangible assets of $122 million of which $102 million are due within one year (December 31, 2018:
$88 million of which $71 million were due within one year). The Group’s share of commitments from the joint ventures is,
respectively $52 million and $51 million. (December 31, 2018: $66 million of which $56 million were due within one year). 

G.2.2. Lease commitments - until December 31, 2018

The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contains, a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement and involves an
assessment of whether the fulfillment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and whether or not
the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset. The sale and leaseback of towers and related site operating leases and service
contracts are accounted for in accordance with the underlying characteristics of the assets, and the terms and conditions of the lease
agreements. On transfer to the tower companies, the portion of the towers leased back are accounted for as operating leases or
finance leases according to the criteria set out above. The portion of towers being leased back represents the dedicated part of each
tower on which Millicom’s equipment is located and was derived from the average technical capacity of the towers. Rights to use the
land on which the towers are located are accounted for as operating leases, and costs of services for the towers are recorded as
operating expenses. 

From January 1, 2019, the Group has recognized right of use assets for these leases, except for short term or low value leases. See
above in the "New and amended IFRS accounting standards", note C.4.and E.3. for further information. 

Operating leases 

Operating leases are all other leases that are not finance leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as expenses in the
consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Operating leases mainly comprise land in which cell towers are located (including those related to towers sold and leased back) and
buildings. Total operating lease expense from continuing operations for the year ended 2018 was  $152 million–see note B.2. 

Annual operating lease commitments from continuing operations 

Within one year

Between one and five years

After five years

Total

2018 (i)

(US$ millions)

127

412

262

801

(i) The Group’s share in joint ventures operating lease commitments in 2018 amount to $312 million and are excluded from the table above. 

Finance leases 

Finance leases, which transfer substantially all risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item to the lessee, are
capitalized at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease
payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly against income. Where a finance lease
results from a sale and leaseback transaction, any excess of sales proceeds over the carrying amount of the assets is deferred and
amortized over the lease term. Capitalized leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets,
or the lease term if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. 

Finance leases mainly comprise lease of tower space in El Salvador, Paraguay, Tanzania and Colombia (see note C.3.4.), lease of poles
in Colombia and tower sharing in other countries. Other financial leases mainly consist of lease agreements relating to vehicles and
IT equipment. 

208

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Annual minimum finance lease commitments from continuing operations 

Within one year

Between one and five years

After five years

Total

2018 (i)

(US$ millions)

99

400

415

914

(i)

The Group’s share in joint ventures finance lease commitments in 2018 amounted to $1 million and are excluded from the table above.

The corresponding finance lease liabilities at December 31, 2018, were $353 million. Interest expense on finance lease liabilities
amounted to $91 million for the year 2018. 

G.3. Contingent liabilities

G.3.1. Litigation and legal risks

The Company and its operations are contingently liable with respect to lawsuits, legal, regulatory, commercial and other legal risks
that arise in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2019, the total exposure for claims and litigation risks against
Millicom and its subsidiaries is $204 million (December 31, 2018: $683 million). The decrease is mainly due to Colombia where some
significant cases were closed or became time barred during the year. The Group's share of the comparable exposure for joint
ventures is $4 million (December 31, 2018: $5 million). 

As at December 31, 2019, $30 million has been provided by its subsidiaries for these risks in the consolidated statement of financial
position (December 31, 2018: $22 million). The Group’s share of provisions made by the joint ventures was $3 million (December 31,
2018: $4 million). While it is not possible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to these claims and risks,
the ultimate outcome is not anticipated to have a material effect on the Group’s financial position and operations. 

Ongoing investigation by the International Commission Against Impunity in Guatemala (CICIG) 

Between 2017 and 2019, the CICIG and Guatemalan prosecutors have pursued investigations that have included the country’s
telecommunications sector and Comcel, our Guatemalan joint venture. On September 3, 2019, the CICIG’s activities in Guatemala
were discontinued, after the Guatemalan government did not renew the CICIG’s mandate, and it is unclear whether the
investigations will continue. As at December 31, 2019, Management is not able to assess the potential impact on these consolidated
financial statements of any remedial actions that may need to be taken as a result of the investigations, or penalties that may be
imposed by law enforcement authorities. Accordingly, no provision has been recorded as of  December 31, 2019.  

Other 

At December 31, 2019, Millicom has various other less significant claims which are not disclosed separately in these consolidated
financial statements because they are either not material or the related risk is remote. 

209

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

G.3.2. Tax related risks and uncertain tax position

The Group operates in developing countries where the tax systems, regulations and enforcement processes have varying stages of
development creating uncertainty regarding the application of the tax law and interpretation of tax treatments. The Group is also
subject to regular tax audits in the countries where it operates. When there is uncertainty over whether the taxation authority will
accept a specific tax treatment under the local tax law, that tax treatment is therefore uncertain. The resolution of tax positions taken
by the Group, through negotiations with relevant tax authorities or through litigation, can take several years to complete and, in
some cases, it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome. Therefore, judgment is required to determine provisions for taxes. 

In assessing whether and how an uncertain tax treatment affects the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax
losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, the Group assumes that a taxation authority with the right to examine amounts reported to
it will examine those amounts and have full knowledge of all relevant information when making those examinations. 

The Group has a process in place, and applies significant judgment, in identifying uncertainties over income tax treatments.
Management considers whether or not it is probable that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. On that basis,
the identified risks are split into three categories (i) remote risks (risk of outflow of tax payments are up to 20%), (ii) possible risks (risk
of outflow of tax payments assessed from 21% to 49%) and probable risks (risk of outflow is more than 50%). The process is repeated
every quarter by the Group. 

If the Group concludes that it is probable or certain that the taxation authority will accept the tax treatment, the risks are categorized
either as possible or remote, and it determines the taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax
rates consistently with the tax treatment used or planned to be used in its income tax filings. The risks considered as possible are not
provisioned but disclosed as tax contingencies in the Group consolidated financial statements while remote risks are neither
provisioned nor disclosed. 

If the Group concludes that it is probable that the taxation authority will not accept the Group’s interpretation of the uncertain tax
treatment, the risks are categorized as probable, and are presented to reflect the effect of uncertainty in determining the related
taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits or tax rates by generally using the most likely amount
method – the single most likely amount in a range of possible outcomes. 

If an uncertain tax treatment affects both deferred tax and current tax, the Group makes consistent estimates and judgments for
both. For example, an uncertain tax treatment may affect both taxable profits used to determine the current tax and tax bases used
to determine deferred tax. 

If facts and circumstances change, the Group reassesses the judgments and estimates regarding the uncertain tax position taken. 

At December 31, 2019, the tax risks exposure of the Group's subsidiaries is estimated at $300 million, for which provisions of $50
million have been recorded in tax liabilities; representing the probable amount of eventual claims and required payments related to
those risks (2018: $226 million of which provisions of $44 million were recorded). The Groups' share of comparable tax exposure and
provisions in its joint ventures amounts to $49 million (2018: $29 million) and $4 million (2018: $2 million), respectively. 

G.4. Non-cash investing and financing activities

Non-cash investing and financing activities from continuing operations 

Note

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

Investing activities

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment, including (finance) leases ..................

Asset retirement obligations .........................................................................................................

Acquisition of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, net of cash acquired .......

Financing activities

(Finance) Leases .................................................................................................................................

Share based compensation ...........................................................................................................

E.2.2.

E.2.2.

A.1.2.

C.3.4.

B.4.1.

17

19

—

1

27

(65)

15

30

(43)

21

(174)

(20)

—

192

22

210

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

G.5. Related party balances and transactions

The Group’s significant related parties are: 

•

Kinnevik AB (Kinnevik) and subsidiaries, Millicom’s previous principal shareholder - until November 14, 2019, date on which
Millicom SDRs were paid out to the shareholders of Kinnevik (see 'Introduction' note); 

• Helios Towers Africa Ltd (HTA), in which Millicom held a direct or indirect equity interest - until October 15, 2019, date on which

Millicom lost significant influence on HTA and started accounting for its investments at fair value under IFRS 9 (see note
A.3.1.and C.7.3.

•

EPM and subsidiaries (EPM), the non-controlling shareholder in our Colombian operations (see note A.1.4.);

• Miffin Associates Corp and subsidiaries (Miffin), our joint venture partner in Guatemala. 

•

Cable Onda partners and subsidiaries, the non-controlling shareholders in our Panama operations (see note A.1.2.). 

Kinnevik 

Until November  14, 2019, Kinnevik was Millicom's principal shareholder, owning approximately 37% of Millicom (December 31, 2018:
37%). Kinnevik is a Swedish holding company with interests in the telecommunications, media, publishing, paper and financial services
industries. During 2019, 2018 and 2017, Kinnevik did not purchase any Millicom shares. There were no significant loans made by Millicom
to or for the benefit of Kinnevik or Kinnevik controlled entities. 

During 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company purchased services from Kinnevik subsidiaries including fraud detection, procurement and
professional services. Transactions and balances with Kinnevik Group companies are disclosed under 'Other' in the tables below. 

Helios Towers 

Millicom sold its tower assets and leased back a portion of space on the towers in several African countries and contracted for
related operation and management services with HTA. The Group has future lease commitments in respect of the tower companies
(see note E.4.). As mentioned above, Helios Towers ceased to be a related party to the Group from October 15, 2019.

Empresas Públicas de Medellín (EPM)  

EPM is a state-owned, industrial and commercial enterprise, owned by the municipality of Medellin, and provides electricity, gas,
water, sanitation, and telecommunications. EPM owns 50% of our operations in Colombia. 

Miffin Associates Corp (Miffin) 

The Group purchases and sells products and services from and to the Miffin Group. Transactions with Miffin represent recurring
commercial operations such as purchase of handsets, and sale of airtime. 

Cable Onda Partners 

Our partners in Panama are the non-controlling shareholders of Cable Onda and own 20% of the company, and indirectly 20% of
Telefonica Moviles Panama, S.A., which has been acquired by Cable Onda in August 2019. Additionally, they also hold interests in
several entities which have purchasing and selling recurring commercial operations with Cable Onda (such as the sale of content
costs, delivery of broadband services, etc.). Transactions and balances with Cable Onda Partners companies are disclosed under
'Other' in the tables below. 

Expenses from transactions with related parties

Purchases of goods and services from Miffin ...........................................................................................................

Purchases of goods and services from EPM ..............................................................................................................

Lease of towers and related services from HTA(i)....................................................................................................

Other expenses....................................................................................................................................................................

Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................

(i) HTA ceased to be a related party on October 15, 2019. See note C.7.3. for further details.

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

(209)

(42)

(146)

(15)

(412)

(173)

(40)

(28)

(3)

(244)

(181)

(36)

(28)

(4)

(250)

211

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

Income and gains from transactions with related parties

Sale of goods and services to Miffin ............................................................................................................................

Sale of goods and services to EPM ...............................................................................................................................

Other revenue ......................................................................................................................................................................

Total ........................................................................................................................................................................................

As at December 31, the Company had the following balances with related parties: 

2019

2018

2017

(US$ millions)

306

13

3

322

284

17

2

303

277

18

1

295

Year ended December 31

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

Non-current and current liabilities

Payables to Guatemala joint venture(i)........................................................................................................................................................

Payables to Honduras joint venture(ii) .........................................................................................................................................................

Payables to EPM....................................................................................................................................................................................................

Other accounts payable.....................................................................................................................................................................................

Sub-total..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

(Finance) Lease liabilities to HTA (iii) .............................................................................................................................................................

Total..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

361

133

37

—

531

—

531

315

143

14

9

482

99

580

(i)

(ii)

Shareholder loans bearing interest. Out of the amount above, $337 million are due over more than one year. 

Amount payable mainly consist of dividend advances for which dividends are expected to be declared later in 2020 and/or shareholder loans. 

(iii) HTA ceased to be a related party on October 15, 2019. See note C.7.3. for further details.

.

Year ended December 31

2019

2018

(US$ millions)

Non-current and current assets

Receivables from EPM ........................................................................................................................................................................................

Receivables from Guatemala and Honduras joint ventures .................................................................................................................

Advance payments to Helios Towers Tanzania(ii).....................................................................................................................................

Receivables from Panama.................................................................................................................................................................................

Receivable from AirtelTigo Ghana (i) ............................................................................................................................................................

Other accounts receivable................................................................................................................................................................................

Total..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3

23

—

—

43

4

73

5

20

6

—

41

1

73

(i) Disclosed under Other non-current assets in the statement of financial position. See note A.2.2. 

(ii) Helios Towers ceased to be to be a related party on October 15, 2019.

H. IPO – Millicom’s operations in Tanzania

In June 2016, an amendment to the Electronic and Postal Communications Act (“EPOCA”) in the Finance Act 2016 required all
Tanzanian licensed telecom operators to sell 25% of the authorised share capital in a public offering on the Dar Es Salaam Stock
Exchange. In December 2019, the Group filed the draft prospectus with the Tanzania Capital Market and Securities Authority with
the view to initiate the listing process in H1 2020.

212

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (continued)

I. Subsequent events

Pivot in shareholder remuneration 

On February 24, 2020, Millicom’s Board approved to the Annual General Meeting of the shareholders a share buyback
program to repurchase at least $500 million over the next three years.  The current shareholder authorization, which expires
on May 5, 2020, allows for the repurchase of up to 5% of the outstanding share capital. In addition, the Board approved to the
Annual General Meeting of the shareholders a dividend distribution of $1.00 per share to be paid in 2020.  The Annual
General Meeting to vote  on these matters is scheduled for May 5, 2020.

On February 25, 2020, Millicom announced a three year $500 million share repurchase plan and on February 28, 2020 it
initiated the first phase of this program comprising the purchase of not more than 350,000 shares and not more than a
maximum total amount of SEK 107 million (approximately $11 million). The purpose of the repurchase program is to reduce
Millicom's share capital, or to use the repurchased shares for meeting obligations arising under Millicom´s employee share
based incentive programs. The repurchase program may take place during the period between February 28, 2020 and May 5,
2020. Payment for the shares will be made in cash.

Paraguay bond

On January 28, 2020, Millicom’s wholly-owned subsidiary Telefónica Celular del Paraguay S.A.E ("Telecel"), closed a $250
million re-tap to its senior unsecured notes due 2027, representing an additional issuance of Telecel's outstanding $300
million 5.875% senior notes due 2027 issued on April 5, 2019. The new notes will be treated as a single class with the initial
notes, and they were priced at 106.375 for an implied yield to maturity of 4.817%.

213

Who We Are

Managing Our Business

Fulfilling Our Corporate Responsibility

Governance

Auditors’ Reports

Financial Statements

Corporate Information

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

AUDITOR

José Antonio Ríos García 
Chairman, Director

Pernille Erenbjerg 
Deputy Chairman, Director

Odilon Almeida 
Director

Janet Davidson 
Director

Tomas Eliasson 
Director

Lars-Åke Norling 
Director

James Thompson 
Director

EXECUTIVE TEAM

Mauricio Ramos 
Chief Executive Officer

Tim Pennington 
Chief Financial Officer

Esteban Iriarte 
Chief Operating Officer—Latam 

Xavier Rocoplan 
Chief Technology and Information Officer

Rachel Samrén 
Chief External Affairs Officer

Salvador Escalón 
General Counsel

Susy Bobenrieth 
Chief Human Resources Officer

Ernst & Young 
Société anonyme 
35E Avenue John F. Kennedy 
Luxembourg, L-1855

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT

Questions or requests related to stock 
transfers, lost certificates, or account 
changes should be directed to:

Shareholder Services 
1-800-937-5449 ext. 4801 
1-718-921-8200 ext. 4801 
help@astfinancial.com 
www.astfinancial.com

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Investors@millicom.com

MEDIA CONTACT

Press@Millicom.com

ANNUAL MEETING

The Annual Meeting of  
Shareholders will be held on  
May 5, 2020 in Luxembourg.

HEADQUARTERS

Millicom International Cellular S.A. 
2 Rue du Fort Bourbon 
Luxembourg, L-1249

Millicom 2019 Annual Repor t

2

0

1

9

M

i

l

l

i

c

o

m

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

G

r

o

w

i

n

g

O

u

r

C

o

n

n

e

c

t

i

o

n

s

a

n

d

I

m

p

a

c

t

For further information, please contact: 

investors@millicom.com

millicom.com